iv

HANDY BOOK OF

MEDICINE STAMP DUTY,

Witli tlie Statutes and Appendices, by

E. N. ALPE,

Of the Middle Temple, and tJie Inland Eevenue Department, Somerset House.

This treatise has been written by the permission of the Commissioners of
Inland Revenue, and the Chief of the Solicitor's Department at Somerset
House Sir William Melvill, has accepted the dedication of it to himself.
The work, therefore, may be regarded as an authoritative interpretation o
tbe law affecting medicines, and is, consequently, indispensable to all who put
up and deal in Medicinal Specialities.

CONTENTS:-

History of the Duty.
Toilet Preparations.
The Statutes.
The Schedule.
General Charge of Duty.
Special Exemptions.
Medicines Supplied for Dispensing
Homoeopathic Medicines.

Magisterial Decisions.

Appendix.
Revenue from Medicine Stamp Duty
Pharmacopoeia Empirica.
Patents for Medicines and Medica-
ments.
The King v. CoUicott.

In Cloth, Gilt Lettered, 8vo., 140 pa^es
Price 2s. 6d., by Post 2s. 9d.

Published at the Offices of

THE CHEMIST AND DRUGGIST,

42 cannon Street, London. E.C, and Normanby
Chambers, Melbourne, Australia.

MAY BE OBTAINED THROUGH

ALL WHOLESALE HOUSES.

30106 004080759

THE

ART OF DISPENSING

The University Library
Leeds

Medical and Dental
Library

Lt LDS -!<//F.ST RIDING
^J^^^ ^^^^t-DiUO-CHtkUHCJCAL SOCIETY

ART OF DISPENSING:

A TREATISE ON

THE METHODS AND PROCESSES INVOLVED IN
COMPOUNDING MEDICAL PRESCRIPTIONS.

THIRD EDITION.

IJublisljcb at Wit ®ffi«s of
THE CHEMIST AND DRUGGIST,

42 CANNON STREET, LONDON, E.G.
AND NORMANBY CHAMBERS, MELBOURNE.
1888.

6P358-I

PREFACE.

The treatises on dispensing which formed the literary portions
of The Chemists' and Druggists' Diaries for 1880 and 1885
attempted, with a large measure of success, to fill a gap in
English pharmaceutical literature. Numerous as are the com-
mentaries upon the British Pharmacopoeia and the treatises on
Galenical pharmacy, there existed no book in our literature
which dealt solely with the work of the dispensing counter.
For this reason the 1885 treatise on dispensing has been much
sought after, especially from the fact that it was a work to
which several of the most eminent British pharmacists had
contributed, amongst them being Messrs. A. W. Gerrard, W.
Gilmour, Thomas Greenish, Joseph Ince, T. Maben, W. Mar-
tindale, B. S. Proctor, and others. Continental methods were
represented in the volume by extracts from Dr. Hermann
Hager's ' Technik der Pharmaceutischen Receptur,' and
medical opinion on dispensing matters found an able exponent
in Dr. Whitla.

In the present treatise the main features of the 1885 work
have been retained, together with the more important of the
contributions of the before-named authorities ; but, while the
most useful parts of that work have been retained, many new
features have been introduced ; the work as a whole has been

vi

PREFACE

rewritten, and the enlarged size of the book shows that it has
been greatly extended.

While the treatise retains its character as a compendium
for the dispensing counter and as a reference book for the
chemist's hbrary, students — medical and pharmaceutical— will,
it is hoped, find it of value as a text-book for examinational
purposes. Teachers of pharmacy may use it as the basis of
their instruction, all the prescriptions given in the work being
the actual prescriptions of medical practitioners.

Several of the illustrations are reproductions of drawings
from Professor Remington's ' Practice of Pharmacy,' which the
Editor of The Chemist and Druggist begs to acknowledge.
It is also right to add that the work in its present form has
been partly written and entirely edited by Mr. Peter MacEwan,
F.C.S., pharmaceutical chemist, of the editorial staff of The
Chemist and Druggist.

The first edition of this treatise was published on September
1 8, and was entirely exhausted in three weeks. The present
edition is substantially a reprint— no material alteration of the
text having been attempted— but the typographical errors of
the first edition have been removed.

The second edition having been disposed of even more
rapidly than the first, this reprint is now issued.

42 Cannon Street, London, E.C.
November, 1888.

CONTENTS.

V

PACE

GENERAL SUGGESTIONS I

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES 13

PRESCRIBERS AND DISPENSERS l8

SPECIAL DRUGS AND DISPENSING CONVENIENCES . . . . 3I

SPECIAL DRUGS AND CHEMICALS 39

PILLS AND THEIR EXCIPIENTS 43

INGREDIENTS OF PILLS AND HOW TO MASS THEM . . - SO

EXCIPIENTS 72

COATING PILLS 8 1

TABELL^ AND PASTILS 87

CAPSULES 91

POWDERS 94

SUPPOSITORIES, BOUGIES, AND PESSARIES 98

OINTMENTS HI

PLASTERS ijg

JELLIES 122

MIXTURES 124

QUININE MIXTURES I38

MISTUR.« VARI/E 1^3

EMULSIONS j5j

IIAGER ON EMULSIONS ....

vii

C0N7ENTS

INCE ON EMULSIONS .

LOTIONS, LINIMENTS, AND INJECTIONS ,

INCOMPATIBLES

DISPENSING FOREIGN PRESCRIPTIONS .

NEW REMEDIES

HOMCEOPATHIC DISPENSING .
ILLEGIBLE PRESCRIPTIONS
EXAMINATION PRESCRIPTIONS
APPENDIX . . • • •

ART OF

THE

DISPENSING.

KX

GENERAL SUGGESTIONS.

The Dispenser must cultivate habits of order and clean-
liness. Dirtiness and untidiness in dress in the dispenser
must give the public an unpleasant impression. Such prac-
tices as pressing corks with the teeth, holding powder-
envelopes in the mouth, shaking up mixtures with the finger
over the mouth of the bottle, breathing on pills to be silvered
should be avoided. Decent and becoming manners are essen-
tial. Scolding the apprentice and joking with his fellow-
assistants are equally out of place, and should be carefully
avoided in the pharmacy at all times. Dispensing is the most
responsible part of the pharmacist's duties, and is considered to
be so by doctors and patients alike; the closest attention and the
most scrupulous care should, therefore, be manifested at the
dispensing counter.

Quality of Drugs.— The medicines employed in the
preparation of prescriptions should be of the finest quality pro-
curable for money, and officinal or other preparations made from
them should be prepared in strict accordance with recognised
methods. Second qualities of some goods may be necessary for

B

2 THE ART OF DISPENSING

certain purposes in other sales, but the pharmacist should not for
a single moment permit the entrance of a thought about second
qualities in the dispensing department. Differences will occur
in medicines prepared at different establishments, but always
at least retain the satisfaction of knowing that these cannot
result from the use of inferior drugs in your pharmacy. Let
the question of profit gained from the dispensing of prescrip-
tions be a secondary one. That will take care of itself Dis-
pense medicine with the feeling that an artist has in his work,
and so will you make an art of your work. Ensure by oc-
cassional testing that preparations which are liable to deteriorate
are of proper strength ; this applies particularly to such as
acid hydrocyanic, dil. and spt. sether. nitrosi. Although you
pay the best price for your drugs, do not let that prevent you
submitting them to examination before placing them m stock.

Style in Externals. -The pharmacist, however, may
lose all the pecuniary benefit of his conscientiousness if, after
using the most costly drugs, he should be wanting m neatness
or style in sending them out. The dispenser who economises
on his drugs is a rogue, but he who economises on his bottles,
corks, pill-boxes, or paper is a fool. Customers can only judge
by the externals, and generally they would be right in conclud-
ine that a man who sends out his drugs in a low-class bottle
Avith a brittle cork may have used drugs of equally low quality.
Evidence of slovenliness on the outside of a packet does not
encourage faith as to the care with which the contents have
been combined. Some taste may be shown m labels as wel
as in the boxes, bottles, &c., upon which they are Placed Let
the direction to the patient and not your own name and address
be the most prominent part of the label. Have a nice neat
label for the dispensing department, with as htt e beyond your
name, qualification, and address as you can help

On this subject Professor Remington remarks that neat-
ness, distinctness, and simplicity are cardinal prmciples in
designing labels, and the reputation of many establishments is
fre uently judged from the character of the outward signs of

GENERAL SUGGESTIONS

3

neatness and care. For this reason particular attention should
be paid to prescription-labels, not only to have the printed
address plain, clear, and neat, but to have the handwriting to
correspond. In these important particulars patients are ex-
ceedingly apt to form an estimate of the qualifications of the
compounder of a prescription from the style of his penmanship,
reasoning that, if he is careful, clean, and neat in the one par-
ticular of which they are competent to judge— z>. the hand-
writing on the label— the compounder must exercise similar
qualifications in the more vital operations involved in com-
pounding and dispensing, for upon the technicalities of the
latter they cannot hope to pass judgment.'

In a competition in The Chemist and Druggist we had an
extensive variety of labels and specimens of handwriting, and
from these we give a selection. The first label is that to which
the prize was awarded for distinctness.

,^ / (If

[PHARMACEUTlCAt AXdV.!^^^^^ nisPENSI

NC CHEMIST]

This label exhibits with fair accuracy what a writer has put
down as a cardinal principle in writing directions upon a label-
viz, to balance the matter so that its parts may form a sym-
metrical arrangement. All the lines must begin and terminate
at the same distance from the margin. If we write 'The
Mixture,' or 'The Powders,' we must take care that it is
exactly in the centre. The appearance of a label is greatly
marred by having it nearer to one side than the other. We

R 2

4

THE ART OF DISPENSING

must also be careful to manage the adjustment of the matter
so that it may fill the label pretty well. To have a label with
two lines of writing at the top and three lines unoccupied at the
bottom is to sacrifice its proportion. It is in this connection
that a middling writer who has an eye for proportion in form
may surpass a good writer in execution of a label. The free
and easy writer too often trusts so much to the excellence of
his work that he altogether neglects the just apportionment of
its parts.

It is desirable to have more than one kind of dispensing
label, so that if more than one internal remedy is dispensed
for a patient, or two or more patients in one family, there may
be distinctiveness in the externals. Upright labels such as the
following are very serviceable in this respect. These, we may
say, are only half-size reproductions : —

rMARMAcetmcAL Chemist

SHAKE THE BOTTLE BEFORE USE

y^„<c^ y^**^ '^ydl
y^a^M ''f'Cui' -ivtru^

COLDSMITH TERRACE. EKAY,

It is a good thing also to have different shaped bottles, such
as dispensing ' flats,' ovals, and squares. Instead of having the
words ' Mixture,' ' Lotion,' &c., printed on the label it has been
suggested to have indiarubber stamps for these words. This
is an economical and on the whole a serviceable plan to those
who cannot afford a variety of labels. In round labels there is
little room for variety, but in this case it is all the more import-
ant, owing to the small space for directions, to have little room
wasted on the name and address. We give two specimens

GENERAL SUGGESTIONS 5

of round labels, one of which shows the utility of the type-
writer : —

K. BLANK

^ispcitstiig €ljemrst,

THE OINTMENT. \A
/TO BE APPLIED TO '
||THE PART AFFECTED,'
EVERY MORNING.
H. DAVIES ESQ.

The foregoing examples show several styles of handwriting.
The ability to write neatly is a very important requisite for the
dispenser. Bad penmanship is too easily accepted as a sort of
natural defect, and a good many people even pride themselves
on it. Some perseverance, however, is all that is necessary to
make a bad writer into a good one, and the youth who will not
take the trouble to cultivate that first branch of his art had
better abandon any thought of fitting himself to become a
dispenser of medicines.

Labels should always be neatly trimmed by carefully cutting
off with a pair of scissors the surplus paper at the margin.
Many pharmacists omit to do this, although it adds greatly to
the ' finish ' and elegant appearance.

The rare, but not unknown, practice of placing a fresh label
over an old one to save the trouble of removing it should on
no account be permitted. Apart from the slovenliness, such a
habit may produce mistakes from the accidental removal of the
top label and exposure of another unlike in nature or dose. It
is often advisable to re-label. The old label can be quickly
removed by damping with water and holding it over the gas
flame or before the fire for a few seconds. This softens the
mucilage, and the label may be removed with ease.

' Poison,' ' Shake the bottle,' and other adventitious labels
are best placed at the shoulder of the bottle. If placed at the

THE ART OF DISPENSING

foot, the hand holding the bottle may cover them, or a hurried
person may overlook them. At the shoulder they will be read
first. Moreover, it frequently happens that the patient will
only tear off the upper part of the wrapper ; hence a label at
the bottom of the bottle in this case would be of no avail,
because not seen.

Another plan which is equally efficient, and neater, is to
have 'Poison' and 'Shake the bottle' printed on the labels.
One series of lotion labels may be had with ' Poison,' at the
top, and another series without. In the same way, mixture
labels may be had of two series— one with a plain * The Mixture,'
and the other with 'Shake the bottle before using' printed
immediately below ' The Mixture,' or at the bottom of the
blank space. Orange-coloured paper is very commonly used
for poison labels, and is undoubtedly very distinctive ; but it
has one disadvantage. When used for liniments of an oily
nature, the labels are apt to get stained, and the stains almost
completely hide the printing and writing.

Capping Bottles.— In capping bottles with leather it is

a good plan to soak
for a short time in Hme
water (which bleaches
it), or even in plain
water. Crimson paper
is generally used for
capping (in the manner
shown in the accom-
panying figure), but it
is now largely giving
way to Hunt's pleated
caps. If you tie on a
cap with string, form a
loop knot, so that string
and cap may be re-
moved together.

HOW TO MAKE A PLEATED PAPER
CAP EXTEMPORANEOUSLY.

One thing at a time.— Never have two prescriptions

GENERAL SUGGESTIONS

7

going at once. Of course, if there is an infusion to make, you
will set that on — set the jar on one side, marking on a piece of
paper what it is, and hold that label between the cover and
the jar. You can then go on with another prescription. But,
having finished one, clear up all mess, and put away bottles,
measures, and mortars, before beginning anything else. Indeed,
bottles, measures, and mortars should be replaced directly after
being used, and should on no account be allowed to accumu-
late on the counter.

Checking. — It is desirable that one person should copy
the prescription, write the labels and dispense the medicine.
The copying should always precede the dispensing, and the
dispenser will then have acquired a general acquaintance with
the prescription. If the staff is large enough, it is a very good
plan for a second person to examine the medicine, compare
the labels with the prescription, and finish off. In any case,
the dispenser should never let his medicine leave him without
making a final reading of the prescription, concentrating all his
attention on it, and considering whether he has exactly followed
the instructions. He may, for example, have used citrate of
iron when citrate of iron and quinine was ordered, and he
would hardly fail to recognise this oversight if he devoted a few
final moments to the work of supervision. He should, last of
all, give a final reading to his copy, carefully noting the quan-
tities as well as the substances.

Precautions. — In large dispensing businesses, where it
may happen that medicines are handed to customers out of- a
considerable number of packages. Dr. Hager recommends the
employment of duplicate numbers. A certain figure is given
to the person ordering the medicine, and a corresponding
number is attached to the prescription itself, so as to guard
against the possible occasional delivery of the wrong medicine.
The plan would have an air of absurdity in any but the chief
businesses, but it would have a good effect where it could be
reasonably employed.

Another suggestion is that on the back of the label, or at

8

THE ART OF DISPENSING

the bottom of the box, shall be printed a form, something like
this :—

Prescription received 3.10 P.M.

Medicine ready 3-30 »>

Delivered to messenger . . . . .4

The advantage of this is shown by citing the case of a mes-
senger who, having wasted several hours in the town and taken
the medicine home after the patient had died, pretended that
he was detained by the pharmacist, but whose false statement
was refuted by a label like the above.

A more important detail even than this, and one which is
now very common in larger dispensing establishments, is to
attach a small label to each box, bottle, or pot, &c,, initialed
by the dispenser, and also by the checker, previous to wrapping
it up and sending it out. Thus : —

Dispensed by A. B.
Checked by C. D.

The advantages of this plan are obvious. There is the
probability of detecting any serious blunder, while if it is
checked by a superior it is calculated to act as a deterrent to
slurring the dispensing in any way.

Whether these precautions are used or not, a prescription-
register should certainly be kept. Here we reproduce the
ruling of the register of one of the principal dispensing estab-
lishments in the kingdom, but which is also in use in small
establishments where only two apprentices and no assistants
are kept. The advantages which are claimed for this are : (i) It
shows the amount of dispensing done in a day, week, month,
or year ; (2) the nature of the medicine dispensed ; (3) the
hour when dispensed (this is a check upon delivery should the
messenger have put ofiF time) ; and (4) the names of the dis-
penser and checker. We note the width of each column : —

Date

Name

Address

Medicine

Number

Hour

Dispensed by

Checked by

Feb.

Betsy

Glad-

6 oz.

42,356

10. 50

A. B.

C. D.

5

Jones

stone

mixture

Place

\ in.

f in.

\ in.

\\ in.

liin.

I in.

I in.

|in.

GENERAL SUGGESTIONS

9

A great deal is, however, to be said against all methods it
you employ them simply in order to impress upon patients how
careful you are. Remember that every effort should be made
to attain absolute correctness in dispensing and promptitude in
delivery of medicines ; perfect satisfaction is thus guaranteed,
and complaints will be extremely rare. If the prescription-
register has to be often referred to for the purpose of detecting
culprits, that only proves that it has failed in its chief function.
Mistakes should tiever be allowed to occur, and the most
certain indication of accurate dispensing and careful checking
is that the register never requires to be reopened. Good
general supervision by the principal for the time being should
never be neglected.

GIVHSTG COPIES OF PRESCRIPTIONS.

The following is a brief summary of a series of letters
published in the April number of The Chemist and Druggist,
1884, on the question. Has a customer a right to demand a
copy of a prescription from a pharmacist ?

' Midland Chemist ' had in his books a copy of a prescrip-
tion entered in i860. The original owner had been dead
three years, and a member of his family asked for a copy to
circulate and do good in a neighbourhood ten or twelve miles
away.

Mr. Eve (of Messrs. Allen and Hanburys) says the copies
of prescriptions are only made for a definite legal purpose and
confer no right upon the owner. When copies have become
valuable property no reasonable customer would persist in
asking for them.

Mr. F. Andrews (London) thinks it would be perfectly right
to decline to give a copy.

Mr. Daniel Frazer holds that the patient is the owner of the
prescription, not the prescriber or the pharmacist. As to the
dispenser giving copies of prescriptions entered in his books,
each man must judge for himself. The pharmacist should
never hesitate to give a copy when requested by the original
owner.

10

THE ART OF DISPENSING

Mr. Thomas Greenish (London) : Prescriptions are copied
at the expense of the pharmacist, who has a sole right to the
copies, the original prescription only being the property of the
patient for whom it was written. To give a copy is a matter of
courtesy.

Mr. William Gilmour (Edinburgh): Entering a prescription
into a prescription-book in no way invests the chemist with any
proprietary right in it. He would not take the responsibility of
trading in any prescription or of giving a copy of it to any but
the original holder, or at his request.

Mr. Joseph Ince (London) : It is probably not legal that a
particular recipe should be retained by the pharmacist. But
the book of manuscript copied prescriptions is the property of
the dispenser — part of his stock — and can be bought or sold.
No one but the original owner has even the claim of courtesy
to assert in desiring a copy.

Mr. William Martindale (London) : The only persons who
can show a title of claim to a copy of a prescription copied in
a chemist's prescription-book (and these only by favour) are the
prescriber and the patient. If both prescriber and patient are
dead, the copy is ethically the chemist's in toto. Your copy is
no longer a prescription.

Mr. R. Reynolds (Leeds) : Your correspondent may refuse to
give a copy of the prescription alluded to without anyone having
a remedy at law against him. To give away valuable parts of
his prescription-books, bought as part of the goodwill, would
be damaging his future and drawing upon his capital.

Mr. G. F. Schacht (Bristol) considers the original pre-
scription itself to be the property of the patient, and the copy of
that prescription in the chemist's book to be the property of
the chemist. The chemist could scarcely refuse to give a
copy to the patient ; but when the latter dies the chemist's one
and only obligation ceases, and it rests entirely upon his judg-
ment and his courtesy whether he shall part with a copy to
anyone.

Dr. Charles Symes (Liverpool) : As a matter of courtesy
it is well to give a copy of a prescription when it is required

GENERAL SUGGESTIONS

II

for a legitimate purpose, always holding the right to refuse it
if required for the furtherance of quackery or for use to the
direct prejudice of the pharmacist possessing it.

The late Mr. William Southall (Birmingham) : The copy of a
prescription is an assistance to memory, in which no one can
claim any right or property but the copyist. The original
holder of the prescription has no ownership in the copy. On
the other hand, a chemist has no right to dispense any pre-
scription of which he may possess a copy, as being Mr. So-
and-so's, without the owner's permission.

Our Legal Contributor : The chemist does not acquire the
right to use the property of a patient (whose prescription he
has copied) as part of his stock-in-trade, for the purpose of
making money thereby. The customer has no right to demand
a copy from the prescription-book on the ground that he has
lost the original prescription. If a customer allows the chemist
to use the medicine for various purposes and to take the profit
arising from the sale thereof, and this continues for a long
course of years, in the absence of any proof to the contrary it
would be assumed that the owner had given the chemist a
general right to make up the medicine for his own profit

USrOE'S DISPENSING- APHORISMS.

Read through a prescription, rapidly and in a manner sug-.
gesting no suspicion of doubt. Write directions invariably
before dispensing. Avoid thus the use of blotting-paper ; a
good dispenser uses almost none. If a mixture contains readily
soluble ingredients,, never use a mortar. Avoid effecting solu-
tion by heat, for fear of recrystallisation. With syrups and also
ingredients not water, arrange in dispensing to rinse out the
measure and leave it clean. A skilled dispenser shows very
little traces of his work. Carefully clean and put away weights
and scales after each operation. Hold the scales firmly by the
left hand ; never lift them high above the counter ; and judge
of the weight as much by the indicator as by the position of the
scale. Select glass pans for scales — preferably of heavy make —
and discard flimsy brass material, which corrodes speedily, and

12

THE ART OF DISPENSING

becomes inapcurate, Learn to judge of the quantity to be
weighed with'tolerable* accuracy : train the eye as well as the
hand. If in doubt, abvays .tiegin-with that of which you have no
doubt. Be rapid in manipulation. Finish wrapping, tying, or
sealing quickly. Slow dispensing is bad dispensing, and arises
either from deficient practice or want of knowledge. Never,
when in a shadow of doubt, hesitate to ask advice from a fear
of compromising your own dignity.

13

LCLDS .?^/^C3T RIDING
:.^tD!U>CHIHUHajCAL SOCIETY

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES.

Signs. — In 1877 Dr. Redwood gave an authoritative and
reasonable explanation of what is to be understood by the
various signs for weights and measures. He pointed out that
the British Pharmacopoeia adopts the avoirdupois weights, and
the signs employed — lb., oz., gr. — apply to the weights of this
system. The other signs — 3, ib — however, mean what
they always meant — namely, the scruple, drachm, ounce, and
pound of the apothecaries' system. The only difficulties can
occur in the ounce and pound. Strictly speaking, therefore, it
should be understood that % means an apothecaries' or troy
ounce of 480 grains, while 'oz.' means an avoirdupois ounce of
4372 grains. So lb is the troy pound of 12 troy ounces, and lb.
is the avoirdupois pound of 16 avoirdupois ounces. The terms
C and O, which formerly designated the wine gallon and pint,
are now used in the Pharmacopoeia to represent the imperial
gallon and pint. This must necessarily be the case, because
no other fluid measures are now legal in trade transactions.
In weights it is necessary to have a distinction of signs, because
the law expressly permits the use of apothecaries' weight in the
sale of drugs.

The Pharmacopoeia of 1885 introduced for the first time
the fluid grain in the formulae for certain preparations,
especially some liquores. This measure is the bulk of i grain
of water at the normal conditions, and it was officialised in order
to bring potent preparations more into conformity with Con-
tinental custom. For example, liquor arsenicalis now contains
I grain of arsenious acid in 100 fluid grains (or no minims),

14

THE ART OF DISPENSING

whereas formerly it contained i grain in 120 minims. The
fluid grain is not, however, recognised in dispensing.

The weights and measures in use in the United States are
different from the British. The pint is only 16 ounces, and
the ounce is equivalent to 4557 grains. As in Great Britain, the
fluid ounce is divided into 480 minims. The British minim is
equal to 0-9114 grain, whereas the American is o'9285 grain.
This difference should be noted in dispensing American pre-
scriptions.

The Metric System is exclusively employed on the
Continent, and both liquids and solids are weighed. To con-
vert the weights into English grains it is generally sufficient to
multiply the number of grammes by 15. The following are
closely approximate values of the more common terms : One
gramme = isf grains ; i grain = 6 centigrammes ; i kilo-
gramme = 2 lb. 3 oz. (av.) j I lb. (av.) = 456 grammes ; i oz.
avoirdupois = 28i grammes ; i cubic centimetre = 16;^ minims.
It is fairly accurate to reckon that 30 grammes of water or
similar liquids are equal to i fluid ounce ; but it is always
preferable to weigh all the ingredients as would be done on the
Continent. The tare of the bottle is taken with a quantity of
small shot contained in a chip box.

In mixing fluids for a mixture, the rule is, with some excep-
tions, to put the smallest quantity ordered in the bottle first,
then the next largest quantity, and so on. The reason is that
the delicacy of the scales diminishes with the increased weight,
and as the medicines ordered in small quantities are generally
the most powerful, they need to be dispensed with the greatest
degree of accuracy. When so many drops of. a fluid are
ordered it is usual to put the drops in first, so that if a few
drops too many fall they can be returned. Fluids up to i
gramme are generally dropped, and it is reckoned that of the
fatty and specifically heavy ethereal oils and of tinctures 20
drops = I gramme ; of the other ethereal oils, chloroform,
acetic ether and spirits ot ether, and aqueous fluids, 25 drops
= I gramme ; of ether, 50 drops = i gramme. This calcula-

WEIGHTS AND MEASURES

15

tion may not be quite accurate, but it accords with the Prussian
medicinal tariff, and is what is understood by the prescribing
physician.

The rule thus laid down by Dr. Hager brings out prominently
the superiority of the English system of measuring. It has its
application, however, to our custom to some extent, the ex-
ceptions being where a following of the rule would give a result
not desired. The smaller quantities and thinner fluids should

HOW TO MEASURE.

Grasp the measure with the thumb and forefinger of the left hand, the
finger being under the measure so as to keep it level. The other
fingers thus remain free to grasp the bottle-stopper.

invariably be measured first, or, failing this, measured with a
fresh measure-glass. To measure, for example, i drachm of
hydrocyanic acid after measuring \ oz, or i oz. of glycerine or
syrup of squill is clearly to court error. Equally incorrect would
it be to start with a 4 oz. measure-glass, however correctly
graduated or however suitable for measuring the other ingre-
dients of a prescription, to measure any small quantity of a
powerful remedy, such as hydrocyanic acid.

It is much the best plan to make it the practice to use a

l6

THE ART OF DISPENSING

separate measure for all potent preparations, such as arsenical
solutions, solution of strychnine, hydrocyanic acid and the like,
and, if the nature of the mixture permit it, measure such pre-
parations last— that is, after the mixture is made up with water
or other diluent, leaving room for the potent preparation.

Carelessness in weighing or measuring is not to be

tolerated. There should be if possible, and there generally is
in large establishments, a balance for weighing small quantities
of alkaloids and other strong remedies. In no case should
guesswork exist at the dispensing counter. In mixtures or
solutions generally there is little fear that such a course should
be adopted ; but we have seen doses of powdered opium
guessed at by the palette-knife, and so dispensed. We have
seen more than once a definite weighed quantity of a compound
powder subsequently divided without weighing into the pre-
scribed number of powders. Without assuming that such is
a customary practice in some establishments, and recognised
as being fairly accurate, its existence is a sufficient justification
for strongly condemning this or any other methods which favour
dangerous carelessness. It is generally safe to give minims
when gtitt(s are ordered, because drops vary in size according to
the nature of the liquid, the lip of the bottle, the quantity in
the bottle, temperature, &c.

Thus, chloroform dropped from an ordinary phial will give
150 to 300 drops for a fluid drachm. But it is convenient to
have the number of drops which equal a drachm marked upon
the bottles containing some of the fluids commonly prescribed
in small quantities. In some cases it is desirable to weigh
rather than measure a liquid — for example, in the case of a dozen
minims of croton oil ordered for pills. Here it is practically
impossible to get 12 minims of the oil out of a measure once
it is in, but it may be weighed on the glass scale-pan, either
upon some inert powder, such as soap, previously weighed, or
some of the powder may be mixed up with it on the scale-pan
and the whole afterwards carefully scraped off. Due allowance
has of course to be made for the fact that croton oil is lighter

WEIGHTS AND MBASVRMS 17

than water, and that a minim of water weighs less than one
grain. The average specific gravity of croton oil is -950, and
the weight of a minim of water is •9114, so that -950 x -9114
X 12 = 10-42 (say loi grains), the weight of 12 minims of
croton oil.

Fractions of a grain are frequently ordered, for example
20 pills each containing grain of strychnine. In this case
weigh one grain of alkaloid and triturate it with 1 1 grains of
sugar of milk (which thoroughly divides it), and take 10
grains of the mixture for the 20 pills. A difficulty sometimes
is found when fractions of minims are ordered ; for example,
two pills are ordered each to contain w\ ^ of croton oil and
ttl. \ of peppermint oil. The best plan in this case is to rub
up I drop of croton oil and 2 drops of peppermint oil with 10
grains of soap, and take a fourth part of the mixture for the
pills.

c

i8

THE ART OF DISPENSING

PRESCRIBERS AND DISPENSERS.

Ambiguous Nomenclature.— More attention by pre-
scribers to the possibilities of ambiguous nomenclature would be
a great boon to pharmacists. For preparations mentioned in
the British Pharmacopoeia the name there found should be
used, and in ordering those not included in the B.P. the initials
of the Pharmacopoeia, or the name of the standard work in
which the formula may be found, should be appended. No
rule can be laid down for the dispenser, except that he should
be guided by the date of the prescription. Suppose the
following prescription is presented : —

Tinct. cinchoncE ...... ^ij.

Sig. 3i. ter die.

June 6, 1884. F. M. II.

The only official simple tincture existing when that pre-
scription was written was tinctura cinchofice flavcc. Now that
tincture has been expunged from the Pharmacopoeia and a
tincture of the red bark has taken its place, but there is no law
which compels the dispenser to give the latter tincture in such
an instance as the above. The patient has used the old tinc-
ture and may prefer it. There are other instances, such as the
cases of the liquors which have been slightly altered in strength.
Plere the dispenser may use the new preparations, because
there has been what may be called no material alteration. The
following mixture is a very good example of a case in which
the substitution of an altered preparation for an old one gives
quite a different result : — >

PRESCRIBERS AND DISPENSERS

19

Liq. bismuthi et animon. cit. .

Liq. magnesice bicarb.

Aquas . . . , .
Pro dosi. Mitte 3viii.
Jan. 10, 1885.

in XX

ad Jss.

The old liquor bismuthi gives a clear mixture ; the new, from
its want of excess of ammonium citrate, forms a mixture with a
copious precipitate of bismuth.

Dr. Whitla says that the dispenser will often be at a loss to
understand the meaning of the prescriber when he orders some
preparations out of their official names, and he then must have
a consultation, or fall back upon the experience of himself or
others. He gives the following examples : When ' magnes. calc'
is ordered, magnesia B.P. should be used ; when 'magnes.
carb.' the heavy preparation is usually intended ; when 'bismuth'
or ' bismuth alb.' is prescribed, the subnitrate is the preparation
generally in the mind of the physician ; when ' aqua menth.' is
ordered, aq. menth. pip. should not be used, but aq. menth.
sativ. is the intention of the prescriber.

This is a good example of the difference of opinion amongst
authorities. In some parts of the country aq. menthce virid.
is, no doubt, always dispensed for 'aq. menthse,' but this
custom is not general. Aq. menth. virid. is seldom ordered,
but aq. menth. pip. is in daily demand, and is used officially as
a flavouring agent. For these reasons it is advisable to use aq.
menth. pip. when ' aq. menth.' is ordered, unless the dispenser
knows the intention of the prescriber to be the contrary.

Dr. Whitla's remarks regarding magnesia recall a comment
which we made in the previous edition. It was then said that
'some apparent difficulties can be settled by reference to the
Pharmacopoeia — e.g. Magnesia, prescribed as such, means the
mag. calc. pond, according to the B.P. The light variety is
expressly designated magnesia Icvis. This no longer strictly
applies, for the term 'magnesia' has been changed to 'magnesia
ponderosa,' and ' ponderosa ' has also been added to magnesia
carbonas. Light carbonate of magnesia is so seldom used,
unless in the special cases of inhalation — e.g. vapor pini

c 2

20

THE ART OP DiSPBNSlNQ

sylvestris — that there should be no hesitation in giving the
heavy carbonate when 'magnes. carb.' is ordered. Regarding
calcined magnesia, however, the dispenser may well pause
and consider questions of bulk, date, &c., before he decides
whether he will use the heavy or hght.

Amongst other ambiguities of nomenclature, the following
are worth notice ; —

Acid, nilro-hydrochlor.^ prescribed without the addition of
the qualifying term ' dil.,' is an instance of careless prescribing,
but it can hardly occasion a doubt, as the strong compound
acid is not official. The acid, nitro-viuriat. of the Dublin
Pharmacopeia is still regularly prescribed by some of the older
race of medical men, and a question might arise whether this
was not intended. Usually, however, this is written in the old
style, acid, nit.-mur.

Aloes. — The question as to whether Barbadoes or Socotrine
aloes should be used when ' aloes ' only occurs in a prescription
is one which formerly presented no difficulty, for Socotrine aloes
was most commonly employed, Barbadoes aloes being more
used for veterinary purposes. Now, however, Socotrine aloes is
somewhat variable in quality, while good liver, so-called Barba-
does aloes is effective and thoroughly reliable. This fact
should weigh in deciding.

^ther. chlor. is a fruitful source of doubt. It is very general
always to dispense the official spirit of chloroform when this is
ordered. The only thing against this is that the old chloric
ether is a distilled preparation, and is soluble in water. On the
whole it is advisable to follow the advice of Squire and others,
and use spt. chloroformi unless you know that the distilled
preparation is intended : in that case use 'Duncan's.'

When Ferri cit. is ordered it is usual to dispense ferri
ammon. cit., which is the only official preparation corresponding
to the title ; but if a mineral acid be contained in the mixture
the simple citrate of iron should be used.

Hyd. chlor. may mean subchloride of mercury, corrosive sub-
limate, or hydrate of chloral, and mistakes have happened in
consequence of this wholly unnecessary abbreviation of terms.

PRESCRTBERS AND DISPENSERS

21

But there is little excuse for a mistake if the dispenser thinks
of what he is about. Corrosive sublimate is never given with
a purgative or as a sleeping draught, and the whole danger really
lies in corrosive sublimate. Reflect before you dispense.

Liq. cinchonce. — Should Battley's preparation or the phar-
macopoeial liquid extract be supplied for this ? The reply to this
is that since the introduction of a formula for liquid extract of
cinchona into the Pharmacopoeia liq. cinchonse and ext. cinchon.
liq. are synonymous, and when liq. cinchonse is prescribed with-
out ' Battley's ' the dispenser should use the official preparation.

For liquor ergoice give extract, ergotas liquidum. There
need be no hesitation about the matter in these cases : all
that you have to consider is that liquor is a commonly accepted
synonym of extradum liquidum, and adherence to the British
Pharmacopoeia is, in the circumstances, the safest rule for the
dispenser to follow.

Liq. morphincR is very often written in a prescription, and
the dispenser will follow the majority in giving liquor morphinse
hydrochlor. There occur exceptions, however ; for instance,
a frequent prescription is —

Liq. plumb, subacet.

morphinse . . . . . . a. a. p. se.

In this case use liq. morph. acet. to avoid precipitation of
plumbic chloride. Some physicians use only the acetate of
morphine, but such prescribers are generally very particular in
specifying what they want.

Liquor taraxaci. — The difficulty regarding the use of the
word ' liquor ' has recently come up in a new form regarding
liquor taraxaci. The question was put to us, * What should
be dispensed for this, the succus or the liquid extract ? ' and our
reply was to the effect that if the prescription was written
before the publication of the B.P. 1885, the succus should be
dispensed ; but if after, the liquid extract. This accords with
the rule regarding other liquors. But the answer did not pass
unchallenged. One correspondent contested it, thus : —

'The logic of your inference is no doubt correct, but

22

THE ART OF DISPENSING

practice negatives it. " Liq. tarax," has long been synonymous
with " succ. tarax." Some wholesale houses used to send out
the prescription labelled " Liq. Tarax. (Succ.)." I believe most
West-end houses (for whose custom, though, I claim no special
merit) would not hesitate to use succ. tarax. B.P. when hq.
tarax. is prescribed.'

When, as sometimes happens, tinct. card, is prescribed, the
dispenser must use his discretion whether a simple tincture or
the usual compound tincture is required. In such a case, if
the prescription has been previously dispensed, it is best to
explain the doubt to the customer, showing him that, though
the appearance would differ, the medicinal importance of the
difference was but trifling. So also in such cases as tinct.
gentianse, tinct. guaiaci, &c. Generally speaking, it is correct
to assume that the prescriber is quite familiar with the British
Pharmacopoeia, and the dispenser is at all events legally safe
in such an assumption.

Questions of Measurement. — The dispenser frequently
meets with prescriptions in which it is doubtful what size of
mixture the prescriber intends. The following is a good
example : —

Ammonii bromidi 5iv.

Syr. chloral hydratis . . . . • ^i-

Infusi gentianEC comp Jvi.

M. fiat mistura. ^i. hora somni suraend.

Should this be dispensed as written, as a ^vi. mixture or
as an ^viii. ? If the dispenser cannot communicate with the
prescriber, and has no means of knowing what his intentions
in the matter are, the correct plan is to dispense the prescrip-
tion as written. At the same time, this course would be con-
sidered pedantic by many pharmacists, because it is apparent
that by making an ^viii. mixture, a half-drachm dose of
ammonium bromide and a drachm dose of syrup of chloral
would be contained in each ounce ; and these are most likely
intended. One pharmacist who holds this opinion remarks :
' There are cases (and this is one of them) where the dis-

PRESCRIBERS AND DISPENSERS

23

penser must use his own discretion, and be guided by experi-
ence, in trying to. find out the intentions of the prescriber, and
to do this he must go beyond the bare written instructions.
If he does this with tact and to the best of his ability, he will
ensure the confidence of the practitioner and his patient, and
avoid any need for explanation.'

Always keep in mind that no alteration should be made in
a physician's prescription unless that alteration has the pre-
scriber's sanction. Do not of course kill a patient for the sake
of a rule. If you make any alteration it should be marked
on the prescription, for the guidance of other dispensers.

Familiarity with the prescriptions of a physician obviates
difficulties such as that under notice. For example, one phy-
sician almost invariably writes his prescription for a mixture
thus : —

Potass, bicarb. . , . . . . 5ij.

Tinct. nuc. vomic. ...... 5ij.

Syr. aurant. ....... ^j.

Inf. quassice ....... jviij

Ft. mist.

The literal construction of this prescription is to make a
|ixss. mixture, but the actual intention of the prescriber is
known to be only an §viii. mixture. In all such cases the dis-
penser should note the prescription, so that if it strays into the
hands of other pharmacists not familiar with the peculiarities
of the writer they may not deviate from the original interpreta-
tion. This may be done alongside the §viii., thus ' ad §viii.,' or
inside the date stamp.

The Graduation of Medicine Bottles which are to
contain mixtures to be taken in parts is a matter which may
be considered here. Bottles, being unequal in bore, contain as
a rule more near the shoulder than at the base ; and, in conse-
quence, the graduations of spaces do not accurately represent
equal divisions of the fluid contents. This does not in ordi-
nary mixtures make much practical difference in the inten-
tions of the prescriber, but may do so in those containing
active ingredients, and it is important to ensure accuracy. To

THE ART OF DISPENSING

show the difference in dosage which results through different
methods of graduating, we give an illustration of part of a stock
printed slip for a 6 oz. bottle, of which each division represents
two tablespoonfuls, the dotted lines at the left
representing the bottle graduations which are
formed in the mould. This shows conclusively
that one, at least, of the methods must be wrong,

J and very probably both are.

■ The proper plan is to graduate the bottle by

hand. Paste a slip of paper upon the side or back
of the bottle, and measure into the bottle the suc-

cessive parts, indicated by the prescription, marking

2 each part with a short stroke of the pen or pencil,
afterwards making a bolder mark when the bottle
has been emptied. A small stock of such marked
bottles may be kept. Printed slips and moulded
2 graduations have nothing to do with accuracy ;

they are conveniences. Of course common sense

says one may use these conveniences for simple
remedies \ but where will the line be drawn ?

Alteration of Prescriptions.— The question has been
put : To what extent is the dispenser justified in effecting the
solution or suspension of an ingredient in a mixture which,
though prescribed in an insoluble state, is yet to be given in
accurately divided doses ? The following prescription may be
taken as an example : —

Bismuthi subnitratis .
Magnesise ponderosa:
Tincturce gentianae comp. .
Aquae
Fiat mistura.

Obviously the patient cannot measure out fixed portions of
this mixture containing equal doses of bismuth, and the dis-
penser would do him (or her) a good turn by adding a viscous
ingredient to suspend it. Preference should be given to traga-
canth mucilage, because it is not only more viscous than

. 5ij.

. 5i.

. . . . |i.

ad jviii,

PRESCRIBERS AND DISPENSERS

25

acacia mucilage, but contains relatively a much smaller
proportion of solid matter. It is noteworthy, however, that if
either mucilage is added to bismuth subnitrate, when no other
powder is prescribed along with it, the two seem to combine in
some way to form a glutinous, indiffusible mass at the bottom
of the bottle. Compound tragacanth powder does not have
this objection.

Another case may be cited. Is the substitution of liq.
arsenici hydrochlor. justifiable in the following prescription ? —

Liq. arsenicalis (Fowler's) . , , . • 5j-

Liq. hydrarg. perchlor ^j.

Aquse ad jiv.

M. ft. mist. 5ij. t. d. s.

Liquor arsenicalis precipitates the mercury, and there is a
possibility of the patient getting the whole of it in the last dose.

An analogous result is shown in mixtures of liq. arsenicalis
and liq. strychninse in certain proportions, the alkaloid being
in this case precipitated. In both these cases the acid solu-
tion should, preferably, be used, a little compound tincture of
lavender being added.

Careless Prescribers,— It would save the pharmacist a
great deal of anxiety if prescribers would take the trouble to
initial unusual doses, for many instances occur where it is im-
possible for the dispenser to know whether the dose is safe or
not ; for instance, the official dose of potassium iodide is 2 to
10 grains, yet 20 grains is a frequent dose, and even i or 2
drachms twice or three times a day, while some patients experi-
ence very unpleasant effects from a single dose of 2 grains.
Again, the official dose of ext. ergotse liq. is 10 to 30 minims,
although I drachm is a very common dose, and in some cases
4 drachms or i oz. may be given with impunity.

Another instance : —

Pil. coloc. CO. gr. ij.

Pil. cambogise co gr. j.

Strychnine i gr,

Ext. bellad gr. ij-

Ft. pil. in arg. Mitte xxiv. Sig. One at bedtime.

26

THE ART OF DISPENSING

Two grains of ext. bellad. for a dose is unusual, but, since
it was for an adult and only exhibited once a day, it might
have been dispensed. But the dispenser happened to know
that the prescriber gave only small doses of belladonna ; he
was therefore consulted, and the dose altered to of a grain.

We know of another case in which an M.D. ordered ext.
belladonnge q.s. to make a mass, and he meant it. The quantity
required varied in his prescriptions, and his pharmacist made it
a rule never to give more than i grain.

Where unusual doses are prescribed, the quantity should be
indicated in words as well as iigures. No emphasising of a
badly written or smudged figure will render it less ambiguous ;
but if it be indicated in both ways it is scarcely possible that
there could be any doubt of the interpretation. Thus —

Tr. opii . . . .in I- (50 minims) h.s.s.

would save the dispenser from any hesitation as to whether the
quantity was L. or 4.

Extra Doses. — In the German Pharmacopoeia a table
of maximum doses of certain powerful medicines is given, and
if the prescriber desire to exceed the quantities there set down
he is required to mark the quantity. If this be not done the
dispenser is held responsible for the consequences if he dispense
the dangerous dose. Two curious cases are mentioned by
Dr. Hager. In one, an extra dose of cyanide of potassium had
been ordered, and the prescriber had several times iinderlined
the quantity. The patient died, and the dispenser was con-
demned to a year's imprisonment because he had dispensed
the medicine without the proper mark ( !) being attached. In
the other case, the physician meant to order 4 grammes of
chloral hydrate, and he should have written grm. 4*0. He
omitted the decimal point, however, and the dispenser gave 40
grammes. At that time chloral hydrate was not included in
the German Pharmacopoeia, and therefore was not in the table
of dangerous substances. But the dispenser was sentenced to
a long term of imprisonment.

PRESCRIBERS AND DISPENSERS

27

It is indeed a constantly recurring difficulty to dispensers
of limited experience to know whether certain quantities pre-
scribed are not either unusual or dangerous doses. The
Pharmacopoeia ceases to be a guide, for individual prescribers
entertain varying ideas respecting the potency of drugs. A
prescriber, especially if eminent in his particular line, will not
consent to initial in such cases, or to add any indication of
unusual dose. He resents the fact that his method of pre-
scribing should not be familiar to the dispenser. Quinine sul-
phate is ordered occasionally in heroic doses ; and, as regards
the salts of morphine — especially the acetate — opium and its
preparations, it would be difficult to say where the maximum
limit ends. A provincial dispenser may always feel safe when
the autograph prescription bears the business stamp of some
London house. The recipe has probably been dispensed many
times ; and the pharmacist is advised not to indicate by his
manner, still less by any direct question to the patient, that
there appears to him to be anything remarkable in the formula
which he is called upon to dispense.

But do not follow the example of the London house if you
think that there is a chance of poisoning the patient. For
instance, a prescription was given in to a provincial house which
ordered a large dose (about an ounce) of aq. laurocerasi. It bore
the stamp of a leading London house, and appeared therefore
to have been taken by the patient with safety. Not being
satisfied, inquiry was made, and it was found that the firm
referred to had, in dispensing the recipe, omitted a considerable
quantity of the aq. laurocer. (the writer was a provincial doctor
and could not, of course, be consulted). This emphasises the
aphorism : If a prescription be altered it should be so marked.

Many examples of large doses could be cited. Two grains
of extract, cannabis indie je have been given every two hours
in a case of tetanus, but the case was watched by several
medical men. Dr. Heron Watson (of Edinburgh) regularly
prescribes teaspoonful doses of subnitrate of bismuth. In some
cases ordinary doses of narcotics cause great excitement. For
example, 30 grains of chloral have made a man most obstre-

28

THE ART OF DISPENSING

perous, but drachm doses induced sleep. A well-known
authority states that he has seen 5 oz. of the juice of conium
ordered and taken daily, \ grain of pure hyoscyamine for a
dose ; i drachm of tincture oflndian hemp three times a day ;
also \ lb. of mercury for a dose. The patients who took these
doses were, of course, under special observation.

The following prescription was given to dispense as a
draught : —

Potass, iodid. 3iss.

Tr. aurantii ....... Jij.

Tr. cinchona . Jss.

M.

No directions were given. On the pharmacist expostulating
with the customer as to the largeness of the dose of iodide,
it was most strenuously afifirmed that it was for one dose only.
It had been dispensed before for a friend, who lent it to the
customer. This lending of prescriptions often leads to bad
results and should not be encouraged.

General Directions are as a rule unsatisfactory and often
lead to mistakes. We have been asked, If a doctor sends a
prescription for a mixture (not dangerous) marked ' Special :
To be taken as directed,' is he justified in condemning the dis-
penser as an unpardonable offender for sending the mixture to
the patient without further instructions respecting dose ?

' To be taken as directed ' implies that the prescriber has
given directions, but it is not uncommon to find that the
prescriber has omitted to give directions, and for that reason
it is always safe for the dispenser to ask the customer how the
medicine is to be used, and so ascertain whether the directions
are sufficient or not. If the mixture is dangerous it is safe
to see the doctor. The prescriber was not justified in censuring
the chemist as above stated.

Errors in the Prescription.— If possible, reference
should be made to the writer. Caution must be used in con-
cluding that a fancied error or omission is real. 'Common

PRESCRIBERS AND DISPENSERS

29

sense' is frequently appealed to, but this indefinable judge
cannot be called into operation unless the ' sense of the commu-
nity ' on the point in question has been obtained. Too many
people confound their own individual opinion with the dictates
of 'common sense.' For instance, some dispensers invariably
add acid to a mixture containing quinine, although solution of
the alkaloid is not prescribed. Now, many physicians prefer
administering quinine in suspension, and it is decidedly less dis-
agreeable taken in this manner, especially when large doses are
exhibited. Moreover, when quinine is given to a woman nursing
it is usual on the part of the prescriber to avoid an acid, as it
checks the secretion of milk.

Wishes of Patients — On this point Dr. Whitla says,
' Where a prescription is repeatedly compounded the patient
often asks for the dose to be increased, or some other change
to be made. The dispenser should not accede to such a
request, no matter how simple it may appear, without a consul-
tation with the prescriber ; nor is it advisable for him to inform
the patient (even when pressed) of the ingredients in any pre-
scription. He can refer them to the physician, or do as the writer
has done long ago, when it was impossible to avoid such a
revelation — read it in full Latin to the patient.' This ruling is
somewhat stringent. One frequently meets with customers —
they are generally regular customers — who may safely get a hint
as to frhat a medicine is composed of.

Repeating Prescriptions. — There is no rule against
repeating a prescription as often as may be desired by the
patient, but a conscientious regard should be had in such cases
to his ultimate good. The majority of prescriptions, fortunately,
may be repeated without warning or comment ; but there are
some, such as those containing arsenic, digitalis, strychnine,
&c., which, from their cumulative tendency, may produce
serious consequences if repeated too frequently ; and in such
cases it is, we believe, not more to the interest of the patient
than the dispenser that the suggestion be made to again consult
the physician as to their continuance. There are other pre-

30

THE ART OF DISPENSING

scriptions, such as those containing chloral, morphine, and other
narcotics, the repetition of which is apt to engender the worst of
vices on the part of the patient. A little reflection will show
the responsibility incurred where repetition may lead to the
formation of a bad habit.

31

SPECIAL DRUGS AND DISPENSING
CONVENIENCES.

WATERS.

Aqua. — There is no longer any ambiguity as to what is meant
when 'aqua' is ordered in a prescription, for the British Phar-
macopoeia (1885) exphcitly states ; ' In dispensing prescriptions,
aqua should be understood to mean distilled water.' Distilled
water, according to the Pharmacopoeia, is made by taking
ten gallons of water and distilling it from a copper still with
block-tin worm, rejecting the first half-gallon and collecting
the next eight gallons. It is distinguished from ordinary water
by containing no solid constituent, and should be free from
ammonia when tested by Nessler's solution.

As supplies of distilled water are generally obtained from
wholesale houses it should never be stocked without examining
it. Frequently it is simply the condensed vapour from steam-
heating pipes or steam boilers ; consequently it is liable to con-
tain impurities. Ammonia and nitrites are the most common,
the latter giving very strange results in mixtures containing
iodides. Moreover, such distilled water has a tendency to be-
come viscous, owing to the formation of thread-like organisms.
The surest plan is to distil water as it is required, adding to
each gallon of water in the still ten grains of permanganate
of potash and a drachm of sulphuric acid. This ensures the
destruction of organic matter, the products of which remain
in the still.

Aqua fontana should not be used unless when ordered.
The varying quantity of calcareous matter which different natural

32

THE ART OF DISPENSING

waters contain is alone a sufficient reason for excluding them
from the dispensing counter, because some mixtures com-
pounded with such water differ in appearance according to
the amount of calcareous matter contained in the water. The
following are examples of what may be expected when distilled
water and spring water are used indifferently.

Tinct. lavand. co. gives a bright mixture with distilled, but
a muddy one with tap water. Tinct. cardamom, co. produces
with distilled water a reddish-brown colour, but with tap water
a brilliant crimson, as though ammonia had been added.

Liq. arsenicalis gives a precipitate of calcium carbonate with
tap water, which will probably be regarded by the nervous patient
as the arsenic imperfectly dissolved, if it has been previously
obtained without such a deposit owing to the use of distilled
water.

If a prescription containing liq. hydrarg. perchlor. and water
be dispensed with distilled water a clear mixture is obtained ;
if common water is used a precipitate consisting of an insoluble
mercury salt is thrown down.

Such prescriptions as the following are constantly seen at
the dispensing-counter : —

in.

Argent, nit.
Aquse
Mix.

Syr. ferri iod.

Aqure
Mix.

gr. V.

11.

■ 5^

ad 5iv.

Plumbi acet. .
Sp. vin. rect. ,
Aquse
Mix.

Ammon. carb.
Spir. chlorof.
Inf. gent. co. .
Mix.

IV.

. gr. xij.
ad 5iv.

3ss
5j.

In many cases it is advisable even to boil the distilled water,
for if it happen to contain carbonic acid or atmospheric air,
decomposition will be accelerated, i. and ii. are good ex-
amples. It may also be remarked that in dispensing iii. the
rectified spirit should be mixed with the water before the
acetate of lead is dissolved in it. The spirit furthers the ex-

SPECIAL DRUGS AND DISPEJ^SING CONVENIENCES 33

pulsion of the air and carbonic acid gas, which are mostly pre-
sent if the distilled water is not fresh.

If the infusion of gentian in No. 4 be made with plain water,
the result will be that the lime mostly present in ordinary water,
and which is only deposited on prolonged boiling, coming in
contact with the ammonia will render the mixture slightly tur-
bid, and give a deposit of calcium carbonate on the sides of
the bottle.

Extemporaneous Aromatic Waters. —Distilled aro-
matic waters have a finer flavour than those prepared by the mix-
ture method, and in some cases, notably rose water, the odour of
the extemporaneous preparation is of quite a different charac-
ter from the distilled. Various substances of an alkaline-
earthy nature are added to the oils in the mixture method in
order to render them soluble, and, as has been shown by
Shuttleworth, these substances generally keep back a portion of
the oil, so that the water takes up no more, or little more, than
it would do if the earthy powder were not added. It should
also be remembered that the powder dissolves to some extent,
and therefore affects mixtures containing alkaloids and other
substances precipitable by alkalies. This may be obviated by
the adoption of either of the following processes.

In the official process of the United States Pharmacopoeia
the essential oil is directed to be added to a proper quantity of
cotton wool, teasing and mixing the wool thoroughly, and then
packing tightly in a percolator and pouring on the necessary
amount of water. The amount of oil used in most cases is
I part to 500 of water (say a drop to the ounce). In the
' Art of Pharmacy ' we have published a method which is very
simple, and gives excellent products. In this an excess of oil
is used, the reason being that the excess gives much finer
waters than are obtained by using a less amount. Prepare a
solution of 6 fluid drachms of essential oil in 4 fluid ounces
of rectified spirit (60 o.p.) and of this add i ounce to 4 pnits
of water. Shake well, and allow to stand until clear, then syphon
off the clear water.

D

34

THE ART OF DISPENSING

The earthj^ powders which are most used for rendering
essential oils soluble are light carbonate of magnesia, powdered
pumice stone, kaolin, silica, phosphate of calcium and talc
(French chalk). The method to be followed for a pint of any
water is to dissolve from 20 to 40 minims of the oil in four
times as much spirit, add an ounce of water, and triturate,
with half an ounce of any of the powders (2 drachms of magnes.
carb. levis is enough). The most objectionable powder is
magnesia, and the least objectionable is talc. The following
excellent method of using the latter has been proposed.

Wash finely pulverised white talc with hot water slightly
acidulated with hydrochloric acid, and finally with hot water
only to remove acid, then dry and stock for use. The powder
may be used by adding half an ounce of it to the cloudy mix-
ture (such as is formed by shaking up gss. of ol. anethi and
5ij. of S.V.R. in a quart of water), and filtering through paper,
or a talc filter may be prepared in the following manner :
Make a double filter out of white filtering-paper and insert it
in a quart glass funnel ; mix about half an ounce of talc with
one pint of hot water in a bottle, shake well and pour upon
the filter, taking care to so distribute the mixture that the
entire filter from bottom to top is evenly covered with the fine
powder ; the water will rapidly pass off perfectly clear, after
which the filter is ready for filtering any cloudy mixture. The
same filter may be used frequently for the same substances.
After using it, cover the funnel with a glass plate to exclude
dust and preserve it for the next operation.

Camphor water may be made quickly by dissolving Siiss.
of spt. camph. B.P. in 40 oz. of water.

CONOENTBATED INFUSIONS.
In most of the large establishments the duty of preparing
infusions for use during the day falls to the assistant who has
been on night duty. Without discussing the question whether
the dispenser is justified in using concentrated infusions or not,
it may be said that, strictly speaking, the pharmacist should use
only freshly prepared infusions. An experienced pharmacist

SPECIAL DRUGS AND DISPENSING CONVENIENCES 35

says on this point, ' Never use concentrated infusions when time
allows of fresh ones being made. The aroma of the recent in-
fusion is often wanting, whilst the difference in appearance is
in most cases very marked.'

The subject has been very fully discussed in the 'Art of
Pharmacy,' and a process there given for making concentrated
preparations which equal fresh ones in aroma, etc. There are
one or two infusions which should always be prepared fresh
notably infusion of digitalis. Dr. Hager has given this in-
fusion as one which may be used concentrated, but it is the
very one which many therapeutists state should not be kept in
the concentrated state. Fresh infusion of digitalis is, in fact
the most active and reliable preparation of the drug. '

\Vhen 8 oz. of any infusion are required, 10 oz. at least
should be made, as the marc absorbs a good deal of the men
struum, and the Pharmacopoeia does not direct it to be pressed

SOLUTIONS.

It is usual for dispensers to keep solutions of salts often re-
quired in prescriptions. These are not only convenient, but
frequently impart to a mixture a bright appearance which
otherwise would be wanting. No one would recognise a mix-
ture made with infus. ros^ acid, and Epsom salts in solution
as the same preparation if made by the addition of the salts
The same is true, in greater or less degree, of very many other
previously made solutions ; to a large extent this accounts for
the physical differences observed in mixtures dispensed nf
different establishments. aispensed at

The following are the solutions which are in most common
use in large establishments. It should be noted that Tds
for any quantity in ounces should be taken by troy weight-
that IS, 480 grains ; for example, sol. ammon. brom i in 4
means 480 grs. ammon. brom. in 4 fl. oz. of the solution.
Sol. Acid Tannic

Aluminis . .' ; ' ' ^!»2(S.V.R.)

,, Ammonii bromidi " • • I m 16

„ Ferri tarUral. . . ' ' ' • ^ 4

I in 4

D 2

35

TtiE ART OF DISP^NSII^G

I in 2
I in 2
I in 2
I in 4
I in 8
I in -24
I in 4
I in 2
I in 16
I in 16
I in 4
I in 8

Sol. Ferri et quininse citrat.
„ Magnesii sulphatis
Potassii acetatis
,, bicarbonatis
nitratis
, , , , chloratis
,j bromidi
iodidi .
Plumbi acelatis
Sodii bicarbonatis
Zinci chloridi
„ „ sulphatis .

The solutions of bicarbonates are liable to become some-
Nvhat changed with formation of carbonate, with the result
that mixtures containing vegetable colouring-matter are much
darkened ; such solutions also precipitate magnesia from the
sulphate. It is a good plan to keep all these dispensing solu-
tions in a dark cupboard ; many of them are affected by light.

The following remarks on dispensing solutions and the
way to prepare them should have the attention of the dispenser.

Dr. Hager states that iodide of potassium solution (i in 2)
does not keep well, and recommends that only so much should
be made as will keep for eight or ten days in a dark place, and
that it should only be dispensed if quite clear and colourless.
Potassio-tartrate of antimony (i in 50) is also sometimes kept m
solution, and this too spoils in a short time, but the addition
of §i. of S.V.R. to each pint is helpful.

We may, however, remark that in many instances concen-
trated solutions keep much better than weaker solutions.
Quinine and iron citrate is a notable example, a solution of i
part in 2 keeping for weeks, while a weaker solution quickly
becomes bad.

In weak solution chloral hydrate soon decomposes and
becomes acid, acquiring an odour not unlike a mixture of tolu
and benzene. We prefer not to keep this chemical in solution,
but in powder form, so that it dissolves readily.

Scale Preparations can with care be readily and easily
dissolved in the bottle in which they are to be dispensed. A

SPECIAL DRUGS AND DISPENSING CONVENIENCES 37

little of the water or aqueous vehicle should be put into the
bottle first, being careful not to wet its neck ; or, should
this be done, it should be dried with a cloth, else the scale
preparation will adhere to this moisture and block the
admission of the salt into the bottle. A solution is readily
formed if the salt falls upon the water and is quickly
agitated — not allowed to ' cake ' at the bottom.

There are exceptions to every rule, however, and the slow
solubility and extreme frothiness on agitation of sulphate
of beberine marks it out as a very decided exception to
the other scale preparations. The better plan with this salt
is to rub it down into fine powder in the mortar, then add
water with constant stirring so as to prevent it forming into an
adhesive mass on either mortar or pestle. If this be done
properly it will dissolve quickly and without the least trouble ;
if any other plan be tried it will certainly cake and cause
no end of trouble. A few drops of ac. sulph. dil. may be
added.

Ferrum tartaratum dissolves with difficulty in cold, but
very readily in hot, water. The most satisfactory method of
manipulation is to put it in a dry mortar and pour hot water
over it, when it goes down with the least possible trouble.
With distilled water it gives a perfectly clear solution, but with
tap water the solution never becomes clear.

OOITOENTIIATED MIXTURES, &c.

Mist. Ammoniaci Cone, i in 7.— This may be made
by emulsifying i part of ammoniacum with 4 parts of water.
For use add i part to 7 parts of water.

Mist. Cretae Co. — The powders for chalk mixture may
be kept ready mixed, so that i oz. of the mixture with
7^ oz. of cinnamon water will make mist, cretae co., B.P,

Mist. Ferri Co. — The emulsion should be kept ready
made, and the iron added only at the time of using.

38

THE ART OF DISPENSING

Syr. Ferri lodidi. — This is now largely prepared from
the liquor, which is kept permanently bright and free from
oxidation by means of a trace of hypophosphorus acid. Many
syrups which are rarely required and which are apt to decom-
pose on keeping may be prepared from the liquors, provided
the dispenser assures himself that the finished product is
similar to the official one in strength, etc.

There are many other preparations which may be con-
veniently kept in the concentrated or ' liquor ' form. Some
manfacturers have made this class of preparations a speciality
It would be out of place to speak of their products here, but
it may be said that if the dispenser is seldom called upon for
certain preparations, such as syrups, which on keeping undergo
apparent alteration, these may be kept in stock in the per-
manent 'liquor ' form, to be diluted as required. The dispenser
should, of course, satisfy himself that the product answers to
the official requirements.

39

SPECIAL DRUGS AND
CHEMICALS.

Acacia in mixtures is best used in the form of mucilage in
the proper proportion. Gum Senegal, according to Hager, has
an unpleasant taste and smell, and acts chemically with the
metallic salts ; so it should not be used instead of the true gum.
Care should be taken that the mucilage is fresh. It quickly
sours, and we have seen curious and often puzzling complica-
tions from this cause.

Heat applied in making mucilage of acacia is an inge-
nious method o producing a bad preparation for the sake of
saving time. Powdered gum should only be used in making
emulsions (which see). The practice has been adopted in
first-class dispensing establishments of employing only small
picked gum, allowing it to macerate in the water till dissolved,
but aiding the solution by occasional stirring with a bone spatula.
Strain through muslin. This mucilage will keep any reasonable
length of time, and is remarkably clear and bright.

_ Camphor, when not wanted as an emulsion, may be
mixed in water or in any aqueous menstruum in the following
manner : Make a definite solution (a) of camphor, the more
concentrated the better, in sp. vini rect. Make a second spiri-
tuous solution (b) of equal parts of S.V.R. and distilled water.
Allow the mixture to stand so as to become perfectly cool.
Add the camphorated alcohol (a) in any fixed proportion, say
I : 4 or I : 8, to the quasi-proof spirit (b). The resulting
essence will be found miscible with water ; and the dose of
camphor may be accurately administered.

40

THE ART OF DISPENSING

Glycerine is a useful and powerful solvent, acting at the
same time as an antiseptic. It is largely used as a sweetening
agent in mixtures, especially those containing perchloride of
iron. It is the best and most appropriate solvent and preser-
vative of the peptic and pancreatic ferments, and is added to
tincture of kino in order to prevent gelatinisation. Pill-masses
containing a little glycerine do not harden, but care must be
taken to avoid excess, as too much makes the pills hygroscopic.
For dispensing it is best kept diluted with an equal volume of
water, as then it is easily poured, and there is less loss from
part of it remaining in the measure.

Iodine only shghtly dissolves in water, but iodide of potas-
sium would make three-quarters of its own weight soluble.
Ammonia salts also increase its solubiUty owing to the forma-
tion of ammonium iodide. Oils of peppermint and fennel, and
some other volatile oils, combine chemically with iodine. When
iodine occurs in a prescription without any solvent see the
prescriber, and suggest the addition of sufficient iodide of
potassium to dissolve the iodine.

Manna is occasionally wanted in a state of solution in an
English prescription. In Continental dispensing its use is more
frequent, especially amongst German prescribers. Direct heat
should never be applied to effect its solution. Allow the
manna to macerate in just as much cold water as will change
it into a soft pasty mass ; then add the rest of the water re-
quired and dissolve by a gentle heat. Strain through fine muslin.
Time and trouble will be saved by, this process, and the manna
will not crystallise out of the solution, as would otherwise be
the case. When manna is present in excess, and can only
be partially suspended, as occurs in several foreign formulae,
previous cold maceration is still the best mode of proceeding.

Morphine Salts should be dissolved without heat, for at a
temperature above 40° C. (104° F.), their solutions are apt to
turn yellowish or even brown. With care beautiful solutions
may be made. The meconate of morphine is affected least, but
this solution should only be filtered through paper which, has

SPECIAL DRUGS AND CHEMICALS

41

previously been washed free from iron by means of hydro-
chloric acid and water, otherwise the solution will be coloured
red.

Quinine Sulphate for dispensing purposes should be
reduced to powder ; the bulk is much diminished, and trouble
is obviated whenever the sulphate has to be exhibited in a
pilular form. It is more easily weighed. A solution of 5 parts
in 90 parts of distilled water and 5 parts of diluted sulphuric
acid is sometimes kept in solution. A fungoid growth, the
mycehum of a fungus, probably penicilium, is formed, but it is
doubtful if this is at the expense of the quinine. Certainly any
diminution of strength is inappreciable, and this applies to
solutions of most alkaloids. The addition of 5 per cent, of
rectified sphit prevents the growth of the fungus in the case of
quinine solution ; so also does a trace of chloroform.

If a prescription contain nothing in which the quinine may
be dissolved, it should be merely rubbed down and sent out
with a ' shake the bottle ' label. It is taking an unwarrantable
and unnecessary liberty to add any acid whatever, and the same
may be said regarding the addition of mucilage. If you know
that the prescriber wishes acid to be added, do so and note the
fact on the prescription.

Never dissolve quinine sulphate with hydrochloric acid if
that acid is not ordered ; such a solution is not fluorescent, and
if the prescription happens to have been dispensed before with
sulphuric acid, the patient may notice the difference, and draw
an inference. Quinine is largely prescribed on the Continent
in combination with extract of liquorice. In this case first
dissolve the extract in ten times its weight of water, then add
the solution of quinine, as both the alkaloid and the acid tend
to throw out a dirty-looking precipitate of glycyrrhizin.

When quinine and liquorice are prescribed together without
acid, and it is found necessary to make any addition to produce
a presentable mixture, acacia or tragacanth should be used.

Spt. iEtheris Nitrosi very quickly decomposes and be-
comes acid, and requires to be made alkaline with bicarbonate

42

THE ART OF DISPENSING

of potash before being compounded with bromide or iodide of
potassium, otherwise free bromine or iodine will be liberated,
and the mixture darkened. Some dispensers keep a crystal or
two of bicarbonate of potash in the spirit, and thus have it
always neutral, but that of course does not prevent , decom-
position of the nitrous ether: nitrite of the alkali is really
formed.

Silver Nitrate in solution should be sent, out in amber-
tinted or uranium glass bottles, which more effectually prevent
the actinic action of light on the solution, and being more
transparent than blue-glass bottles they enable the patient to
see what he has in the bottle more clearly.

Sugar. — When prescribed in mixtures use simple syrup,
as clear solutions of sugar can only be made on the applica-
tion of heat. For every ounce avoirdupois of sugar use 9
fluid drachms of syrup ; or for every drachm of sugar use 68
minims.

Tannic Acid will easily dissolve in pure water, yielding a
solution with a light yellow shade. The water must be quite
free from ammonia, or the solution gradually darkens to a
brownish tint. With traces of iron it turns inky, and alkaline
substances also turn it thick and brown to black. With muci-
lages of carragheen, salep, althaea, etc., it forms flaky conglo-
merates, and should only be mixed with them after dilution
with twenty times its weight of water.

43

PILLS AND THEIR EXCIPIENTS.

G£}]SrEE,AIi OBSERVATIONS.

The preparation of good pills often requires much practical
judgment and experience, and is, indeed, one of the most
important parts of pharmacy, for it is here that the prescriber
leaves much to the superior knowledge of the pharmacist.

The characteristics of well-prepared pills are that they are
not too soft, do not stick together nor iiatten, that they are
smooth and round, all of the same size, and all contain similar
proportions of the ingredients. As far as possible it is advis-
able to send put pills of the same weight as prescribed, and
since inspissation is more or less inconvenient at the dispensing-
counter, this object is attained by keeping the more common
extracts both in a soft condition and in a state sufficiently hard
to roll into pills with but little addition of powder. Ext. coloc.
CO. and ext. rhei are more conveniently kept in the state of
powder, as also are several pill-masses — e.g. pil. asafcet. co.,
pil. cambog. co., pil. aloes et ferri, pil. aloes et myrrhae, pil.
hyd. subchlor. co., etc. State clearly on the label how much
of the pill mass the powder is equivalent to ; for example —
' Pulv. pro pil. hydrarg. subchlor. co., 4 grains equal 5 grains
of pill mass.'

Before rolling out the mass into pills it is a good plan to
weigh it in order to see that it corresponds with the total weight
of the ingredients. This is a good precaution, and especially
checks careless weighing. Unless the prescriber order to the
contrary, it is advisable to make up to i grain all pills less than
that in weight. This is done by adding some inert powder,

44

THE ART OF DISPENSING

such as liquorice or sugar of milk with an appropriate excipient,
and if a note is kept in the prescription-book of the size of the
pills, which should invariably be done, it ensures the same sized
pill always being sent. Great care should be taken that pills
dispensed at one time should not differ in size from the same
dispensed on another occasion. Note remark under German
prescriptions, that in Germany pills are seldom prescribed more
than about 2 grains each in weight, and this also is the tendency
of English pharmacy.

Where no excipient is ordered the simplest should be
selected, and that which gives least increase to the size of the
pill. Generally speaking, a dispenser has one excipient that
he prefers and uses in the majority of cases. It may not be
the best in every case, but, because he is in the habit of using
it, and knows well its massing powers, he can produce better
results with it than with any other. Citrate of iron and quinine,
for example, may be made into a good working mass and keep-
ing pill with almost any excipient not having glycerine for its
basis j but if a dispenser tries to make a mass with any excipient
other than that which he is in the habit of using, the chances
are that the attempt will end, at least in the first instance, in
failure. It is necessary to point this out, as in none of the cases
afterwards mentioned would we consider the excipients recom-
mended the best unless this element of familiarity in their use
were also taken into consideration.

Rolling. — In small establishments where a 4 or 5 grain pill
machine is the only apparatus of that kind available, it is a
matter of difficulty to roll out a mass for i or 2 grain pills upon
the large machine. To meet this disadvantage a correspondent
of The Chemist and Druggist states that he uses a pill-roller
resembling the figure on next page. The advantages of this little
instrument are apparent. It should be about 3 inches broad,
but it can be made any length less than the breadth of the
machine. The roller should be made of hard wood — such as
walnut — and the handle is securely fixed into the bottom piece
with glue.

PILLS AlfD THEIR EXCIPIENTS

45

Another good idea for a roller is a piece of beech wood
about § inch thick, 6 inches long, and 4 inches broad. A
leather strap is nailed to each side, and goes across the top.
Under this four fingers of the hand are placed, and the thumb
fits on one side to steady it. For working up masses or rolling
weighed portions into pipe it is capital, because the pressure
can be applied as desired.

Still another idea has been put forward. It is to insert into
the bed of the machine a piece of mahogany board (about
^ inch thick) made the required size, so that it may slip into
the machine and be a tight fit. By this arrangement the
ordinary roller can be used, and i grain pills are rolled out
quite easily.

Rounding. — Pills are generally rounded with a pill-
rounder. Rounding pills with the fingers is only permissible
when the mass is of such a character that it crumbles under
the rounder. The ordinary rounder has a deep and a shallow
side, so that large and small sizes may be rounded in it ; but
if either side is too deep, the insertion of a piece of cardboard is
useful. The engraving on page 46 shows the parts of a French
piU-roller (Vial's Disque ct pilules) which can be put together
to suit any ordinary size. The cut pills are laid on the tray,'

46

THE ART OF DISPENSING

sprinkled with a little powder, and, being covered by the roller,
they are rapidly, and with slight pressure, revolved.

Powder is used to prevent pills sticking to each other, and.

can be overcome by the addition of a little powdered starch. A
pill-sieve is sometimes employed to remove excess of powder.

Pills with hygroscopic, strong-smelling, or volatile ingre-
dients should always be dispensed in bottles.

To make pills that will keep their shape for a reasonable
time they ought to contain some fibrous vegetable powder in
their composition. Where such is not ordered the dispenser has
often to use it, but, of course, what he uses must be both medi-
cinally and chemically inert. Paper-pulp— blotting-paper or
filtering-paper scraped into fluff— has also been recommended.

Small quantities of ingredients, such as a fraction of a
grain of a powerful medicament (strychnine, perchloride of
mercury, calcium sulphide, etc.), should be intimately mixed with
sugar of milk and massed with soft manna. Sugar of milk, in
crystals, or coarse powder, is most useful for dividing any active
ingredient when making pills. A mortar and pestle with perfectly
smooth grinding-surfaces should be selected, and the strychnine
(for example) lightly powdered ; an equal quantity of coarse
sugar of milk should be added, and lightly triturated until none
adhere to the mortar ; then powder carefully, add a little more
coarse sugar of milk, triturate hghtly until mixed and detached
from the mortar, then powder, and mix thoroughly with any
other powders that may be ordered in the pilL

to some extent, to conceal their taste.
When no particular powder is ordered,
lycopodium is used in Germany ; but
this is inadmissible in Great Britain.
A mixture of starches, cinnamon,
liquorice, magnes. carb. levis, and
powdered French chalk are all used
— the latter, perhaps, more than any
other. The objection to it is that it
makes the slab very slippery; but this

PILLS AND THEIR EXCIPIENTS

47

Hot-plate. — A small water-bath or a small hot-water plr.te
should be at hand for evaporating pills to suitable consistence,
adding a little tragacanth, if necessary. Many operations in
pill-making, especially when large masses are on hand, are greatly
facilitated by the use of a smooth s/abofiron, say 9 inches square
of \ inch boiler plate ; it is quickly warmed over a gas furnace,
and as soon as the plate is hot enough (as may be judged by
the finger) the gas is put out, and the mass placed upon it.

Pills containing much aloes, colocynth (pill or extract),
asafcetida, or galbanum, being so liable to fall, should be made
with its assistance. Black pitch, solid chian turpentine, and
some other substances hard and brittle in the cold, may be
rolled on the hot iron slab and made into pills without addition
of a liquid excipient, but some require fibrous material, such as
liquorice powder or lycopodium, in order to prevent their
falling.

Substances which are decomposed by iron, such as
corrosive sublimate, calomel, nitrate of silver, copper and
bismuth salts, must not be mixed in an iron mortar. Salts
easily soluble in water naturally require very careful addition
of moisture, and excipients containing glycerine should be
avoided, or used very sparingly.

Soft Masses. — Crystallised salts, fluid acids, soft extracts,
with an organic powder, often make a mass of muddy con-
sistence, which rights itself by waiting ten to fifteen minutes.
Time should always be given for an organic powder to suck up
moisture. For soft masses a desiccator, such as that in use for
drying precipitates, etc., in the laboratory, is a most useful adjunct
to the dispensing-counter. A very soft mass, cut into pills, and
these dried by placing in a desiccator over strong sulphuric
acid for twelve hours, has frequently turned out well. This
treatment is especially applicable when pills contain deliquescent
salts.

Liquid excipients. — The drawing on next page shows
a dropping-bottle, called 'Salleron's drop-counter,' which is

48

The art of dispensing

useful for adding water to pill-masses. A Maw's eye-drop
bottle and a Chalk's drop-bottle are very useful for dropping
small quantities of water or spirit into a pill-mass.

In well-appointed establishments several bottles containing
syrup, mucilage, glycerine and water, and other fluids, are kept

e

on the dispensing-counter. The figure (p. 49) shows a suitable
bottle.

Where fluids require to be added to form a pill-mass, it will
always be found risky to add them direct to the mass ; and as
a dropper may not be available, a good plan is to drop the fluid
first on to the point of the spatula, and from it to the mortar in
quantity necessary to form a mass.

Pill-masses containing dry vegetable powders require some
few minutes to absorb the added water, and therefore should
be made softish, and allowed to stand for ten to fifteen minutes
before rolling, or they are liable to crumble. If the exact
quantity of water or syrup required for massing a powder be

PILLS AND THEIR EXCIPIENTS 49

known, the pills may be made of smaller size, and in less time
by adding the required quantity at once, and rapidly mixin<^
and cutting before the absorption has caused too much firmness!
The addition of the excipient little
by little generally adds much to the
labour, and not infrequently much
also to the size of the pills. This
applies to excipients such as extracts
as well as to liquids. Never use
the same spatula to scrape the mass
from the pestle and to dip into the
extract-pot.

If the quantity of extract ordered
would make the mass too soft, the
dispenser must, if the extract be an
active one, either use it in a drier
state or add some inert powder to it.
If the extract, however, be of no
particular activity, Dr. Hager says
that some powder of the same plant
may be substituted for a portion of
it— as, for instance, if 20 grains of
extract of gentian were ordered, one
might use 10 grains of extract with
10 grains of powdered gentian.

The objection to this plan is the
variation which is apt to arise in the size of the pills, 10 grains
o an extract and 10 grains of the crude powder freqiently pro-
ducing an objectionable increase in the bulk of the pill. The
better plan, we think, in such cases, is to diminish rather than
ncrease the bulk of the pill, and therefore when an exi act i^

istence ^'^^ '^^^^^^'^^ ^ P-P cl-

n nl ' T J ''''^ pharmacist should have some

Z ex7racr\vV'' '''' accomplishing this without risk

be td to h evaporated, regard must always

the Din ml °f °f them, otherwise

the pills may become semi-fluid in the patient's keeping.

E

AN EMPTY I OZ. CITRATE
OF IRON AND QUININE
BOTTLE.

The cover made of sheet india-
rubber, a little larger than the
mouth of the bottle, and the
dippmg-rod of glass.

5°

THE ART OF DISPENSING

INGREDIENTS OF PILLS AND HOW
TO MASS THEM.

Acetate of Potash, which seems one of the most un-
reasonable things to put into a pill, makes, according to
Whitla, a good mass with Canada balsam, and remains stable.
A more desirable mass is obtained with boro-tartrate of
potash— acetate of potash i8 parts, boro-tartrate of potash
3 parts, and water i part, can be made into pills without much
difficulty and keep well in corked bottles.

Acids.— The mineral acids are rarely, if ever, prescribed
in pill form in this country, but it sometimes happens that a
German prescription of this nature turns up. With the addi-
tion of marshmallow powder and glycerinated water good
plastic masses are obtained, as in the following :—

Grammes

Pepsini . . • • • • • • ^ 5

Rad. rhei • S'O

Extr. gentian^e ''5

Acid, muriatici

(Rad. alth., aq. glycerini, each 0-5.)

M. Ft. pilulte 100.
Send out such pills in a bottle.

Acidum Benzoicum— Five grains make a fair mass with
a drop of glycerine, but Canada balsam generally gives better
results, especially if the balsam is new and thin.

Acidum Gallicum makes a good mass with a sixth to an
eighth of its weight of glycerine.

Aloes.— Pills containing aloes in any fair proportion, and
particularly when in combination with colocynth, scammony,

INGREDIENTS OF PILLS AND HOW TO MASS THEM 51

and soap, are best made with decoct, aloes comp., which an
eminent pharmacist has called their 'natural excipient.' It
has great solvent power, and must be used in very sparing
quantity. The many compounds of aloes, mastic, and soap, in
varying proportions, are best made with this excipient, but the
dispenser must guard against chemical action. Dec. aloes co.
owes its value as an excipient chiefly to the presence of car-
bonate of potassium, which is an active solvent of organic
substances, but not in every case a desirable addition to a pill-
mass. Aloes alone is the better for the addition of some
fibrous material, and if massed with mucilage of acacia and
rolled out quickly, the pills keep their shape very well. Large
masses should be made with the assistance of a hot plate.

Antipyrin. — Use i grain of tragacanth for each 5 grains,
and mass with as little water as possible.

Balsams, Oils, etc. — Pill-masses are sometimes required
with fluid or soft resins, fluid balsams, oils, or fats, as in-
gredients. When the quantity of these is too large to admit of
the formation of a mass by the addition of any reasonable
quantity of powder, recourse must be had to wax. Balsam
of Peru, copaiba, extract of male fern, oleo-resin of cubebs,
creosote, carbolic acid, ethereal oils, and other substances'
melted by a gentle heat with' one-third to an equal weight of
wax, yield, according to Dr. Hager, very good pill-masses, but
the mixture must be quite cold before combination with any
other ingredients. The addition of ether or spirit destroys the
plasticity of this compound. The wax, with the medicament,
must be melted very slowly in a porcelain dish, as the applica-
tion of a strong heat would be likely to injure the medicinal
properties of the ingredients. In using wax the dispenser must
be careful that he does not bring the resulting mass to such a
degree of hardness that the pills will not disintegrate in the ali-
mentary canal. This is the great objection to the use of wax.
An ordinary pill, though much harder than a wax pill, may
dissolve in the stomach, because its ingredients are soluble in
water. Wax pills are generally insoluble in water.

62

52

THE ART OF DISPENSING

Balsam Peru is seldom ordered alone in pills. The
following formula may be adopted when so ordered : Bals.
Peru, gr. xxx., slaked lime (in fine powder), gr. xv., castor oil
and rectified spirit, of each two drops. This forms a mass
which remains soft, and is of good pilular consistence. It
requires to stand for an hour before being rolled out.

The following prescription shows a difficulty : —

Ferri redact. . . . . . . gr. iij.

Eals. Peru inss.

Pulv. amyli q.s. ut fiat pil.
Mitte 36.

Starch-powder is not the best absorbent in this case, because it
is too gritty for pill-masses and rather retards than aids the
binding of the mass. Liquorice-powder is much better. After
rubbing the reduced iron to ensure fineness of division, the
balsam and half its weight of treacle are added, and well beaten
together. The resulting mass is soft and oily in appearance,
but not crumbly, and the addition of liquorice-powder, q.s.,
gives the required stiffness. The small percentage of alkali in-
the treacle seems to combine with the resin of the balsam, thus
forming a good binding excipient.

Copaiba was at one time ordered very frequently in pill
form, and magnes. carb. levis was the favourite excipient, but
the mass so made becomes as hard as stone and is not dis-
integrated in the alimentary canal. Probably a part of the
volatile oil may be assimilated, but this is doubtful. A better
plan is to make a gum emulsion of the ' balsam,' and then add
I part of calcined magnesia to every 10 parts by weight of
'balsam.' In about twelve hours the emulsion should be of the
consistence of a thick salve. Now, by the addition of a very
small quantity of borax, a pill-mass is obtained which leaves
nothing to be desired. A pill taken in the mouth is at once
brought to the condition of an emulsion, and the mass will
keep for a long time, only requiring when it is old to be worked
up in a warm mortar. Phosphate of calcium is also a good
excipient

iNGkEDlENTS OP PILLS AND HOW TO MASS TIIEM s%

Butyl-chloral Hydrate (Croton chloral) should not be
treated with substances such as confection of hips or extract of
gentian, which would give a dark-coloured mass. Whenever
possible white substances should be made into white pills.
Equal parts of powdered acacia, tragacanth, and syrup make
good pills of croton chloral hydrate.

Calcium chloride.— Pills of this salt do not silver well
unless special precautions be used. Make a mass with Canada
balsam. When rolled out and well rounded, coat the pills
with tolu and ether, and after five minutes moisten them very
slightly with thin mucilage, applied by the finger and thumb,
drop them in the silver leaf, and proceed secundum artem.
Send the pills out in a well-corked bottle, as they are likely to
deliquesce.

Calomel.— A very good mass is made with manna. The
following also makes an excellent pill

Hydr. subchlor ^xiv.

Conf. roS£E canin q g

P«lv. tragac gr/ij_

M. Ft. pil. xij.

Camphor generally gives trouble, and is the rock upon
which many candidates for examination are stranded. In the
first place powder the camphor finely— it is preferable to use
floivers of camphor— the aid of a little spirit ; then, if the pill
IS to contain camphor simply, mass with glycerine of tragacanth.
This also serves well for such a pill as—

Ammonii carbonatis ...

• • • . gr. iss.

^^"^Ph°^* gr. ss.

Some dispensers prefer to use soap and a little fixed oil for
camphor alone, as in the following formulae :—

Ordinary size I'ills.

Camphor . .

01. olivx . s;- '^.y.^'j-

g"- »j-

Saponis
M. Ft. pil, vj.

gr- "J-

54

THE ART OF DISPENSING

large size Pills.

Camphor gr- xxlv,

01. ricini gtt. iij.

Saponis gr- ij-

M. Ft. pil. vj.

When extract of henbane (or other green extract) is ordered
along with camphor, powder the latter with the addition of a
little water instead of spirit. The addition of the extract will
then make a good plastic mass which retains its consistence for
some time. If the extract should make the mass too soft, it
may be stiffened with powdered curd soap, or a mixture of the
same with liquorice.

When there is a large proportion of gum resin in a mass,
rectified spirit is a good excipient, as in the following case : —

r. asafoetidcc . . . • • . 3v.

P. zinci oxidi gr- xij.

P. camphorte gr- vj.

Ext. belladonnai gr- "j-

Fiant pilulre xxiv.

Another example : —

Ext. belladonnre ....

. gr. IV.

Pulv. camphora: ....

. 3ss.

Zinci sulph

. gr. X.

Ft. mas. et div. in pil. xxx.

In this case powder the camphor by aid of a drop or two of
water and the zinc sulphate, add the quinine and extract, with
a few grains of tragacanth, and make a softish mass with a
mixture of 2 parts of simple syrup and i part of glycerine.

Carbolic Acid.— Absolute phenol in detached crystals is
the most convenient form for the dispensing-counter, and
especially for making pills. The excipients which are in use
for carbolic acid number about half a dozen— viz. wheaten
flour, powdered soap and liquorice, soap and tragacanth with
glycerine, powdered alth^a and a trace of glycerine, and one or

INGREDIENTS OF PILLS AND HOW TO MASS THEM 55

two Others. Success with either of these greatly depends upon
habit j the dispenser who is successful with soap and liquorice
sticks to these as the best excipient, and so with others. The
excipient to be used must depend greatly upon the nature of
the mass. For example : —

Bismuthi subnitrat gr. iij.

Acid, carbol. . . . . . • gr- j-

Fiat pil.

This makes a good pill by rubbing up the acid with \ a
grain of powdered curd soap, adding the subnitrate, and mass-
ing with a very little glycerine of tragacanth.
Another example: —

Podophylli resince . . ' . . . gr. i

Pil. rhei co gr. iij.

Acid, carbolic i^j.

Fiat pil. j.

Rub up the absolute phenol with an equal weight of soap ;
then add the powdered ingredients of the rhubarb pill, the
podophyllin, and a Uttle powdered tragacanth. Mass with a
little treacle.

Carbolic acid has very much the characteristics of creosote
(which see).

Cascara Sagrada Extract.— Stiffen with tragacanth
and hquorice and varnish the pills. Thus made they keep the
shape perfecdy.

Cinchonidine, and other cinchona alkaloids, may be
treated as quinine (which see).

Corrosive Sublimate in pills should be lirst rubbed to
a fine powder along with twice or three times its weight of
sugar of milk, and the other ingredients, except the excipient,
added httle by little, so that a perfect mixture may be formed.
Some authorities maintain that all potent substances should be
combmed in a state of solution, and the following form is
given m illustration of this rule :—

56

THE ART OF DISPENSING

Hydrarg. perchlor

Glycerin gtt. j.

Conf. rosJE canin. ..... gr. v.

Pulv. acacia; ...... gr. x.

M. Ft. pil. viij.

The sublimate being dissolved in the glycerine, perfect dis-
tribution is effected. If the sublimate is dissolved in ether
and the solution triturated with liquorice powder, the salt is
obtained in a very finely divided state. Dzondi's sublimate
pills are made with 075 gramme hydrarg. bichlor., with bread-
crumb and sugar, each q.s. to make 250 pills. The salt should
be thoroughly mixed with 3 grammes of sugar ; to this another
10 grammes of sugar should be added, 13 grammes of dried
crumb, and 4*5 grammes of glycerinated water.

Creosote. — Mr. Martindale states that the best material
for combining creosote into pills is powdered curd soap,
B.P. Put the soap and the creosote in equal parts in a wide-
mouthed stoppered bottle ; mix well, and digest in a water-
bath till they combine. This, on cooling, forms a plastic
mass suitable for forming pills, and can be combined with
other ingredients, preferably in powder.

A few shreds of yellow wax, with a little powdered soap,
when not incompatible, make good pills, but they are some-
what insoluble. Powdered liquorice may be substituted for the
soap. Light calcined magnesia (i grain to 2 minims of creo-
sote) mixed with creosote solidifies in a few hours, and can
then be easily worked into pills ; but this addition cannot be
recommended, as the solubility of the pill is extremely doubtful.
Mr. Martindale says that pills thus made are as insoluble as
marbles. Always be careful about adding a chemical, such
* as magnesia : in most cases a chemical change is the result.
Powdered soap, i part ; powdered liquorice-root, 5 parts :
three grains of this mixture will make a good mass with
I minim of creosote. Animal soap, it should be noted, is far
better for massing pills than Castile soap. For example :
Creosote gtt. xii., curd soap, dried and powdered, gr. vi..

INGREDIENTS OF FILLS AND HOW TO MASS THEM 57

phosphate of lime q.s. This makes a good mass and a
small pill, but with Castile soap this would not be the case.

Croton Oil. — Powdered curd soap, with a little glycerine
of tragacanth, does well for croton oil. When a dispenser gets
a prescription such as the following to dispense, the best plan
is to add 2 grains of wheaten flour to each minim of oil, and
mass with the confection : —

01. croton gtt. v.

Conf. rosse . . . . . .q.s.

Ft. pil. iv.

The dispenser who got this prescription melted 5 grains of
yellow wax in a mortar and added the oil ; mixed and added
2 grains of confection, and massed with liquorice. It made
a fair mass. But it is evident that such a procedure is
very risky. Wax is a substance which is insoluble in aqueous
fluids, and therefore in the alimentary canal ; if therefore it be
added to pill-masses in such quantity that the melthig-point of
the mass is raised above the heat of the body, the pill will pass
through the body unchanged.

Crystalline Salts, soluble in water, require a little care.
They should be very finely powdered, and massed with thin
conserve, adding, if necessary, a little tragacanth, or preferably
with glycerine of tragacanth and a little inert powder. If
silvered, they must be varnished with tolu, and allowed to dry,
before using mucilage, or else silvered with the varnishing
solution alone.

Potass, brom. ....... 3ss.

Ferri sulph. ....... 3ss.

Ext. nucis vom. ...... gr. ii.ss.

Ext. genlianje . . . . . . . q-s.

Fiant pilulce xv.

In this formula double decomposition takes place between
the two salts, the water of crystallisation in the sulphate of
iron being liberated ; consequently, a very small quantity of

58

THE ART OF DISPENSING

extract suffices. Since bromide of iron is formed, the pills
should be varnished and sent out in a bottle.

Quininas sulph.
Ferri sulph. exsic. .
Ferri arseniatis
Ext. nucis voui.
Ferri iodidi .
Fiant pilulas xxiv. Varnish with tohi.

This is likely to prove troublesome. The iodide of iron
(recently prepared) should be powdered in a warm mortar, the
other ingredients added, together with 5 grains of glycerine of
tragacanth ; the whole is to be vigorously worked together until
it becomes plastic, rolled quickly, varnished, and enclosed in a
bottle. Six or eight grains of extract of gentian also make a
good mass.

Ergotin. — This is supplied of very varying consistence,
some samples being quite thick and granular like extract of
beef, others are smooth and semi-fluid. In either case it
requires the addition of an inert vegetable powder, such as
powdered althaea. If there be more than two grains in each
pill it requires evaporation, in order to keep the pill of a reason-
able size. The addition of about a twentieth part of tragacanth
to each part of ergotin is an improvement.

Essential Oils. — The addition of wax or resin should be
the last resort, but this is sometimes unavoidable, as in the follow-
ing case, where the use of soap is objectionable owing to the
double decomposition which would result between the ferrous
sulphate and the soap : —

Ferri sulph. exsic. . . . . . gr.

Ext. aloes aq. . . . . . • gr- j-

Olei sabinoe ....... mj.

M. Fiat pil. Mitte cxliv.

Melt 72 grains of yellow wax on a water-bath, and add the oil,
gently beating if necessary till they are thoroughly mixed.
Mix the aloes and ferrous sulphate with 1 2 grains of powdered
tragacanth. Pour upon this the oil and wax. Mix well, and

J^i. AAIV.

gr. xxiv.
gr. iss.
gr. Yj.
pr. xlviii.

INGREDIENTS OF PILLS AND HOW TO MASS THEM 59

mass with a little glucose syrup. This makes a beautiful 4-grain
pill.

Soap is generally all that is required to make a tractable
mass — for example, a mixture of powdered soap, i part, and
powdered liquorice-root, 5 parts. Three grains will make a
good mass with i minim of an essential oil, and a little water or
S.V.R. In such a case as the following the liquorice should of
course be omitted : —

Pulv. rhei . . . . . . . gr. j.

Pulv. zingib. . . . . . • gr- j-

01. carui . . . . . . . mj-

Misce. Fiat pilula.

Rub up the oil with i grain of powdered soap, add the
powders and mass with the smallest possible quantity of
treacle.

When the powders in a pill are resinous, as in ext. coloc.
CO., pil. asafoetid. co., aloes, etc., they should be triturated
with the oil for a few minutes, the remaining ingredients, if
any, added ; then, if too hard use S.V.R., or, if too soft, a
sufficiency of liquorice and soap.

A little solution of potash is often of great service in a mass
containing much essential oil. Its use, however, in the majority
of cases is to be deprecated.

Essential oils frequently form good excipients, as in the
following examples : —

Pil. hydrarg.

• gr- 4

Ext. nucis vom.

• gr- \

P. ext. coloc. CO.

. gr. 6

Creosoti .

• inj.

Podophyllin

. gr. i

Asafoetidfe

• gr. iij.

Olei anthem. .

• -m j-

P. glycyrrh. .

• gr- ij.

Fiant pilulje ij.

Fiat pilula.

P. pil. aloes et feni .

• ?j-

Ext. hyoscy. .

• gr. j.

P. giiaiaci res. .

. 3j. •

P. pil. coloc. CO.

. gr. iv.

01. sabina; .

. rn XV.

01. cajeputi .

. mj-

Fiant pilulje xxiv.

Fiat pilula.

Ext. Cannabis Indicae. — Liquorice or lycopodium
makes a good mass ; failing which, equal parts of pulv. tragac.
CO. and carbonate of magnesia may be tried

6o

THE ART OF DISPENSING

Extract Taraxaci.— A correspondent of The Chemist
and Druggist had the following to dispense :—

Ext. nucis vom.. gr- iij.

Ext. tarax gr. xij.

Ext. aloes aq. . . . . . . . gr. iij.

Ext. hyoscy. . . . . , , . q.s.

M. Ft. pil. xii. (in arg. ).

The pills split open after being silvered, even though varnished.
The swelling in this case was no doubt due to the taraxacum
extract, which is generally in a state of incipient decomposition,
and silvered pills made of it frequently split. The best plan is
to evaporate the extract almost to dryness and use a little
tragacanth, as well as extract of henbane to mass. The mass
should not be made too hard, and the pills should be allowed
to stand for half an hour before silvering.

Fel Bovinum, with the addition of equal parts of tragacanth
and acacia, forms good pills. The ox-gall may be bought in
a dried and powdered state. In this condition it is very con-
venient, and forms an excellent mass with dec. aloes co. cone.

Ferri Bromidum. — The Society de Pharmacie de Paris
recommends a hot strong solution of the bromide to be mixed
in a dry warm porcelain mortar, with liquorice-powder and
gum arabic in equal parts, sufficient to make a mass. The
pills should be rolled in lycopodium or, better, coated with
sugar, and preserved in a well-dried bottle.

Ferri lodidum.— Blancard's iodide of iron pills were
formerly prescribed to be made as follow^ : Combine 4 grammes
of iodine with 2 grammes of powdered iron in 8 grammes of
water, filter upon 5 grammes of honey, evaporate to 10 grammes
and make into pills with marshmallow and liquorice. A shorter
and equally good process is to stir 2 grammes of iron with 4
grammes of iodine in 4 grammes of distilled water in a porce-
lain mortar until the brown colour has disappeared. Then
mix 4 grammes white sugar, 3 grammes marshmallow, and
7*5 grammes liquorice. Make 100 pills, roll them in talc.

INGREDIENTS OF PILLS AND HOW TO MASS THEM 6i

and dry in a warm place. The dried pills to be varnished
with balsam of tolu.

Ferri et Quininae Citras. — For this many excipients are
used, and success with any of them depends greatly on habit.
Good pills, which keep their shape and do not deliquesce, can
be made by using unguentum resinas as an excipient. Both
proof and rectified spirit make a good mass, but in both cases
it must be rolled out quickly.

Ferri Sulphas. — The granulated sulphate should be used
for pills ; it is generally free from adhering moisture, can be
readily reduced to impalpable powder and massed with glycerine
of tragacanth with the addition of a little powdered sugar.

Ferri Sulph. Exsiccat. is a very variable compound
as obtained from wholesale houses. Some samples, owing to
over-heating, contain basic sulphate of iron. Dispensers should
hesitate, therefore, before using the dried sulphate in place of
the undried, in order to make a smaller pill. One peculiarity
of the dried sulphate when in pills is that the pills are apt to
crack.

Quin. sulph. ....... gr. xv.

Ext. bellad gr. x.

Ferri sulph. exsic. . . . . . • 5 j.

Fiant pil. xxx.

This was made into a mass with 4 grains of tragacanth and a
little glycerine, but after about three weeks the pills cracked. A
mixture of glycerine (i part) and water (2 parts) makes a much
better mass in this case, especially if a few grains of powdered
acacia are used along with the tragacanth, and triturated with
the iron salt before the other ingredients are added.

Ferruginous Pills (Blaud).— The original Blaud's pill
was made by heating together sulphate of iron and carbonate
of potash in honey, then adding other ingredients, and eva-
porating to a pilular consistence. The combination is now
presented at the dispensing-counter in various forms, such as
ferrous sulphate with carbonate of soda or potash. With these

62

THE ART OF DISPENSING

we shall deal presently. First we may notice exceptional
methods of prescribing the pills, as the following : —

Ferri sulph gr. ij.

Potas. bicarb gr. ij.

Confect. rosarimi . . . . . . q.s.

Ft. pil. tales cl.

Ferri sulph. granulat gr. ijss.

Sodte bicarb. gr. ijss.

Glycerin, tragacanlh . . . . .q.s.
Ft. pil. Mitte xlviij.

Leaving out the question of massing in the meantime, it
will be noticed that sulphate of iron and an alkaline carbonate
or bicarbonate undergo double decomposition when brought
together. Thus, with a carbonate the reaction is according to
the following equation : —

FeSO^, 7I-LO + Na.COa = FeCOa + Na,SO,, + 711,0.

With a bicarbonate it is as follows : —

FeSO^, 7H,0 + aNaHCOj = FeCOa + Na,SO , + CO, + 8H,0.

In the latter case the freed carbonic-acid gas greatly affects the
resulting mass. Either the salts must be allowed to He until
all the gas is expelled (whereby the ferrous salt is much oxid-
ised by exposure) and then massed ; or the mass may be made
right off, the consequence being that the pills are much larger
than they should be, owing to occluded gas. It is advisable,
therefore, in such cases as are quoted above, to substitute a
proportionate amount of the carbonate for the bicarbonate.

It is apparent also that, owing to the liberation of water of
crystallisation, soft excipients, such as are given in the above
prescriptions, are inapplicable.

Opinions regarding Blaud's pills are very varied. Whitla,
for example, considers that when a prescription is received for
pills containing 2\ gr. of sulphate of iron and 2\ gr. of carbon-
ate of potash, a mass should be made with a httle vaseline and
cacao-butter in order to avoid decomposition. A Chemist and
Druggist annotator, evidently of a similar school, says : ' It is

INGREDIENTS OF PILLS AND HOW TO MASS THEM 63

desirable to form a mass in which the minimum of chemical
action takes place during the massing. For this purpose, the
salts are each reduced to powder separately, then intimately
mixed with a twelfth of their combined weight of tragacanth,
and made into a mass with a twentieth of their weight of
water.'

Hager advises to rub the iron salt in an iron mortar with the
alkaline carbonate until a damp mass is formed, which is set
aside for fifteen or twenty minutes. It is then of a thin muddy
consistence. To this is added about three-tenths of its weight of
tragacanth and a few drops of glycerinated water, and the mass
is set aside for another ten minutes. If it is then at all crumbly,
a few more drops of glycerinated water may be added, and a
good mass will be formed.

It is not advisable to follow either of these methods at the
dispensing-counter. Mix the salts together, add a twentieth
of their weight of powdered tragacanth and the same of sugar,
and mass quickly with as little water as possible, about 5
minims sufficing for a dozen 5-grain pills. It should be noted
that equal proportions of the alkaline carbonate and ferrous
sulphate give an excess of the alkali. Three parts of carbonate
of potash and 5 of sulphate of iron are better proportions.
The following is the B.P.C. formula : —

Sulphate of iron 60 grains

Carbonate of potassium . . . • 36 ,,

Sugar, in powder 12 ,,

Tragacanth, in powder . . . . 4 ,,

Glycerine si- minims

Distilled water a "sufficient quantity

Reduce the sulphate of iron to fine powder, add the sugar
and tragacanth, and mix intimately. Finely powder the car-
bonate of potassium in another mortar, and thoroughly incor-
porate with it the glycerine. Transfer this to the mortar
containing the sulphate of iron, beat thoroughly until the mass
becomes green, and add water sufficient to impart a soft pilular
consistence, and divide into twenty-four pills.

Each pill contains about i grain of ferrous carbonate.

64

THE ART OF DISPENSING

Ferrum Redactum should be rubbed down to fine
powder, a little liquorice added, and a mass made with glycerine
of tragacanth ; or manna alone may be used. When combined
with vegetable extracts containing, as most do, some acid
ingredients, the addition of any moisture, according to Hager,
occasions the development of hydrogen and combination of
the iron, the pills being liable to swell. Of course, the extracts
should not be acid,

Guaiacate of Lithia. — Powder finely, and use proof
spirit, w\ viij. to 3j. ; a soft mass should be made, and slight
warmth will be found of advantage.

Hydrargyrum c. Creti must not be vigorously worked in
the pill-mortar, or mercury separates ; thin conserve or a soft
extract forms a good excipient. If prescribed with powders
or pill-masses which can be used in powder, grey powder
should be carefully triturated with such ingredients first ;
there is then little chance of mercury being separated. For
instance —

Hydrarg. c. creta ...... gr. iij.

Ext. hyoscy gr- "j-

Pulv. pil. coloc. CO gr. iij.

Fiant pilulce ij.

Insoluble Salts. — For substances insoluble, or nearly so,
in water, and entirely devoid of adhesive property, such as
oxysalts of bismuth, oxalate of cerium, etc., the glycerine of
tragacanth is one of the best excipients. In some cases a
mixture of equal parts acacia and tragacanth and syrup give
more adhesiveness and excellent results.

Lupulin and Camphor are not readily made into a
plastic mass by the usual excipients without considerably in-
creasing the size of the pills, but ether very sparingly used
yields a good mass without any other addition.

Pepsin. — Make a rather soft mass with a mixture of equal
parts of glycerine, syrup, and water, and roll quickly. Five

INGREDIENTS OF PILLS AND HOW TO MASS THEM 65

grains of pepsin and acid, hydrochlor. dil. j make a very
good mass.

Phosphorus.— The phosphorus pill of the Pharma-
copoeia has never become a favourite, because, as first intro-
duced, the mass was so hard as to be perfectly insoluble in the
alimentary canal. The formula has now been improved.
Mr. A. C. Abraham has recommended a mass made simply with
balsam of tolu. He points out, however, that the balsam must
be washed in order to free it from several bodies lighter than
water, and to remove certain contaminations such as cinnamic
and benzoic acid. Moreover, the resinous matter is thus satu-
rated with as much water as it is capable of retaining. The
mass is made as follows : —

Washed balsam of tolu .... 960 grains
Phosphorus, pure 40 ,,

Place the tolu and phosphorus in a suitable enamelled iron
basin, capable of holding about 40 oz. and containing about
20 oz. of water. Heat the basin in a water-bath, and when
the^ ingredients are thoroughly melted stir with a glass rod
until particles of phosphorus can no longer be seen, taking
care that the ingredients are not brought above the surface of
the water. Continue the stirring constantly for fifteen minutes,
remove the basin from the water-bath, place it under a tap,
and pour over it cold water. When sufficiently cool, mix it
further under the water with the hands for a short time, and
finally place it under water in earthenware jars.

One grain of this mass contains of a grain of phosphorus
divided into 10,000 particles ! The mass may be combined
with any other ingredients. Phosphorus pills made with cacao-
butter as the only excipient dissolve so readily that the
phosphorus causes unpleasant eructations, but a smaller dose
given m this way appears to be more effective.

Messrs. Allen & Hanburys, some years .since, published the
followmg formula for Pil. phosphori cum sapone, and it has
become a great favourite with pharmacists :—

F

66

THE ART OF DISPENSING

Phosphori . . . . . . gr. ij.

Carbon, bisulph nix. vel q.s.

Solve.

Pulv. saponis dur gr. xxxv.

Pulv. guaiaci resin. . . . . • gr- xxxv.

Glycerin. gtt. xij,-

Pulv. racl. glycyrrh gr. xij. vel q.s.

Ut fiat massa gr. c. To be divided into pills of the strength required,
and varnished or coated in the ordinary way.

The mass is of good consistence, easily manipulated, and
readily soluble. A drop of oil of cloves added to the carbon
bisulphide is said by Mr. Proctor to lessen its tendency to
inflame.

The bisulphide of carbon method is the most expeditious
for the dispensing-counter. The method which is generally
most successful is to rub up some liquorice-powder to i grain
for each pill) with half its weight of water, pour on the bisul-
phide solution, stir well and without pressure, and make into a
mass with compound tragacanth powder. The water effectu-
ally prevents oxidation of the phosphorus, and the bisulphide
is dissipated in massing.

This method is also suitable in such a case as the fol-
lowing : —

Quinince sulphatis . . . . . • gr- I

Ext. nucis vom gr. \

Phosphori gr. 3^

If you have to make, say, 33 pills, rub the quinine and
extract together with 15 grains of powdered liquorice and 5
drops of water. Now dissolve the phosphorus in 5 or 6 drops
of bisulphide of carbon in a small test-.tube ; mix with the
other ingredients, and mass quickly with glycerine of tragacanth.
Phosphorus pills should always be varnished or coated with a
solution of wax in ether (i in 7), and finished off with French
chalk.

Pil. Aloes et Myrrhae. — The best excipient is a mixture
of glycerine i part, and treacle 3 parts.

67

INGREDIENTS OF PILLS AND HOW TO MASS THEM

Pil. Coloc. Co. as now made with resin of scammony
invariably flattens. This is prevented to some extent by add-
ing from ten to twenty drops of potash solution to the ounce of
mass or by substituting soap for the sulphate of potash. The
addition of a fibrous powder such as liquorice gives durability
to the mass. Pil. coloc. c. hyos. requires only the extract to
mass it.

Pil. Hydrargyri.— When this is prescribed with a soft
extract the latter should, if possible, be dried or used in
powder.

Pil. Hydrarg. Subchlor. Co., with pill-masses having an
aqueous excipient, invariably forms a crumbly combination j
this is remedied by using the former in powder— by omit-
ting the cantor-oil.

Potassii lodidum may be made into pills, according
to Whitla, by rubbing the salt with a few drops of water into
a stiff smooth paste, and working it into a good mass by the
addition of a little liquorice-powder; in this way 6 grains
may be easily got into a fair-sized pill. Tragacanth and water
alone make a good mass.

A pill containing this iodide and a considerable quantity of
extract of colchicum was ordered, and although carefully dried
extract was used, the mass proved to be too soft. As the pills
were not required till next day they were placed under a bell
jar (really a mortar upside down), with sulphuric acid This
proved a success, and has often been found useful with an
otherwise refractory pill.

Potassii Permanganas.~Some years ago the pro-
posal to administer this highly oxidising compound in pill
form for certain female complaints brought out a number of
suggestions as to the manner in which the permanganate should
be made into pill. Obviously no substance which is readily
oxidised, such as extract of gentian or glycerine of tragacanth
amongst common pill excipients, should be used. The excipient
must be a substance which is practically unoxidisable, and such

F 2

68

THE ART OF DISPENSING

we have in various fats and earths. For example, resin oint-
ment I part, and permanganate of potash 4 parts, make a good
mass, but if kept for some time it disintegrates with great diffi-
culty. Mr. Martindale at first used vasehne, then a mixture of
vaseUne and paraffin, but the mass wanted firmness ; then he
added kaohn, which gave it the desired firmness.

The mixture under the name of kaoli?i ointmejit is now a
regular stock excipient. It contains equal parts of paraffin,
vaseline, and kaolin. The fats are melted and the kaolin sifted
into the mixture while hot, and constantly stirred till cold. A
very good mass is also made with kaolin and water, or with
fuller's earth and water. Mr, Proctor, of Newcastle, strongly
advocated the kaolin ' without grease ' in preference to Mr.
Martindale's excipient ; 18 grains of powdered fuller's earth
and 12 grains of permanganate of potash make a good mass
with a little water. Mr. Martindale recommends the pills to
be coated with sandarach varnish, but this is questionable
advice, for the alcohol penetrates the pill, and is oxidized by a
portion of the permanganate. It is better to give the pills a
thin coating with a solution of white wax or paraffin in benzene,
afterwards finishing off with French chalk.

The following prescription has to be treated on the prin-
ciples laid down in the foregoing : —

Ferri mangan 3j.

Ferri oxyd . . 3j.

Cinchonin. mur. 3iss.
Ft. pil. 48. Silver.

Make a mixture of paraffin and vaseline, of each half a drachm,
and to this add the cinchonidine previously rubbed down fine>
then add the manganate and oxide of iron, both in fine powder,
and stiffen with a little kaolin if necessary.

Quinine Sulphate. — The simplest excipient is glycerine
of tragacanth, or five per cent, of tragacanth well mixed forms
a very good mass with simple syrup ; a little glycerine may
be added if the pills are to be kept long. The use of extract
of gentian or other dark-coloured excipients is objectionable,

INGkEDlENTS OF PILLS AJ^D HOW TO MASS THEM 69

as it is now universally recognised that white substances should
be formed into white pill-masses. For this reason sulphuric
acid alone is now extensively used as an excipient, i drop
being sufficient for 4 grains of quinine ; mass quickly and roll
in French chalk or fine sifted arrowroot.

An excellent mass is made with tartaric acid and a little
glycerine and water. For a dozen S-grain pills take 6 grains
of tartaric acid and rub it up with the quinine until it becomes
crumbly, then add two drops each of glycerine and water, and
mass quickly. Some object to tartaric acid because it alters
the chemical constitution of the quinine salt, sulphotartrate
being formed, but this is therapeutically the same as the
sulphate.

The dispenser must use his judgment as to what may be
the best excipient in unusual cases ; for example, with such a
prescription as the following : —

Quin. sulph. gr. iss.

Picis liquid. ....... gr. iij.

M. Ft. pil. j., sec. art. mitte xx., j. ter. die.

In this case an inert powder, such as lycopodium or liquorice,
adds too greatly to the bulk of the pill. If melted with a fifth
of its weight of wax, the tar becomes more tractable, and masses
well with calcium phosphate.

Resinous Ingredients in Pills.— Gum resins and resins
must be first rubbed to a fine powder, and, to prevent them
sticking to the mortar, the latter and the pestle may be first
rubbed with paper soaked in almond oil. The resinous
powder is easily made into a mass with a few drops of spirit,
but the pills so made do not keep their shape. To most of
such substances, to aloes especially, the addition of a little
vegetable powder or scraped blotting-paper is desirable. Asa-
fcetida gives pills of good consistence with a few drops of weak
spirit ; but such an addition with aloes produces pills which
flatten. Spirit should be added very cautiously, as it is often
found, especially when any soap is present, that on working the
mass becomes softer than it at first appears. Mucilage of

70

THE ART OF DISPENSING

acacia is, according to a contributor, a much safer excipient
than spirit.

If spirit is used the main thing to be observed is not to add
too much of it. The mass, for example, should never be made
so soft as those made with ordinary excipients, but should on
the contrary be so hard as to roll only with some degree of
pressure. If this be attended to they will not fall. Where,
however, the pills require to be kept for a length of time, some
less drying excipient should be used. In all cases where pills
are composed mainly of resins, too much friction with the
rounder in finishing them should be avoided. We have had
occasion frequently to observe the peculiar effect which sharp
friction (probably from the heat developed) produces on various
resinous substances in the way of changing their physical
properties, and in many cases the principal cause of pills falling
is due as much to the friction used in rounding them with the
finisher as to the excipient used.

Rhei Pulvis. — Use proof spirit or tincture of rhubarb (nt j-
to 3 gr.) ; a soft mass should be made and rolled quickly, other-
wise it is troublesome. Only 24 pills should be made at once,
or the mass assumes a leathery condition, and has to be thrown
away.

Pulv. rhei . • • • t . . • 5j-
P. saponis dur. . . . • . . . 5j-
Pnlv. ipecac. , . . . . . • gi"- ^U-

Fiant pilulce xxiv.

This makes a good mass with tincturge rhei tit xxv.

Rhubarb is, like many other substances, one for which each
dispenser has his own excipient, as may be judged from the
following given by skilled pharmacists : — ■

(1) Simple syrup is better than either spirit or water for
massing powdered rhubarb.

(2) Use a mixture of equal parts glycerine and tincture of
rhubarb (ni j. to 3 grs.).

(3) For powdered rhubarb, a mixture of glycerine two
parts, rectified spirit one part, answers well.

INGREDIENTS OF PILLS AND HOW TO MASS THEM 71

(4) Powdered rhubarb makes a good mass with one-fifth its
weight of glycerine.

(5) Treacle is the most valuable excipient for powdered
rhubarb.

Sodae Bicarb. — Three grains of dry bicarbonate of soda
with I grain of powdered ginger can be made into a very work-
able mass by the addition of i grain of tragacanth, and water
or mucilage sufficient to make a mass. The pills both roll well
and keep well.

Sulphide of Calcium, now much ordered in minute
doses for acne, should be mixed with an equal quantity of
sugar of milk, and, after careful trituration, as much powdered
decorticated liquorice-root added as will make the weight up
to, say, a grain. The mass can now be easily worked up with
a little glycerine of tragacanth.

Tannic Acid. — If these pills be made with mucilage they,
as soon as dry, crack, crumble, and fall to powder. A mix-
ture of glycerine and mucilage of acacia makes an excellent
excipient.

Zinci Valer.— Add a small quantity of acacia, and mass
with spirit. This gives a mass requiring quick manipulation, but
yielding excellent results. Glycerine of tragacanth also makes a
good mass with the addition of a little inert vegetable powder.

72

THE ART OP DISPENSmC

EXCIPIENTS.

Acacia Powder by itself is an excipient of very little
value for the purpose of giving consistence ; but, with the
addition of lo per cent, of pulv. althaese, it becomes, according
to Hager, a good excipient, helping to form a mass of good
consistence, which binds well.

Bread-crumb is stated to be an excellent excipient for many
things, but it is curious that it is rare to find anyone who uses
it. Some time back in the present century it was recommended
to the apprentice as a good excipient for making creosote into
pills ; carbolic acid was not discovered, or that would have
been included in his instructions. It is mournful to reflect how
popular fallacies get perpetuated. Having tried this excipient
under all the forms indicated in text-books, and witnessed
many repeating the experiment, we may fairly assert that in
every case an equal, if not a better, excipient could have
been employed. Either the mass crumbles, or is in an un-
manageable paste, or oozes with uncombined oily matter. Pills
can be made with bread-crumb, but they require such attention,
and so frequently disappoint the dispenser, that the excipient
is not worthy to retain a place in practical pharmacy. When
* mica panis ' is ordered as an excipient, use wheat-flour and
water q.s., if these will make a mass with the medicinal in-
gredients.

Calcii Phosphas possesses in a very remarkable degree
the property of giving a greasy substance, such as lard or mer-
curial ointment, a good pilular consistence, when added in
comparatively small quantity.

EXCIPIENTS

73

Confection of Roses and Confection of Hips increase
the bulk of pills more than is liked nowadays.

Decoctum Aloes Co. is sometimes useful where a con-
siderable quantity of oil has to be combined with a rather soft
mass. It is an excellent excipient for most pills containing
aloes, but is to be avoided where the carbonate of potassium
contained in it would prove an incompatible.

Extract of Malt is a capital excipient for general use.

Glucose (or Honey) is a serviceable excipient in many
cases.

Glycerine keeps pills soft, but, being a very hygroscopic
body itself, it cannot be used with other hygroscopic bodies.
Glycerine ceases to show this character when it contains at least
one-third of its weight of moisture. Whenever glycerine alone
has been used, add about i to 2 grains, as the case requires,
of tragacanth. Add the gum after the action of the glycerine
has taken place, not simultaneously. The observation which
has been made that glycerine ceases to be hygroscopic when
mixed with non-hygroscopic powders is not borne out by our
experience. On keeping such pill-masses for a given time, we
find the contrary. There is a risk, at all events, of deliquescent
action. Glycerine i part, with treacle 3 parts, is an excellent
excipient for pil. aloes et myrrhse. Manna and glycerine are
very useful as an excipient in many cases— for example, in
making nitrate of silver or calomel pills.

Mucilage of Acacia as an excipient should be avoided.
It makes pills too hard j indeed, with some substances (such as
calomel) it forms a perfect cement.

Pulv. Althaeas, if used largely, has a tendency, in conse-
quence of its large proportion of mucilage, to interfere with the
solubility of the pills, and to reduce their activity. Besides, it
IS apt to make the mass too elastic to work well into shape, and
to harden too much afterwards. Not more than i grain to 5 or
10 grains should be used. Three parts of marshmallow powder

74

THE ART OF DISPENSING

require 2 parts of water to form a mass. Hager states that in large
German dispensing businesses the following powders are some-
times kept ready for pills that require a binding excipient : —

r OK VVHIIJS xILLS,

For Coloured Pills.

Pulv. althjere , ,

. 10

Pulv. althseffi ,

15

Farinas secalinK .

• 10

Farince secalina: .

10

Sacch. alb. .

. 10

• Sacch. alb. ....

10

Pulv, iridis .

• 70

Pulv. iridis ....

50

M. Ft. pulv. subtil.

Pulv. gentiance

IS

M. Ft. pulv. subtil.

Soap-powder makes the best pill-mass with vegetable
powders, extracts, and gum resins. Soap being decomposed by
acid salts, acids, many metallic salts and tannin substances, it
is not suitable for masses containing these. In using soap care
must be taken not to add too much water. Soap-masses at
first appear dry and crumbly, so that the dispenser is tempted
to add more water, and then finds afterwards that he has too
soft a mass. A little spirit has this effect to a still greater
extent, so that it must be used very carefully. Powdered curd
soap is better than hard olive oil soap.

Spirit should not be used when there is much resin in the
pill, and pills made with it should be rolled off very quickly, or
they will crumble.

Sugar without some mucilaginous addition is not good.
Syrup, however, with pulv. althffiK is very useful.

Theriacanth. — A correspondent writes : ' For some months
past during daily work at the dispensing-counter I have found
a compound of treacle and tragacanth to be an excellent ex-
cipient, especially in pills requiring an adhesive excipient, such
as ferrura redactum. For the sake of a name it was termed
*' theriacanth," and is made thus : Rub i drachm of pulv.
tragacanth with 2 drachms of rectified spirit in a mortar ; then
add quickly 2 oz. of treacle (previously made more fluid by
warming), and thoroughly mix. This composition soon sets
into an adhesive mass.'

EXCIPIENTS

75

Tragacanth gives solidity and elasticity to a mass a little
too soft, but if too much be added the pills become so elastic
that it is almost impossible to round them with the finisher.
Tragacanth is especially to be recommended when the mass is
too soft, and when it is desired not too much to increase the
weight. If masses crumble, a little tragacanth-powder, with a
few drops of glycerine, will bind them.

The objection to it on the ground of the subsequent crack-
ing of the pill is without foundation, and the cause must be
looked for elsewhere ; frequently it results from some decom-
position or reaction between the substances of the mass. The
following is a good example, communicated by a correspondent
of The Chemist and Druggist. He made a batch of Blaud's
pills. First he mixed the sulphate of iron with the carbonate
of potash, then added some sugar of milk and let stand in the
mortar until thoroughly moist, then added tragacanth, and let
the mass stand till it was getting firm, then weighed and rolled
out. The pills thus made were left in a wooden tray exposed
to the air for a few days, subsequently a 2-oz. wide-mouth
bottle was filled with them and corked. The pills thus kept
split ; those kept in the tray exposed to the air did not. We
received a sample of the pills. Those which had been kept
in a bottle were quite crumbly, and few crystals of sulphate
of iron were observable in them. Those kept in air were, on
the other hand, hard and full of crystals of the sulphate, so
that it would appear that in the former case the reaction between
the sulphate of iron and carbonate of potash had gone further
than in the latter case, and therefore that more ferrous car-
bonate had been formed. The formation of ferrous carbonate
is accompanied by liberation of water, which uniting with the
tragacanth would cause the pills to swell. The appearance of
the coating of the pills which had been kept in a tray corro-
borated this, for it had become of a light brown colour, due to
the united action of ferric iron and evaporating water, whereas
the others were almost white.

Tragacanth (Glycerine of).— Nothing yet has proved
of such general usefulness as this invention of Mr. Barnard

76

THE ART OF DISPENSING

Proctor. His formula is now official. The gelatinous mass is
binding, non-hygroscopic, and may be used with advantage in
an infinite variety of everyday dispensing. It is still the dis-
penser's favourite in England, and is the best excipient for salts
and metallic oxides, such as potassium bromide and bismuth
subnitrate. The mass should be well kneaded, or more of the
excipient will be used than is really necessary. For some other
substances the official preparation is too thick and tough, but
this may be remedied by the cautious addition of a little
glycerine and water to the pill ingredients.

Tragacanth (Compound Powder).— This is useful in
many cases. It is absorbing, binding, and preservative.

Unguentum Resinae makes good pills of ferri et quininte
citras.

Water and Spirit as Excipients.— Many substances do
not require the addition of an adhesive excipient — e.g. the
extracts of aloes, pulv. pil. coloc. co., p. ext. coloc. co., etc., form
a good mass with water (about i^iv. to 5j.) ; p. pil. asafoet. co.
is readily massed with rectified spirit. Pil. aloes et ferri gets
exceedingly hard in a short time, and should be kept in powder,
omitting the confection, and adding \ oz. of liquorice to the
B.P. quantities ; then 2 of the powder = 3 of the mass.

Wax in small shavings, with a little powdered soap
where not incompatible, was at one time the recognised
excipient for essential oils, carbolic acid, creosote, etc., but, as
previously explained, there are objections to its use.

PRECAUTIONS.

In the original treatise Mr. Joseph Ince, Lecturer on
Pharmacy to the Pharmaceutical Society, wrote regarding the
use and abuse of some excipients ; and from his remarks we
extract the following paragraphs : —

Excipients to be avoided are— (i) Those incompatible with
any of the ingredients of the pill-mass. Thus, confection of
roses must not be used to make up iron compounds ; acetic

EXCIPIENTS 77

extract of colchicum must not be stiffened with magnesia.

(2) Those which make the pills either too hard or too soft.

(3) Those which unduly increase size.

Cera Flava will bind any coloured essential oil into a
convenient mass ; while Cera Alba is used with the colourless
ol. terebinth. Wax has come into some disfavour for internal
use. It is effectual as an excipient, but not a necessity.

Decoct. Aloes Comp. is invaluable as an excipient for
pills containing aloes and gum resins. Wonderfully small
quantities are required, and it is not only effective, but a
brilliant, glossy appearance is communicated. Where soap is
also present still smaller quantities must be employed.

Liquor Potassae has deservedly gone out of repute. Its
convenience is undoubted, but its chemical action is regarded
with suspicion. Pills so made frequently become tough, but
this is not invariable. '

01. Ricini, with or without soap, forms a good excipient
for camphor pills.

Pulv. Tragac. Simpl.— In sparing quantities, and em-
ployed with discretion, there is no more serviceable excipient
The chief caution is to allow time, for it is surprising how
small quantities will prove effective. Let the chemical action
take place first ; warm gently ■ then, and not before, add tra-
gacanth. Attention to this remark will be of service to the
manipulator, and many otherwise hopeless masses may so be
reduced. Take this difficult formula as an illustration :—

Camphor gr v'

Pil. galban comp. .*.;;; g^! xviij.

Ext. cannabis ind er iii

Pulv. tragac. . * ' ^ ' .}' . ^

M. Ft. pil. vj. ^""'^'^

Let the camphor and Indian hemp deliquesce ; add the gal-
banum, previously warmed gently ; when the inevitable action
has taken place add 3 grains of powdered tragacanth

78

THE ART OF DISPENSING

Water alone may be used as an excipient, as in opium
pills, but the use of water needs a very practised hand to make
it successful. The mass may be as soft as paste or hard as
flint. ' In medio tutissimus ibis.' Water is introduced here in
order to draw the attention of an inexperienced dispenser to
one point. Its real use is by partial solution of the ingredients
to diminish bulk, after which add the proper excipient. One
drop of water or one drop of glycerine will often effect wonders
in thi5 way, and pills that otherwise would be of inconvenient
size can be most elegantly dispensed.

Spirit Vini Rect., from its volatility and the subsequent
hardness of the pills, may also be discarded.

We may conveniently sum up this chapter with some
remarks by

MR. A. W. GERRABD ON PILL-MAKING.

What are the conditions required of a well-made pill ?
(i) The ingredients of which it is composed should be worked
into an intimate admixture, no individual particles being
discernible. (2) The parts should be held together by some
cohesive force, sufficient to withstand the process of rolling
and cutting without undergoing crumbling or cracking.
(3) The pills being formed should retain under ordinary con-
ditions a perfectly globular form. (4) The excipient, whether
indicated by the prescriber or left to the discretion of the
dispenser, should be chemically and therapeutically compa-
tible with the other ingredients. (5) The pills should disin-
tegrate readily soon after ingestion.

Failure to produce the preceding conditions may be ascribed
to a variety of causes, as, for example : Excess or deficiency
of a moist extract ; presence of hygroscopic or deliquescent
bodies ; chemical incompatibility of ingredients ; excess of
essential or fixed oils ; injudicious choice and use of exci-
pients ; bad manipulation.

The following are some prescriptions illustrating cases of
failure, and the means of overcoming them :—

EXCIPIENTS 7p

Ext. nucis vom. . , , . . , o-r i

„ hyoscy gr. jy.

Pulv, ipecac. . . . . . , • gr. J

Fiat pilula.

Pills made from these ingredients soon lose their round
form, becoming moist and unsightly ; the addition of \ grain
of tragacanth powder sets all right, by absorbing moisture
and imparting solidity.

Ext. colch. acet gr- |

,, hyoscy gr. jij,

Pil. hydrarg gr. jj.

Fiat pil. Mane et nocte sumend.

This pill has the same defects as the previous one, but the
material of each pill, 5! grains, makes it too bulky to risk
an addition. The difficulty can be got over by drying the
extract of henbane on a pill-tile over a water-bath. Bear in
mind volatile bodies must not be so treated.

Argenti oxidi ■ . . gr. ij.

Pil- rhei co gr. ijj.

Fiat pil. Sumend. ante cibum.

Of all masses I think this is the most obstinate and vexing,
becoming rapidly tough and unmanageable, the result of
incompatibility, the silver salt being slowly reduced. A small
admixture of confection of hips with the oxide at starting
generally gives a good result.

01. caryoph ^ j

Ext. col. CO g^ ij_

„ anthem gj. jj_

Fiat pil.

Here essential oil is in excess, and the ingredients refuse
to form a tenacious mass. In such a case the addition of
\ grain of soap per pill brings them under control. Soap
should not be used for salts of iron, lead, bismuth, copper, or
mercury, as oleates would be formed.

Olei crotonis ... ^ :

Fiat pilula statim.

8o

THE ART OF DISPENSING

For this pill crumb of bread is often used as an excipient,
but is a bad one, the pills on rolling having a troublesome
elasticity, making it difficult to get them round. Nothing is
better, in my experience, than 2 grains of compound tragacanth
powder and i grain of soap for each pill. This excipient sub-
dues croton oil most perfectly, and is equally suitable for
creosote and carbolic acid.

Compound tragacanth powder is about the best general
pill excipient. The simplicity of its constituents admirably
adapts it as a diluent of all substances given in small doses ;
whilst under its influence, in the presence of a little water,
the most obstinate ingredients are brought under control.
Solubility with easy disintegration is another of its charac-
teristics. When oils have to be dealt with, a little soap may
be added to the tragacanth with advantage.

81

COATING PILLS.

Gilding and Silvering.
Covering pills with gold or silver leaf is a process which
need not be described at great length. Silvering has largely
gone out of fashion, and gilding is a refinement of pharmacy
which the chemist is rarely called upon
to perform. Like all pills which are to
be coated, those that are to be silvered
should be of firm consistence, and no
powder should be used in rolling them
out.

Pills containing asafoetida, and espe-
cially those containing sulphur or sul-
phides, should be very stiff, other-
wise the metal will blacken after a few
days. It is preferable to varnish the
pills in this case. A covered pot may
be used to silver the pills, but the box-
employS"^'''' represented in the above cut is generally

If the pills have been varnished with tolu, it may be neces-
sary to moisten them with weak potash solution, instead ot

s'rfat'^":,' r"rT' ""^^'^ ^^^^^^

surface^ One leaf of silver covers six 5-grain pills. One drop

of weak mucilage is sufficient to damp a dozen such pills, and
h y should have a dull, not a glistening, appearan'^:e vhen
hrown on the silver. The wetter the pills are the more silver

leaf IS required, and the finish is not so good.

G

82 THE ART OF DISPENSING

Sugar Coating.

This kind of coating has become popular, but the- operation
is somewhat difficult to perform on a small scale. Dr. Symes
states that by practice it may be successfully carried out by the
following process : Pills well dried on the surface are placed
in a tinned copper bowl, such as is represented in the illus-
tration, with a flat bottom, or an
enamelled iron dish, the surface
of which has been moistened
with syrup, or syrup and gum.
They are then rotated and gently
heated, very finely powdered
sugar being dusted on, and the
motion kept up till a perfectly
dry, hard, and whitish coating is obtained, the operation being
repeated if necessary. The first attempt is generally a failure,
but practice is the only secret.

The following methods have also been proposed
Albumen and Sugar— Y\\\% sufficiently firm and dry should
be rolled between the finger and thumb with enough white
of egg to give them a thin coating. They should then be
placed with finely powdered white sugar in a suitable vessel
and rotated. The coating looks well and has a pleasant taste.

French Chalk and Sugar.— Ihe pills are moistened with
syrup or mucilage, or a mixture of the two, by shaking in
a covered pot. They are then transferred to a box containing
powdered French chalk or a mixture of French chalk and
sugar, and are well shaken, and again transferred to a warm
pill-tray and kept rapidly rotating until, dry and smooth. The
operation takes but little time.

The dispenser should not, however, expect to turn out pills
with a sugar coating so elegant in appearance as that which is
exhibited by commercial sugar-coated pills. These are coated
by machinery (confectioner's revolving pans), the coating solu-
tion being a mixture of syrup and starch.

COATING PILLS

83

Pearl Coating.

A form of coating pills which has become popular in recent
years is known as pearl coating. The powder used in this
case IS generally plain French chalk, or a mixture of French
chalk with fine powdered sugar. In pearl coating, as also in
sugar coating and silver coating, the following points must be
attended to to ensure success-namely, the pills must be suffi-
ciently dry and hard to prevent interstitial moisture exuding
and so spoihng the coating ; they must be evenly but not ex-
cessively damped with thin mucilage ; and, lastly, they must
be thoroughly rotated, first in the powder and afterwards with-
out any free powder, to produce a brilliant surface.

Very full particulars are given in the 'Art of Pharmacy'
for coating pills for stock. The process there described is
suitable for use at the dispensing-counter. The apparatus
which is employed is after the pattern of the ordinary boxwood
silverer, and is simply a tin globe copper-lined, about <^
inches diameter, intersected in the middle, the two sections
being fixed with two brass pins. This arrangement permits
of the apparatus being easily taken apart and thoroughly

cleansed. In practice, two globes are generally sufficient

namely, one to coat and one to burnish the pills ; but if a very

high finish IS required, a third will be necessary to polish the

pills. This IS done by thinly

coating the warmed globe with

white wax. The pills, after

passing the second globe, are

transferred to the waxed globe,

and slowly rotated for a time

Jn it. This gives them a

brighter, more uniform, and

probably, also, a more perma-
nent coating.

'..rn^'^^l ^If""^ mucilage of acacia, and i drachm simple
sy up, and add water sufficient to make i oz. Of this mixture
pour sufficient upon the pills to damp the surface thoroughly

G 2

84

THE ART OP £> IS PENS mo

— the exact quantity can only be determined by experience —
and after rotating in the coater in order to distribute the
gum-mixture uniformly over the surface, add French chalk in
very fine powder^ and rotate uniformly until the chalk has all
been taken up, or the pills thoroughly coated. If too little
chalk has been used, or too much mucilage, more chalk will
have to be added from time to time until the coating is
uniform, at which point the pills may be transferred to the
burnisher.

The following is another process which has been specially
recommended for use at the dispensing-counter. It turns out
a perfectly finished pearl-coated pill in a few minutes. Shake
the pills in a covered pot with sandarach and ether varnish and
throw into very fine French chalk, rotate for a minute, and
separate excess of powder. Shake the pills in another pot with
a mixture of equal parts of whipped white of egg (strained),
syrup, and water, sufficient to thoroughly wet the pills, and
throw them into excess of very fitie French chalk, shake for a
minute, remove the pills to a flat marble slab, and rotate very
lightly under a pill-finisher, sprinkling on a very Uttle chalk
until a smooth surface is produced. If time permits they
should be exposed to the air in a tray to dry thoroughly.

Martindale recommends three covered pots to be used.
His moistening solution is coiBposed of tragacanth 4 gr., syrup
5ss., water to %\.

Gelatine Coating.

Recent observations have shown that the gelatine coating is
the most soluble of all. Apart from that, it has two important
advantages. In the first place, the coating is transparent, so
that the colour of the pill may be observed, and this in many
cases is useful. Secondly, the coating is more quickly imparted
than any other.

Thompson's gelatine pill-coating machine, illustrated and
described in the 'Art of Pharmacy,' is specially applicable to
coating large quantities. We have used the following simple
device, in the absence of a better, with good results. If, say,

COATING PILLS

three dozen pills are to be coated, take three soda-water corks,
and stick into one end of each the eye-ends of a dozen needles
at an angle of 45° ; then place a pill on each of the needles.
The pills are now ready to receive the coating. An excellent
solution is made from the following formula :

French gelatine ^

Gum acacia \

Boric acid ... 2 d'r

Water ; oz.' '

Macerate the gelatine and acacia in the water for twelve
hours, and dissolve by heating in water-bath. Add the boric
acid, and strain through muslin.

A quantity of this may be made and stocked, and when
required sufficient of it should be melted over a water-bath and
kept liquid while being used. Dip the ' corkful ' of pills into the
solution, withdraw, and allow the drops of superfluous gelatine
to form ; these may be removed by touching the surface of the
liquid, then twirl the cork between the forefingers for a few
seconds, and set aside to harden.

Varnishing Pills.
A very useful varnish is that made from tolu syrup residues
by dissolvmg in ether. One ounce of the resinous residue
in 3 oz. methylated ether is a suitable strength. This solution
when applied to the pills evaporates rapidly. Martindale
recommends a solution of sandarach i part in i of absolute
alcohol. Hager recommends 5 parts of powdered mastic,
of balsam of tolu, to be dissolved in 25 of absolute alcohol, and
80 of ether. Either of these solutions is suitable for the dis-
pensing counter. The pills are placed in a covered pot, a few
drops of the varnish, sufficient to wet all the pills, are dropped

equally. They are then transferred to a pill-tile or any other
earthenware surface, so that they may be detached from each
other ; occasionally they are turned until the coating is quite

86

THE ART OF DISPENSING

ICeratine Coating.

This is of recent introduction, and is used for pills which
are intended to pass the stomach undissolved, the keratine
being insoluble in the gastric juice. The method originated
with Dr. Unna, of Hamburg. Only oily excipients should be
used, and the pills should be covered with a thin layer of cacao-
butter previous to applying the keratine solution, which is made
by removing from horn all that is soluble in pepsin and hydro-
chloric acid. The residue is dissolved in solution of ammonia,
and evaporated until only a trace of ammonia is left, the gum-
like Uquid which remains being the coating solution, and
several thin coatings of this are imparted to the pills.

Concentric Coated Pills.

These have been proposed by Dr. Mortimer Granville, and
the following formula will show what they are and how pre-
pared : —

Barbaloin gr. xxiv.

Ext. Cascarre sagradse . . . • gr- xxiv.

Iridin gr. xii.

Fiant piliila; xii.

Make the aloin into a stiff mass with as little excipient as pos-
sible ; cut into pills and coat with gelatine (hard). Then roll
each pill in 2 grains of extract of cascara sagrada, and coat
with keratine solution (two coatings) ; finally make the iridin
into a mass, divide into 12 portions, and roll each portion
round a pill ; varnish or coat with gelatine. The iridin portion
of the pill is supposed to dissolve in the stomach, where it is
most wanted; the keratine coating dissolves only when it reaches
the duodenum, and the barbaloin portion begins to dissolve in
the intestines, where its action is manifested.

87

TABELL^E AND PASTILS.

From a paper by Mr. Harold Wyatt {The Chejjiisf and
Druggist, February 25, 1888), we extract the following hints
regarding the manufacture of tabellse and pastils, preparations
now frequently required to be made extemporaneously on the
physician's order.

Tabellae are lozenges similar in composition to the nitro-
glycerine tablets of the Pharmacopoeia, so far as their basis is
concerned, this being composed of cacao (containing its fixed
oil), sweetened with sugar, and held together by means of
tragacanth powder, water or proof spirit being used as an ex-
cipient, and the mass flavoured with essence of vanilla or rose.

According to the 'Physicians' Pharmacopoeia,' the method
of preparing is as follows :— The cacao and other ingredients,
including the medicine to be administered, are rubbed to-
gether in a mortar, massed, in the same way as a pill-mass,
with the liquid excipient, and cut into pills on a pill-machine.
Each pill is then taken, dusted with a powder of equal parts
powdered sugar and arrowroot to prevent sticking, and placed
in a tube of brass or wood standing vertically on a tile, an
accurately-fitting piston of wood giving a round form to the
lozenge on being forced down the tube on the top of the pill.

The tablets may also be turned out without the mould, by
simply placing the mass on the cutter of the pill-machine after
piping, and pressing down the upper cutter upon it, oblong or
square tablets resulting, according to the amount of mass used.

For most medicines this process answers admirably, yet
there are some which could be administered in lozenge form
were it not for their nauseous taste, which requires an amount
of cacao and sugar to disguise scarcely compatible with the

S8

THE ART OF DISPENSING

dimensions of an ordinary lozenge. In such cases Mr. Wyatt
recommends glycyrrhizin, the sweet principle of liquorice-root,
and saccharin as substitutes for the sugar. He finds, for
example, that 5 grains of antipyrin are rendered almost tasteless
by \ grain of glycyrrhizin, and that the intense bitterness of
strophanthus is covered by the addition of \ grain of saccharin
to every 5 minims of tincture in the tablet.

Tablets sweetened with saccharin may be used freely in
diabetes and other diseases, in which the administration ot
ordinary sugar lozenges would be attended with injurious results.

Another improvement in the preparation of tabellae sug-
gested by Mr. Wyatt is the use of a warm mortar to melt the
cacao, in which state the powders can be more easily incor-
l)orated. In the original paper formulas are given for the
following : —

TahellcB Acidi Arsciiiosi, each
containing —5 grain of arsenious
acid.

Tadella Aconiti, each containing
2^ minims of tincture of aconite.

Tahella: Antipyrin, each containing
5 grains of antipyrin.

TabellcB Belladonna, each contain-
ing 5 minims of tincture of
belladonna.

Tabcllcc Caffeincc, each containing
I grain of caffeine.

Tahella: Cerii et Bismtithi, each
containing 2 grains of cerium

oxalate and 2 grains of bismuth
ammonio-citrate.

Tabellm Gelsemii, each containing
2^ minims of liquid extract of
gelsemium.

Tabella; Hamamelidis, each con-
taining 5 minims of liquid ex-
tract of hamamelis.

Tabella: Nitroglycerini, each con-
taining gi^^i" °^ nitrogly-
cerine.

Tabella Strophanthi, each contain-
ing 2| minims of tincture of

strophanthus.

The following formula will serve as an example of how the
foregoing are made : —

Tabellm Acidi Arseniost,

Trituration of arsenic ( I in 100) . . . 48 grains

Cacao 70 J >

Tragacanth powder 24 ,,

Saccharin . I ,,

Alcohol 30 minims

Essence of vanilla 24 ,,

Distilled w^ter . , , , . . 30 ,,

TABELL^ AND PASTILS 89

Place the cacao in a warm mortar; when liquefied add the
powders, previously well rubbed together, and, after the mass
has set, powder it with the aid of the alcohol and essence of
vanilla, mass with the water, and divide into forty-eight tablets.

Pastils are soft, jelly-like jujubes, variously medicated,
made from a gelatine and glycerine base, called in the Throat
Hospital Pharmacopoeia ' Glyco-gelatine,' which is made ac-
cording to the following form : — ■

Gelatine . . . . . . . i oz.

Glycerine 2^ „ by weight

Orange-flower water . . . . .2^,, ,,
Ammoniacal solution of carmine . . .a sufficiency

Cut the gelatine into shreds and soak in the orange-flower
water for two hours ; then transfer to a water-bath and heat
with the glycerine until the gelatine is dissolved. Colour
with the carmine solution, and pour into an oiled tray to
cool.

The above-mentioned Pharmacopoeia gives no formula for
the solution of carmine, but 30 minims of one made as follows
is enough for 6 oz. of glyco-gelatine :—

Carmine . . ' 30 grains

.Solution of ammonia a sufficiency

Dissolve the carmine in 6 drachms of the ammonia, filter, and
wash the filter with more ammonia until i fluid oz. has been
collected.

The medication of the pastils is accomplished by melting
an ounce of glyco-gelatine on a water-bath, adding the medi-
cme, previously rubbed to a thick syrup with glycerine, if a
powder, stirring until nearly cool, and pouring into an oiled
mould ; cutting the mass into 24 pastils when cold. A suitable
mould for small quantities is one with sides soldered on, square
m shape, 3 mches by 3 inches, divided into 36 squares by means
of deeply impressed lines on the under side, these causing the
finished pastils to have a slightly rounded surface, the lines

90 THE ART OF DISPENSING

leaving a series of deep grooves, which serve as a guide to
cutting.

An excellent mould is also made from a square, piece of
plate-glass with narrow slips of plate-glass cemented on its
three sides as shown in the figure. The square is divided into
smaller squares by means of grooved lines, and a piece of
glass is provided to slip up to any row required, there to be
secured by means of a piece of cork, thus serving to give the
requisite surface. The diagram shows part of the plate ar-
ranged for a dozen pastils. The plate having previously been
slightly oiled, the pastil mass is poured into it, and when it
sets the glyco-gelatine sheet is removed, when it is found that
on the under surface are ridges corresponding to the grooves
in the plate. All that remains to be done is to cut through
these ridges with a pair of scissors, and the pastils are finished.

Flavours for the pastils other than orange-flower water are
the fruit-juices, tolu, and glycyrrhizin. Rose or cinnamon
water may be used instead of orange-flower water, and in the
same proportion," whilst 2 fluid drachms of cherry-laurel water
with 2\ oz. of distilled water impart a pleasant almond flavour.
Raspberry juice may be used in the same proportion as orange-
flower water, hme-juice in the proportion of half juice and half
distilled water. Tolu part with 30 of glycerine and 6 of
water heated over a vrater-bath for an hour, filtered on cooling,
and made up to 36 fluid parts by the addition of glycerine : this
also is a nice flavour. Glycyrrhizin, 24 grains, dissolved in the
water used to soak the gelatine, imparts an excellent liquorice
flavour, very useful to hide the taste of ammonium chloride.

91

CAPSULES.

A GROWING disposition on the part or medical men to pre-
scribe nauseous medicines in capsules makes it necessary for
the dispenser to be acquainted with the details of the operation
of capsule-making. The requisites are moulds, or olives, as
the French call them. These are egg or olive shaped, solid
heads of iron or britannia metal, each of which is fixed upon
a metal rod ; a dozen or more of the moulds are fixed into a
slab of wood or cork, with perforations for the purpose, and at
the back of the slab, in the centre, a handle is fixed. A good
slab or holder may be
made from a large cork
bung. The appearance
of the moulds fixed on
the holder is seen in the
accompanying figure.
The moulds are the only
part ot the requisite
apparatus which are not
home-made. A slab of
wood with quarter-inch
perforations bored with a centre-bit (the holder as shown for
example), or even a suppository mould, serves to support the
capsules in the process of filling, and most liquids are poured
mto the capsules by means of an ordinary glass syringe.
The 15-minim capsule is the common size, but the size
may vary from 5 minims to i or even 2 drachms. If the
moulds are made locally the chemist should supply the
moulder with the shape from which to work. For this pur-

92

THE ART OF DISPENSING

pose use clean yellow wax, 15 grains for each 15 -minim
mould ; warm the wax and form it into the proper shape, with
as smooth a surface as possible. The moulder will of course
make the metal mould perfectly smooth ; the slightly greater
bulk, proportionately, of the wax allows a fair margin for this
purpose.

Capsules are either hard or soft. The former Avere the
first introduced, but the latter are now deservedly the more
popular, for they are more easily swallowed. The solution
for hard capsules is made according to the following formula,
although the quantity of liquid used in this and other cases
must vary with the quality of the gelatine : —

Oz.

Gelatine 6

Gum acacia . . i

Powdered sugar . i

Water 5

Steep the gelatine in the water, when soft add the gum and
sugar, and heat until dissolved, removing any scum which rises
to the surface.

Various forms have been proposed for the soft capsules.
The following have been found to give good flexible masses : —

Parts

(1) Gelatine, gum acacia, sugar .... each 30

Honey 10

Water 100

Make a solution as above.

Parts

(2) Gelatine 25

Glycerine ........ 10

Sugar ......... 8

Water 45

Steep the gelatine in the water, add the sugar and glycerine,
and dissolve by the heat of a water-bath.

A stock of No. 2 may be kept and dissolved as required
by means of a water-bath. To make the capsules, have the
gelatine mixture melted and heated to 104° F. ; prepare the
moulds by oiling them very slightly with olive oil. This is

CAPSULES 93

best done by oiling a soft cloth, such as a piece of lint, and
applying this over the whole of the mould surface and a little
way up the supporting-rod. Lift the mould-holder by the
handle and immerse the moulds completely in the gelatine
mixture ; in a few seconds remove steadily and begin to rotate
the moulds in a circular fashion, so that the gelatine may set
perfectly even. A litde practice suffices to make the operator
perfect in this operation. In a couple of minutes the gelatine
has set sufficiently to allow the whole to be set aside. In
about a quarter of an hour the capsules may be removed by
grasping each lightly with the finger and thumb and gently
pulling off. Place each one upon its closed end in one or
other of the supporters already described, and when the whole
have been removed cut off their tails with a pair of scissors.
They are now ready for filling, and in the case of liquids this
is simply done with a syringe; for powders use a small funnel
made of paper. The open end is closed by dipping a glass
rod in the liquefied gelatine solution and placing the drop
which it removes upon the open end. Sometimes a superior
finish IS given to the capsules by afterwards dipping this end
of the capsule halfway up in the gelatine solution and drying
rapidly, but one must be an adept before this refinement is
attempted. After they are finished it is necessary to expose
the capsules to the air for a few hours, in order to dry them
thoroughly.

94

THE ART OF DISPENSING

POWDERS.

The method which is ahiiost universally followed is to
mix the powders in a glass mortar, very cautious dispensers
also sifting. Indiscriminate use of mortar and pestle is bad.
Here, for example, is a prescription of Sir Morell Mackenzie's,
which was in the first instance dispensed by a well-known
West-end pharmacist, and gave satisfaction : —

Bisnnithi subnit. . . . . , • S""- ^
Pulv. catechu . . . . « . ■ gf-
Morphinte hydrochlor gr.

The powders were used for insufflation in a case of chronic
sore-throat. The second pharmacist who dispensed the pre-
scription is an ardent advocate of the mortar-and-pestle
method, and he lost a customer by the practice of his principle.
The third with his spatula mixed the powders on a powder-
paper, and the patient no longer sent to London in order to
get the prescription dispensed. The complaint made of the
powders sent out by the second pharmacist was that they had
a lumpy feeling in the throat, and did not adhere so kindly as
those supplied by the first and third dispensers. No doubt
the heat of friction had caused aggregation of the catechu with
the other ingredients.

It has been shown by Mr. Boa of Edinburgh that the
method of mixing materially affects the miscibility of powders.
The general conclusion arrived at from Mr. Boa's experiments
is that powders mixed on paper and sifted are more readily
miscible in water than those which have been rubbed up in a

POWDERS

95

mortar and sifted. For example, we may quote two instances
in which this effect may be readily observed : —

Pulv. rhei . . . . , > , gr. x
Pulv. cinnamom. . i . , ■ , gr. vj.

Magnes. levis. gr. xx.

If this powder be rubbed up in a mortar it diffuses in water
with exceeding difficulty, whereas when mixed on paper it
diffuses quickly.

Pepsin gr- ij-

Bismuth, alb. . . . . . , . gr. v.

Magnes. carb. gr- iij-

Pulv. aromat. . . . . . • gr- j-

When these are rubbed up in a mortar, and sifted, they can
be mixed in water only with considerable difficulty, but when
mixed on paper the same difficulty is not experienced.

The following powder is a distinct exception to the fore-
going :—

Sulphur, prrecip. .... • gr- xv.

Guaiac. resin. . . . . . . gr. x.

Magnesia gr. xx.

The most readily miscible powder is here obtained by rub-
bing the guaiacum and magnesia well together before adding
the sulphur. If the powders are mixed on paper they will
scarcely mix with water.

It is quite evident that there is an art in powder-making,
as there is in pill-making, the only difference being that in
the former case dissatisfaction is experienced by the customer,
in the latter by the dispenser— a sufficient reason, therefore,
to call forth the care and ingenuity of the dispenser in mixing
powders.

In the great majority of cases, where limited quantities are
ordered, say under 2 drachms — such, for example, as one or
two dozen of powders — no better or quicker method of mixing
the powders can be adopted than the spatula and a sheet of
white paper. The ingredients ordered in smallest quantity
should be first thoroughly incorporated, and the larger quan-
tities added gradually.

96

THE ART OF DISPENSING

Salts which are likely to mutually decompose each other
must be mixed in a perfectly dry condition, and must be stirred
together lightly in the mortar. Instances are tartrate of potash
with sulphate of soda, tartrate of potash with muriate of
ammonia, nitrate of potash with salicylate of soda. Efferves-
cing lemonade-powder should be mixed by first rubbing together
the tartaric acid with the sugar in a previously vmrmed mortar
and then stirring in the bicarbonate of soda very hghtly. The
powders should not be dried at a temperature above 30° C, or
they are more liable to absorb moisture afterwards.

Hygroscopic Substances, such as acetate, carbonate,
and citrate of potash and iodide of sodium, ought not to be
prescribed as powders, but if prescribed in bulk they keep
fairly well. If prescribed in powders, each dose should be
folded up in waxed paper, that again being covered with
ordinary powder- paper. Do not attempt the reverse way.

Preservation of Hygroscopic Drugs. — When the
drying of any drug has been efficiently accompHshed, it should
at once be stored in a proper receptacle, not left, as is often
the case, to reabsorb moisture and collect dust. Shop-drawers,
so generally used for storage, are in the main of but little
value, their contents often becoming mouldy and covered with
dust, besides being easy of access to insects and other pests.
Wide-mouthed bottles and stone jars ard good vessels for
storage ; they should have accurately fitting stoppers or corks ;
the corks may be advantageously soaked in melted paraffin to
render them air-tight. Powders of squills and ammoniacum
can be kept from aggregating by suspending in the bottle a bag
of quicklime fastened to the cork or stopper. The lime absorbs
any moisture that may enter.

No Guess-work. — In dividing powders 7cieigh each ojie ;
division by guess-work is considered sufficient for the rejection
of a candidate at the minor examination.

General Directions. — When the physician orders salts
like iodide of potassium, or roots hke gentian, with directions

POWDERS 57

for their solution or infusion by the patient himself, the dis-
penser should destroy their identity by the pestle before sending
them out.

Powders containing ammonium carbonate should be
wrapped in waxed paper, and be put into a botde as well.

Powders for lotions, injections, etc., should be sent out in a
different coloured paper from that used in other cases. A
coloured paper is useful as distinguishing at once between an
internal and external remedy.

Administering Powders.— It is the practice of many
parents to give powders to children mixed with jam ; there is
no objection to this, provided the ingredients are compatible
widi the jam ; but it should be borne in mind that many
children's powders contain magnesia or carbonate of soda, and
the acid present in all jams would combine with and alter the
action of a portion of these ingredients. The simplest way to
give a powder is to make a small draught of it with sugar and
water. Treacle is sometimes recommended, but is objection-
able in some cases owing to its alkalinity.

H

98

THE ART OF DISPENSING

SUPPOSITORIES, BOUGIES, AND
PESSARIES.

The use of these is well known and requires no explana-
tion. The bases in common use for forming them are generally
of three kinds : (i) Fatty, such as cacao-butter, which is the
favourite ; (2) saponaceous, as in the official soap suppositories ;
and (3) gelatine— in this class may be included dextrin and
similar substances. The basis should be sufficiently hard not
to melt in the fingers when handled, and yet become perfectly
soft or liquid when introduced into the body. Bougies are
cylindrical pipes varying in diameter from ^J^th to ^th of an
inch, and are from 2^ to 6^ inches in length— a bougie 2^ inches
long and ^th inch in diameter weighs about 15 grains. Sup-
positories seldom exceed 15 grains in weight— that is, they fill
the same space as 15 grains of water, and are i inch long and
:|: inch in diameter. The common shape is shown in fig. i, p. 109.
Pessaries are merely very large suppositories weighing 2 drachms
or thereabouts. Electro-plated gun-metal moulds of the sizes
indicated are used for moulding the three forms mentioned, but
bougies are also moulded or piped with a machine resembling a
pill-piping machine. Clay moulds are made by pressing oiled
pieces of wood the shape of the suppository in plastic clay and
withdrawing them ; but this makes a very clumsy method. A
similar plan is to form moulds with tinfoil upon a shaped piece
of wood, and place the hollow cones in a box of French chalk
or other powder.

For Bougie-Moulds an elastic-gum bougie is generally
taken as a model on which to wrap the tinfoil ; but the bougie

SUPPOSITORIES, BOUGIES, AND PESSARIES 99

being of the same thickness nearly all its length, there is con-
siderable difficulty in drawing oiif the mould from the model,
the sides of the mould being drawn together. This trouble
may be obviated by using a piece of glass tubing same size as
a No. 8 bougie. First draw out the end to a point and cut it
off about an eighth of an inch from where the narrowing begins,
then fuse again until the end is rounded ofi as the bougie is to
be, taking care not to allow the aperture to close. This tube
now torms the model upon which to shape the tinfoil moulds.
The tinfoil slips more easily from the glass than from elastic

gum, and the little hole at the apex allows air to enter as the
tube is withdrawn. This plan serves well for unusual sizes.

Moulding with the fingers is also done, and in many cases
must be resorted to. Finely powdered starch should in this
case be used to prevent sticking to the fingers. The Phar-
macopoeia now directs cacao-butter only, instead of the mix-
ture of cacao-butter, lard, and wax, to be used for suppositories.
This is a great improvement, but for dispensing purposes,
especially in the summer months, it is still necessary to add a
little white wax— say about i grain to 10 grains of cacao -
butter. Whatever the basis may be, it is important that it
should not be heated too high; do not by any means heat the
dish containing the basis over a strong flame. It is preferable
to do all the liquefying operations by means of a water-bath.

We give here an
illustration of a small
handy water-bath, which
is exceedingly useful
n making suppositories,
small quantities of oint-
ments, or for use in any

operation which requires moderate heat to be raised quickly.

The bath may be made of tin or copper. The diameter
at the outside may be 4 inches, with a i-inch rim returning

H 2

too

THE ART OF DISPENSING

towards the inside and provided with a small outlet fof
pouring out the water. The depth should be about i inch.
The handle is best made of wood, so that the bath may be
lifted without fear of burning the hand. Half an ounce of

water is sufficient to use for a small

the construction of which is shown in
this drawing. The feature of this is the long lip, which permits
the suppository-mass to be poured into the mould without loss.

THE MANUFACTURE OF SUPPOSITORIES.

Theobroma Suppositories.— It is customary to make
prescription suppositories with cacao-butter unless there is an
order to the contrary. The following is the plan to adopt :
Having weighed out the amount of fat required, shave it into
shreds and melt as previously directed. As soon as this is
done place the powdered ingredients— extracts should previously
be rubbed smooth with a few drops of water, or, better, ^yith
a little powdered curd soap— on a slab, and add only just
sufficient of the melted fat to make the ingredients into a
smooth paste, then add more, taking great care that it is not
too hot. When about half has been added stop, return to the
dish the mixture of fat and medicament, and stir constantly till
nearly cold ; if lumpy, hold the dish above the water-bath, and
rub the lumps down. It is very important not to reliquefy the
mass. When the lumps are thoroughly • removed, pour into
the mould ; perhaps only four or six holes are filled before the
mass is too solid to pour out. This matters little, as, in order
to soften, it is only necessary to hold the dish again above the
water-bath, stirring till it seems sufficiently fluid to pour about
six more, and so on.

operation. A series of rings may be
got so as to take small dishes, such
as watch-glasses. A bath of the size
described, made of copper, costs
about half a crown. Another excellent
bath is that designed by Mr. Learoyd,

SUPPOSITORIES, BOUGIES, AND PESSARIES loi

Mr. Martindale has spoken highly of a mixture of equal
parts of stearic and oleic acids as a substitute for cacao-butter ;
the advantages which he claims for it are that— (i) the mixture
has a very low fusing-point, and readily melts at the temperature
of the body ; (2) the suppositories leave the mould without
difficulty ; {3) it has the advantage, besides being a solvent of
such alkaloids as pure morphine, atropine, cocaine, etc., of
being, at least as far as the oleic acid is concerned, readily
absorbed by the skin and mucous membrane ; (4) on account of
the partial crystallisation of some of the stearic acid, the sup-
positories are firm, and can be placed in their position without
difficulty, not being elastic, brittle, or yielding in any way ; and
(5) the proportions of stearic and oleic acids can be varied to
suit the temperature of summer or winter, and also the other
ingredients prescribed with them. These opinions were ex-
pressed many years ago, but cacao-butter has maintained its
pre-eminence.

Pouring the Mass into the Mould.— Complaints are
frequently made of the difficulty of getting nicely finished sup-
positories and pessaries from gun-metal moulds. The sup-
position may be wrong, but from experience we are inclined to
impute much of the difficulty to an imperfect knowledge of the
conditions regulating the expansion and contraction of both
mould and substance used in their production. If, for example,
the substance (say, oil of theobroma) be poured into the moulds
at a temperature much above 140° or below 130°, the melting-
pomt being 124°, it will be found that the suppositories, if they
come out at all, will in either case be broken and imperfect, for
this reason— that above the melting-point the oil of theo-
broma does not expand under different increments of heat in
the same degree with the metal. Consequently, the higher the
temperature of the theobroma the more is the metal expanded,
which, cooling first, contracts on the ball like a vice. This,
together probably with unequal cooling, produces unequal
elasticities within the suppository, which sufficiently accounts
for the moulds refusing to give up their contents, as well as for

102

THE ART OF DISPENSING

the cracked and uneven appearance of the suppositories. On
the other hand, should the theobroma be poured into the
mould at too low a temperature, the metal at once cools it to
such an extent that contraction within the mass cannot take
place, and the same result ensues as in the previous case, but
from the very opposite cause. The proper plan, therefore, is
to heat the substance to the temperature already indicated, to
smear the moulds with one or other of the liquids which are
mentioned below, and pour the melted substance quickly in.
If expeditiously and properly done, the suppositories, when
cool, should slip from the mould without the least trouble,
having a beautiful polished finish, and, what is more important

still, having a uniform composition and structure, and not
with the active medicinal agent all concentrated at the apex,
as is always the case when the heat applied has been excessive.

The mould should be quite clean, chilled with ice or cold
water; just before filling it should be wiped with a piece of
sponge or lint moistened with soap-liniment ; very little should
be used, but every part inside the mould must be coated. A
fluid mixture of soft soap, glycerine, and water is sometimes
used instead of soap-liniment, and some dispensers prefer to
use olive-oil, but on the whole soap-liniment is the best.

The figure shows how the suppository-mould is generally
cooled by placing on ice after it has been cleaned and sponged

SUPPOSITORIES, BOUGIES, AND PESSARIES 103

with soap-liniment. The melted base may be poured in while
the mould is in this position.

The Gelatine Basis is a very valuable one, and is
serviceable where a fatty basis is objectionable. Suppositories
of this basis can be made much more easily and quickly than
theobroma suppositories. The mould should be cold, clean,
and quite dry ; then thinly coated inside with almond oil.
When turned out the suppositories should be wiped with a
dry cloth in order to remove the oil, or placed for this purpose
on a sheet of filtering-paper. A mortar or slab is not con-
venient to use with this basis ; it is simply melted in a dish,
and the medicament stirred in until thoroughly dissolved or
diffused. The gelatine basis is well adapted for the exhibition
of alkaloids and aqueous extracts, but not for tannin, carbolic
acid, or bromide and iodide of potassium.

The ' Extra Pharmacopoeia ' gives the following formula for
the basis : —

Gelatine . . . , . . . . i oz.

Immerse in 4 oz. of water for a few seconds, drain, and in half an
hour add —

Glycerine (by weight) 4 oz.

Dissolve on a water-bath. Should weigh 6 oz.

Another satisfactory formula is : —

Gelatine ........

Glycerine ^ij
Distilled water .... t\\

Wash the gelatine in cold water, macerate in the distilled water
until soft, add the glycerine, and dissolve in a water-bath.

It should be observed, however, that one mass is not uni-
versally applicable, because various medicaments act upon it in
diverse ways, rendering the suppositories too hard or too soft, as
the case may be. Herr G. H. Ochse, who has had considerable
experience with this basis, has formulated his views, and from
his communication {Marm Rundsch.) we abstract the follow-
ing hints : —

104

THE ART OF DISPENSING

Where gelatine preparations are frequently dispensed it
is best to have a definite mass in stock. This is made in large
quantities or small, according to the requirements of the
pharmacist. After removing the scum from the solution the
latter is poured into bottles, and when thoroughly cooled
covered with alcohol to prevent it from becoming mouldy.
When wanted for use the bottle is placed in a water-bath and
the required quantity poured off. The mass is made as follows :
The accurately weighed gelatine is allowed to macerate
over night in distilled water, and strained through a sieve.
The gelatine adhering to the sieve is collected, the whole
placed in a tared porcelain dish, and sufficient water added to
make the weight four or five times as much as the original
quantity of gelatine used. The dish is placed on the upper
ring of a retort-stand and heated over wire gauze with a gas
or spirit-lamp flame, care being taken not to burn the gelatine.
The glycerine is added and the whole evaporated to the con-
sistency required, viz. —

I. Gelatine 20 parts, water 80 parts, glycerine 40 parts ;
evaporated to 60 parts. Intended for preparations kept in
stock and for those which are to retain their transparency.

II. Gelatine 10 parts, water 40 parts, glycerine 15 parts;
evaporated to 25 parts. For hygroscopic drugs, for bougies of
perchloride of iron (made by dissolving i part of ferric chloride
in 9 parts of water, and adding to 19 parts of the mass), for
tannin suppositories (0-2 per cent. — but this recommendation is
opposed to theory), and for vaginal pessaries containing iodide
or bromide of potassium, bromide, chloride, or sahcylate of
sodium, and ergotin. Chloral hydrate suppositories are made
with this mass, the hydrate being dissolved in as little water as
possible.

III. Gelatine 10 parts, water 40 parts, glycerine 20 parts ;
evaporated to 50 parts. For suppositories generally, also in
special cases, as for carbolic acid (and similar medicaments
soluble in a small quantity of alcohol), which are made by
adding 3 parts of carbolic acid, previously dissolved in alcohol,
to 7 parts of glycerine and 50 parts of this mass. To make

SUPPOSITORIES, BOUGIES, AND PESSARIES 205

alum bougies, liquefy 25 parts of the mass and 10 parts of
distilled water on a water-bath. To this add a hot solution of
7 parts alum, 10 parts glycerine, and 5 parts distilled water.
The whole is then evaporated with slight agitation to 35 parts.
The mixture becomes thick and turbid on adding the solution
of alum, but, on heating over a water-bath and stirring carefully,
it soon becomes clear and transparent. Hot water must be
added from time to time to replace that lost by evaporation.

IV. Gelatine 10 parts, water 40 parts, glycerine 30 parts ;
evaporated to 60 parts. This mass is used for certain vaginal
pessaries, and for urethral bougies, especially those containing
sulphate of zinc, sulphate of copper, nitrate of silver, extract ot
opium, hydrochlorate of morphine, bichloride of mercury. One
part of any of them is first dissolved in a little water, and then
added to 99 parts of mass and poured into moulds. If it is
desired to make a large quantity of sulphate of copper bougies,
it is best to mix not more than the mould will hold at a time,
because by frequently heating the mass the bougies acquire a
yellowish-green instead of a blue-green colour.

V. Gelatine 30 parts, water 120 parts, glycerine 15 parts ;
evaporated to 104 parts. Used for bougies containing a large
percentage of powdered drugs insoluble in water or alcohol.
Thus 50 per cent, bougies of iodoform are made by adding
27 parts of powdered iodoform to 54 parts of mass. When taken
from the mould the bougies are placed in a drying closet until
they weigh about two-thirds of their original weight.

These hints also serve for the extemporaneous preparation
of any kind of gelatine suppositories, bougies, etc

HINTS FOR SPECIAI. OASES.

Chloral Hydrate must not be heated with the cacao-
butter, otherwise the mass will not harden. To make the
suppository beat together 5 grains of chloral hydrate and
10 grains of cacao-butter, and press into the mould.

Cocaine.— The hydrochlorate, but preferably the pure
alkaloid, can be dissolved in oleic acid and added to the

io6

THE ART OF DISPENSING

prepared base. It is preferable in the case of all alkaloids to
combine them in suppositories as oleates, made extempo-
raneously. Of course when the gelatine base is used this does
not apply.

Green Extracts and Tannin.— The slightest degree of
over-heating coagulates the tannin into hard lumps. The same
remark applies to powdered galls.

We have never had any difficulty with even large quantities
of green extracts by taking care to soften the extracts with
water, and to mix them intimately with the melted, but not too
hot, fat, as in the following case : —

Ext. belladonncu , . . . , . gr. v.

Potassii bromid. ...... gr. x.

01. theobrom. . . . . , . q.s.

Fiat suppos. Mitte vj.

Powder the bromide as finely as possible, and place it on a
tile ; rub down the extract on the tile with 3 to 5 drops of
water. Melt 50 grains of cacao-butter and 5 grains of white
wax over a water-bath, and rub up more than one-half of it
with the medicaments on the tile. Then transfer to the dish
containing the rest of the basis, mix expertly, shghdy heating if
necessary, and pour into the mould.

The following prescription would be a simple one to com-
pound were it not for the presence of the tannin, so that it is
inadvisable to melt the basis : —

Ext. bellad gr. iij.

Plumb, acet. . . . . . . . gr. ij.

Ac. tannic. ....... gr. iv.

01. theobrom. q.s. ut ft. suppos. gr. xv.
Mitte vj.

The simplest method of dispensing these is to take 54 grains
of cacao-butter for the six suppositories and shave it into
shreds ; soften the extract in a wariai mortar with a few drops
of water, mix the butter intimately with this, add the tannin
and the lead acetate, each in fine powder, and work up like

SUPPOSITORIES, BOUGIES, AND PESSARIES 107

a pill-mass; weigh out each suppository and
mould.

The annexed figure shows a section
of a mould Avhich is very useful for
making such suppositories as those in
the last-mentioned prescription. The
mould proper is formed, it will be seen,
of two hollowed-out i^ieces of metal
or hard wood, wedge-shaped externally,
so as to fit into the stout ring. The
weighed quantity of material is pressed
well into the mould by means of the
stopper, as shown.

We quote the following on account
of the large dose of extract of opium,
rather than for any unusual inherent
difficulty which it presents : —

press into the

Ext. opii . . . . , . .3 grains.

belladonnre . . . , . i
01. theobromce . . . . . . 20

Fiat siippos.

It is advisable in this case to use 18 grains of ol. theobrom^
and 2 grains of white wax (the addition of wax in all these
cases is beneficial). Rub down the extracts in a mortar with
sufficient water to make a smooth soft paste; add half of the
fatty matter to this gradually, so that a perfect mixture may be
obtained. Then transfer it to the dish, and dissolve in the
remainder of the fat, aiding the process by the heat of a water-
bath if necessary.

Hamamelis Suppositories.— These may be made with
the liquid extract of the British Pharmaceutical Conference
Formulary— 5 minims in each suppository, with a cacao-butter
basis, as well as with hamamelin. The liquid extract should
be evaporated to one half its bulk.

Salts in Suppositories.— The settling of the active in-
gredient of some suppositories at the apex has already been

io8

THE ART OF DISPENSING

referred to. We have seen bromide of potassium suppositories
sent out with all the bromide at the extreme point, forming a
hard, gritty, almost insoluble mass, which must have been not
only exceedingly disagreeable to the patient, but even dan-
gerous. This is perfectly inexcusable, and need never occur if
care be taken to have the substance first thoroughly impalpable,
and then incorporated with a part of the theobroma, previous
to adding to the melted portion at a temperature a Httle over
the melting-point. There is, moreover, another evil attending
the overheating of the mixture, where powders of a ponderous
nature, such as bromide and iodide of potassium, or acetate
and iodide of lead, are ordered, namely, the impossibility of an
equal division of the substance where a number of suppositories
are being simultaneously made. The powder falls to the bottom
of the dish, owing to the fluidity of the theobroma, and no amount
of stirring or dexterity of manipulation will ensure its equal dis-
tribution.

It is in this class of suppositories that the gelatine basis has
the advantage — for instance, in the case of iodine, which should
have a little potassium iodide added to render it soluble.

lodi gr- ij-

Potas. iodidi ....... gr. iss.

Gelat. et glycer. ...... 5iss.

Finely powder the iodine and iodide, stir with a little of the
melted basis until entirely dissolved, then add the rest of the
basis.

Ergotin Suppositories are very frequently prescribed,
and present little difficulty when the dose is 3 grains or under,
but 5 -grain suppositories are not uncommon, and we have seen
as much as 8 grains prescribed. An excellent suppository is
made with the No. 2 gelatine basis, the ergotin being thinned,
if necessary, with a little water and added to the melted basis.
With cacao-butter the procedure is the same as with green
extracts, a little wax being added to the cacao-butter, and
care being taken to incorporate the ergotin with half of the
melted fat.

SUPPOSITORIES, BOUGIES, AND PESSARIES 109

Hollow suppositories have for some years been introduced
among the American physicians. They are made in the sizes
and forms shown in the engraving, ' with stoppers, and are
formed of cacao-butter. ' Thiey only require the medicament
to be inserted. The convenience of these cases is obvious.
Size o is for children, and can also be used for the ear or nose.

Nos. I, 2, and 3 are for the rectum, Nos. 3 and 4 can be
used for the introduction of nourishment per rectum. Nos. 4
and 5 (the latter not shown in this drawing— a circular sup-
pository) are for vaginal application. A and B are for appli-
cation to parts of the urethra, the uterus, or the nostrils. They
were brought into commerce by Messrs. Hall & Ruckel, of
New York. Messrs. S. Maw, Son cSc Thompson supply them
in England.

STRENGTHS OF BOUGIES, PESSARIES, AND

SUPPOSITORIES.
Bougies.— The following are given by Mr.' Martindale as
the strengths generally used for those with a cacao-butter basis:
Belladonna (root extract) . . . . gr. i

Bismuth oxychloride gj._ *.

Cocaine _ _ 1 "

Eucalyptus oil

Iodoform ^^'^

„ (also with eucalyptus oil, mx).

no

THE ART OF DISPENSING

Lead acetate . . . . .

Tannic acid . , . . .

Zinc chloride . . • . •

Zinc sulphate • • • •

Nasal Bougies of Glycerine : —

Acidi carbolici .
Cocainee hydrochloiatis .
Cupri sulphatis .
lodoformi . •
Zinci sulphatis

• gr- ^-gr. j.
. gr. j.

• gr- i-gr. \
' gr- i-gr- j-

gr- h
gr-^
gr- ro-gr-
gr- ¥
gr- io

Pessaries and Suppositories.— The following are the
strengths as ordered by leading physicians

Acetate of lead.

and opium

Aloin
Alum

Alum and catechu
Atropine .
Belladonna extract
Bismuth subnitrate
Boric acid

Bromide of potassium
Carbolic acid .
Chloral .
Cocaine . .
Gallic acid
Gall and opium
Hamamelin
Iodide of lead .
Iodide of potassium
Iodoform .
Opium
Santonin .
Sulphate of zinc
Sulphocarbolate of zinc
Tannic acid
Zinc oxide

Pessaries
7^grs- .
5 grs. and 2 grs,

10

lo

grs.
grs.

of each

^0 gr-

5

IS

lO
lO
2

grs.
grs.
grs.
grs.
grs.

igr-
10 grs.

S grs.
lo grs.

5 gr«-
2 grs.

lo grs.
lo grs.
lo grs.
15 grs.

Suppositories

3 grs. and l gr,
. I gr-

• ^gr-
I gr. to 2 grs.

. 10 grs.
- 3 grs.

• '

. I gr.
• 5 grs.
. ^gr.

grs. and l gr.
. I gr.

1 gr.
3-6 grs.

2 grs.

3 grs.
10 grs.

Ill

OINTMENTS.

GENERAL INSTRUOTIONS.

Ointments are often troublesome, and therefore we may
usefully summarise the principles which should guide the dis-
penser in making them. Powders should be added in such a
state that the resulting ointment will be free from grittiness ;
extracts, balsams, or any fluid or semi-fluid should be added in
such a state as is best fitted to produce a perfectly homogeneous
mixture. In the case of powders the mortar will, in the
majority of cases, be sufficient to reduce them to a fine enough
state of division, but in some cases, and often with extracts,
balsams, etc., a preliminary treatment with some medium, such
as oil, water, or spirit, is necessary. Whatever medium is
chosen it should not in any way interfere with or affect the
medicinal properties of the ointment. Opium or watery ex-
tracts should be rubbed down smooth with a Httle water before
being combined with an ointment ; spirituous extracts with a
little diluted spirit. Soluble salts, such as perchloride of
mercury, sulphate of zinc, nitrate of silver, etc., which are likely
to crystallise, are best rubbed smooth with a little oil. But
very soluble or deliquescent salts, such as carbonate of potash,
iodide of potassium, chloride of zinc, etc., are best rubbed down
with a little water. Tartarated antimony should be mixed dry
with the ointment basis.

Incorporating Liquids.— In the preparation of certain
omtments where a hquid has to be added to a fatty base, and
a quasi-^xa.M\%iQxv has to be made, circular stirring towards the
dispenser is important. The action must always be slow, and

112

THE ART OF DISPENSING

larger quantities of a liquid can be incorporated thus than the
inexperienced would deem possible. A striking instance is
shown in incorporating liquor plumbi subacetatis with lard.
Not less remarkable is the effect on colour ; othenvise dark
ointments can be rendered nearly white, and with very faint
indication of the original colouring ingredient. This is the
case with various shades of brown, yellow, or greenish vege-
table colours, the exception being with regard to the pro-
nounced decoloration of certain chemical salts, such as in red
oxide of mercury.

Glycerine is most easily incorporated into ointments by
using a mortar which has been first thoroughly warmed by hot
water.

Tinctures and other spirituous substances are not easily
combined with fat. Ordinary soft lard will take up one-fifth,
hard lard will take up one-sixth, of its weight of tincture. To
mix them, the lard or other fatty substance should be spread
evenly on the bottom and sides of the mortar, and the' tincture
added gradually. A little soap-powder, if permissible, greatly
facilitates the combination.

The following is an ointment which is rather difficult to

prepare : —

Lin. camphorse co. . t • » • 5^-
Ung. potass, iod. , . . . i • SV*
M. Fiat unguentuni.

The best method, without alteration of the formula, is to place
the ointment in a mortar, add the liniment drop by drop, and
stir constantly. The ammonia in the liniment combines with
the fat of the ointment to form a soap, thus gready assisting
the compounding. This method requires considerable care in
order to produce a creamy preparation which does not separate,
and, if you fail, begin afresh, using a little soap to assist com-
bination. Hager states that if too large a proportion of
tincture be prescribed in an ointment, it may, if its active
ingredients be not volatile, be treated as follows : About half
of the tincture is evaporated by gentle heat in the mortar to a

OINTMENTS

"3

pasty consistence, and this is dissolved in the rest of the tinc-
ture, and then combined with the ointment. This course may
be followed with tincture of opium.

There are some solids which require special treatment ; for
example —

Camphor. — If time permit, the best plan in the case of
the following prescription —

Camphoree • 5j.

Zinci oxidi • 5ij.

Vaselini ziss_

—is to powder the camphor and add it to the melted vaseHne
contained in a covered pot. Stir occasionally until the camphor
is dissolved, then strain, and finish off the ointment in the
usual way.

Chloral. — To look at, the following prescription would seem
to provide for a very hard ointment : —

Chloral I p^^^t

Menthol j

Cacao-butter 4 p'J,ts

Spermaceti ....... 2

Melt the cacao-butter and spermaceti, and when getting creamy
add the chloral and menthol, previously powdered, and stir
until cold. The chloral prevents the basis from becoming
quite solid.

Chrysarobin (' Chrysophanic acid').— This should be
dispensed dissolved, if possible, in the fatty basis of the oint-
ment, but if there is not sufficient fat to form a perfect solution,
it is preferable to rub the chrysarobin to fine powder, and
graduaUy incorporate the solid basis with it. In making the
official ointment it will be noticed that the chrysarobin dis-
solves perfectly in the melted basis, but on cooling a part of it
crystallises out, and these crystals cause some irritation when
applied to the skin. Chrysarobin is more soluble in castor-oil
than in lard, and, taking advantage of this fact, Mr. J. R. Hill
has proposed the following formula :—

I

114 ^-^^ DISPENSING

Chrysarobin 20 grains

White wax 60 „ .

Castor-oil 180

Prepared lard 240 ,,
Tincture of benzoin (I in 5) . . • 20 minims

Melt the wax in the castor-oil by the aid of heat, add the
tincture of benzoin and the chrysarobin, and continue the heat
until the latter is dissolved. Place the lard in a mortar, pour
in the other ingredients while hot, mix thoroughly and con-
tinue the rubbing until cold.

Cocaine and other alkaloids are, for therapeutic reasons,
best combined in ointments as oleates. For this purpose dis-
solve the pure alkaloid in a sufficiency of oleic acid and mix
with the basis.

Extracts.— Mention has already been iiiade of the green
extracts, which should always be thinned with water and the
fatty matter added to it by portions. This is the plan which
should be followed in the case of the following formula :— .

Ungtientum Hyoscyaini (Middlesex Hospital).

Ext. hyoscyami o^s-

Adipis 5f^-

Glycerini 5J-

In making ung. belladonnte, B.P., from the root extract, amix-
ture of glycerine and water, equal parts, in the proportion of half a
minim for each grain, should be used for thinning the extract.

Iodine is first rubbed down by itself, then with about its
own weight of the fatty excipient. At this point a few drops of
rectified spirit should be added, and the rest of the ointment
then worked in. If any haloid salt, such as iodide of potassium
or metallic salts, are to be combined in the ointment, the addition
of spirit is superfluous, because these salts, with the addition of
a little water, render the iodine easily incorporated.

Iodoform in ointments should be reduced to fine powder,
and mixed with the cold basis. Heat should not be used.

OINTMENTS

Oleates, made popular in medical practice through the
advocacy of Dr. John Shoemaker, of Philadelphia, are in most
cases applied in ointment form, and for that reason may be
considered here. It is important to remember the precaution
given by Mr. H. B. Parsons, that oleates should not be melted
in a metallic dish, but in porcelain basins, glass rods or bone
spatulas being used to stir or mix them. If the oleates are
prescribed for their local effects, and are to be diluted, vaselihe
is the best diluent ; on the other hand, if absorption is not to
be retarded, oleic acid should by preference be used, or lard,
lanoline, or fixed oil. The oleates of the alkaloids are gene-
rally employed without dilution. Most of the metallic oleates
are obtainable in the powder form for use as dusting powder or
for making ointments. The following are the accepted strengths
of the more common oleates or oleate-ointments.

Acomti?ie, i gi-ain ; oleic acid, 50 minims.

Aluminium.— 0\editQ, i or 2 drachms, to i oz. lard.

Arsenic.—Oledite, 20 grains ; lard, i oz.

Atropine, i grain ; oleic acid, 40 minims.

Bismuth Oleate is generally used alone.

Cocaine.— Ont part of the pure alkaloid dissolved in
2 parts of oleic acid.

Copper.— T&n and 20 per cent, ointments are generally
used, the diluent being soft paraffin with a fifth of its weight of
hard paraffin added to it. Lard is preferred by some physicians.
Melt the oleate with the basis and stir until cold.

Iron.-QXtdX^ and lard, equal parts.

Zead?.— Hebra's ointment is a favourite remedy in skin
diseases. It is generally made by melting lead plaster in its
own weight of olive oil, but equal parts of the plaster and
vaseline make a much better preparation. Melt the plaster
first, then add the vaseline or oil, and perfume with oil of
lavender.

I 2

ii6

THE ART OF DISPENSING

Mercury. — Oleatum hydrargyri is an official preparation
and contains lo per cent, of mercuric oxide. Otlier strengths
are 5 and 20 per cent., the former being Hquid and the latter
a stiff ointment. Oleates of mercury and morphine contain
I grain of the alkaloid in each drachm, irrespective of the mer-
curial strength.

iV/VM.— Oleate, i part ; lard, 7 parts.

Quinine.— Ont part of the alkaloid dissolved in 3 parts
of oleic acid.

Silver.— One. part of the oleate to 9 parts of lard.

Strychnine. — One part of the pure alkaloid dissolved in
3 parts of oleic acid.

Tin. — Oleate, i part ; lard or vaseHne, 7 parts.

Veratrine. — i grain dissolved in 50 minims of oleic acid.

Zinc. — The official 'oleatum' is an ointment. The
powdered oleate is preferred in 25 percent, ointment, with lard
or vaseline as the diluent. The powder is largely used for
dusting.

Lanoline is an admirable ointment basis, it being un-
oxidisable. It is sold in two forms, one with and one without
contained water, which makes it white. Aqueous solutions are
miscible with it to the extent of its own weight, so that if a
soluble substance such as sulphate of zinc or cocaine hydro-
chlorate is to be made into an ointment with lanoline it should
first be dissolved in as small a quantity of water as possible
and mixed with the cold lanoline. The base should not, as a
rule, be melted.

Mercurial Ointments.— A series of experiments pub-
lished in The Chemist and Druggist some years ago go to prove
that mercurial ointments may be made with steel knives with
impunity, unless an acid or aqueous ingredient be present.
Opodeldoc with ung. hydrarg. in equal proportions is some-
times prescribed in Germany. It is impossible so to combine

OINTMENTS

in

these that they shall remain mixed. The only method of pro-
ducing from them a permanent ointment is to rub down the
ingredients of the opodeldoc, the camphor with a little spirit,
the soap-powder, the essential oils, and sufificient spirit to dis-
solve them, and employ so much more lard instead of spirit

Paraffin Ointments.— The ointments made with the
new B.P. basis (a mixture of hard and soft paraffins) are apt to
be granular unless they are very carefully made. Melt the
paraffins over a water-bath, pour into a mortar previously well
warmed with boiling water, and stir constantly until cold. If
the ointment contain any powder, rub this up with a little of
the soft paraffin before adding the melted mixture.

Perchloride of Mercury and Iodide of Potassium.—

When these salts are prescribed together in an ointment, rub
them in a mortar until perfectly smooth, then add the fatty
matter.

Thymol should only be combined in a state of solution.
The best way of doing this is to add about its own weight of
camphor and rub them together. These form an amorphous
fluid. Crystals of thymol are exceedingly irritating.

Order of Mixing is sometimes as important in the case
of ointments as in mixtures, e.g. : —

Liq. antim. terchlor.
Hydrarg. ammon. chlor.
Hydrarg. nit. ox.

PotasScC subcarb.
Adipis

m V.
gr. XX.
gr. XV.

5j-

This omtment retains its pink colour if the carbonate of potash
be rubbed down with a httle lard, but if dissolved in a few
drops of water, the final addition of the liq. antim. terchlor.
produces a brown colour, due to the formation of ferric hy-
drate, iron always occurring in commercial samples of 'butter
of antimony.' In a fatty medium the incompatibles are slow
to react. This is further instanced by the fact that tannin

THE ART OF DISPENSING

ointments may with impunity be made with a steel spatula, as
no blackening occurs unless an aqueous ingredient is present.

Sending out Ointments.— If the patient can afford it,
always send out ointments in covered pots. If not use chip
boxes, preferably flat shape, previously dipped in melted hard
paraffin ; it is customary to cover with ' waxed paper.' Pre-
ference should be given to paraffined paper ; wax or stearine
paper is often rancid, and affects the ointment.

119

PLASTERS.

It is seldom nowadays that the dispenser is called upon to
spread other than a cantharides plaster, and, consequently, few
of the rising generation can handle the plaster-spatula with
average dexterity. Of course emp. lyttae is spread with the
thumb ; it is generally spread on adhesive plaster on moleskin,
so that an adhesive margin is provided. Some dispensers have
a curious objection to use paper shapes ; there is no good
reason why these should not be employed. If a shape be not
used, a portion of plaster may be worked into a pencil-like
roll, with which to form a border, afterwards filling-in in the
ordinary manner. Other plasters are spread with the plaster-
spatula. There should be no hesitation about the way to melt
the plaster. Sufficient for the surface required is shaved off
the roll and melted in a porcelain dish over a gentle gas-flame
or water-bath. This in the long run is the safest and surest
plan. While the plaster is melting the leather may be cut and
prepared ; allow an inch all round for a margin. The shape
of the plaster is cut from white wrapping paper, which should
be wetted on the label-damper and placed on the margin. [Zinc
shapes are kept for stock plasters.] By the time the paper
shape is adjusted the plaster will have melted. The plaster
must not be so hot as to frizzle up the leather, and the spatula,
warmed in a gas-flame, should not cause the leather to curl.
Having obtained the proper temperature (as low as will permit
of easy spreading), the melted plaster is poured oh the leather
near the margin, the operator applies his spatula at a slight
angle, the point of the blade slightly overlapping the paper
shape. The plaster is pushed with a gently firm pressure in
such a manner that the iron may not be raised from the leather

120

THE ART OF DISPENSING

until it has gone all round it (the leather being turned to suit
the position of the operator, but the spreading must not be
stopped while this is being done). Evenness of spreading is
attained by regularity of pressure ; but no one can spread a
plaster properly who does not do it in a few rapid strokes.

Paper Plaster Shapes may generally be attached to
leather by merely damping the former, and pressing down with
a dry cloth. If the shape is to be laid on a previously spread
plaster, it should be well brushed with thin soft soap ; after its
removal, any soap adhering to the plaster must be taken off
with a wet cloth or sponge.

Side. Chest. Shoulder.

Shapes of Plasters for different tarts of the body.

Breast Plasters should be about 7 inches in diameter,
exclusive of i inch margin, with a hole near the middle of
I inch in diameter, and with a piece cut out, beginning from
the hole and gradually widening towards the circumference to
about I inch, so as to allow the plaster to be adapted to the
curved surface of the breast.

Emp. canthar. should not be sprinkled with pulv. canthar.,

PLASTERS

121

but a warm spatula used to smooth it. Some dispensers
brush the surface with liquor epispasticus. This also is not
admissible.

If a plaster is wanted soon after it is spread, place it on a
cold metal surface, where it soon hardens. Waxed paper (or
paper rubbed on one side with a piece of hard soap) should
be used for covering it. Send out in a box if possible.

122

THE ART OF DISPENSING

JELLIES.

The following comments by Hager on this class of prepara-
tions may be found useful : —

These, as medicinal vehicles, are prepared from various
substances. For every loo grammes of jelly are requisite 4
grammes of isinglass, 5 grammes of dry gelatine, 10 grammes
carragheen, 15 grammes of Iceland moss, 10 grammes of
starch, 10 grammes of hartshorn, 3 grammes of salep, or 5
grammes of tragacanth.

After boiling, skimming, &c., jellies should stand for three
hours in a cold place. Medicinal additions should be made to
the strained or skimmed jellies while hot.

Iceland-moss jelhes need the addition of about 2 per cent,
of isinglass or gelatine to impart the proper consistence and to
keep their form. Generally, concentrated vegetable decoctions
are added to clear jellies with one-tenth to one-fifth their weight
of sugar during the boiHng, and other additions, such as wine,
medicinal syrups, &c., afterwards. Volatile oils are rubbed with
sugar, and tinctures, bitter-almond water, &c., are added while
the jellies are warm.

Jellies from fresh-fruit juices are made by combining the
latter with half their weight of sugar, boiling and straining,
skimming meanwhile. To 100 parts of juice, i part of isin-
glass or 2 parts of gelatine are added after skimming. The
pectin in the juices forms, with the sugar, a gelatinising sub-
stance.

Copaiba, cod-liver oil, or castor-oil jellies are not jellies of
the kind above described, but should rather be termed solidified

JELLIES

123

fats {e.g., Oleum ricini solidificatum). They are prepared by
melting 5 or 6 parts of the oil or balsam with i part of sper-
maceti, and leaving to cool. A cod-liver-oil jelly can be pre-
pared from gelatine by the following process : —

Parts

Gelatine pure 20

Solve in

Aquse fervidte 1

Syrupi simplicis .100

Turn adde

Olei jecoris aselli 250

(Olei anisi stellati gutt. 5)

Et agita in mortario lapideo, doilec massam jsequabilem prcebeant, quce
semirefrigerata in vitrum infundatur ut loco frigido congelet.

124

THE ART OF DISPENSING

MIXTURES.

This class of medicines is generally considered to require
so little art in compounding, compared with the difficulty of
reconciling a rebellious pill-mass, that certain principles which
should be observed in preparing them are often overlooked by
dispensers. Nearly all dispensing operations are more or less
chemical ones. Dispensing is chemistry applied to the art of
pharmacy ; but the skill and knowledge of the dispenser are
generally most brought into request in letting as little chemical
decomposition take place as possible. To such an extent do
the disciples of Hahnemann carry this that a strict homoeopath,
in dosing a patient with aconite and belladonna, will make
separate mixtures, containing only one of the tinctures in each,
of which the patient must take a dose of one one hour, and of
the other the next hour, and so on alternately.

In the introductory part of this treatise reference has been
made to the various conditions which favour the production of
uniform results. Everything else being equal, the dispenser
should endeavour, in compounding mixtures or other solutions,
to avoid chemical -action as much as possible. Keep in mind
that chemical action takes place more readily in presence of
solvents than under any other condition. The one fundamental
rule, therefore, in dispensing a physician's prescription is //fl?'^
as little chemical action take place among the ingredients of the
formula as possible, unless such is clearly ordered or intended by
the prescriber. A typical mixture is like a quadruped— it has
four legs to stand on. According to Pereira, these are the'
basis, the auxiliary (adjuvans), the corrective (corrigens), and

MIXTURES

125

the vehicle (excipiens) ; but as the tendency has of late been
towards simplicity in prescribing, it frequently gets dismembered
into a biped — either the auxiliary or the corrective, and, what
is of more importance to the pocket of the pharmacist, the
vehicle, are frequently omitted. The mixture is then, in phar-
maceutical parlance, called 'drops.'

We shall best illustrate the difficulties in this department
by giving examples of

TYPICAL MIXTURES.

In the following prescription gaUic acid is present in excess
of what the amount of water is capable of dissolving at the
ordinary temperature : —

Acid, gallic. 5v.
Acid, sulph. dil. ...... "x],

Aquce ad Jviij.

Rub the gallic acid to a fine powder in a mortar, add the water
and the sulphuric acid, and dispense with a * shake the bottle '
label. In this case the gallic acid dissolves with readiness in
hot water, and some dispensers do follow this plan, but it is a
very bad one, as the acid crystallises out on cooling. There
are other substances, such as tannic acid, chlorate of potash, and
quinine sulphate, with which a similar plan must be followed if
sufficient solvent is not prescribed with them— viz. rub to fine
powder and tnix with the vehicle. It has been observed that
chlorate of potash, when present in mixtures in excess, slowly
becomes crystalline, due to changes in temperature.

It is always convenient, if there are no chemical reasons to
prevent it, to take the ingredients of a formula, especially where
these are numerous, in the order in which they are written,
and use, weigh, or measure them out in this order. It is less
tax on the memory to know when you have got so far among
them that you have added all previously prescribed to the one
being weighed or measured j and the prescriber who has any
knowledge of dispensing generally writes them in this order.
The following is a good example of the value of this rule :—

126

THE ART OF DISPENSING

01. santali flav.
01. copaibtC
Tine, cubebce .
01. menth. pip.
Spt, vini rect. ,
Tinct. buchu .
Dec. Pareirce .
Inf. uvse ursi .

3ij.
5ss.

inxij.

q.s. ut solve.

To compound in order as written is the best way possible
in such a case as this. Dissolve the first two oils in the tinc-
ture of cubebs, then the ol. menth. pip. in 2 drachms of
rectified spirit ; add this to the first solution, then the buchu
tincture, and gradually and with smart shaking the decoction
and infusion. If the latter are recently prepared, the mixture
is much more presentable than when made with concentrated
infusions.

To take another example, a prescription for a bronchitic
mixture which seems of no diflficulty : —

Amnion, carb. . . . . , . gr. 60

5vj.

Syrupi tolutani
Tinct. tolutance
Vin. ipecac.
Sp. chloroform.
Inf. senegte
Solve et misce.

oiij.

ad '^xij.

Here the carbonate of ammonia must first be dissolved in the
infusion, and for that purpose a mortar will be required, as the
salt does not dissolve readily enough in aqueous menstrua to
enable us to make the solution in a measure-glass with the aid
of a glass rod, as might be done with bicarbonate of potash,
and in this case also shaking causes undesirable frothing.
Having got the solution of carbonate of ammonia in clear con-
dition— say about a couple of ounces of it — in the bottle, syrup
of tolu comes second on the formula. But this should not be
added now, because it would clam up the measure, and we
should not be able to measure the other ingredients accurately
after it in the same glass, without cleaning it more than neces-
sary for our present purpose. The ipecacuanha wine should

MIXTURES

127

be added at this stage, but, before doing so, the solution should
be diluted in the bottle with about 7 oz. more of the infusion.
A word of caution about infusions. When freshly prepared
they should be allowed to become quite cold before being used
for dispensing. It is a common fault with dispensers not to do
so, but if used warm in this instance it will partially volatilise
the ammonia, chloroform, and some of the spirit, and cause the
resin of tolu to deposit on the side of the bottle. Now mix
the spirit of chloroform and tincture of tolu, and pour them
into the bottle, being careful to let the liquid fall into the
middle of the solution, and not touch the neck or side ; agitate
the whole instantly by a little sudden jerking. In this way the
resin and chloroform will be equally diffused through the mix-
ture. On adding the spirit of chloroform by itself to such a
mixture, without shaking, the chloroform would separate and
descend, and on pouring in the tincture of tolu by itself, with-
out shaking, the resin would separate and float on the top. By
having the resin of tolu held in solution by the additional
quantity of alcohol of the spirit of chloroform, less separation
takes place on addition to the mixture. In other words, a
better emulsion will be made of the resin than if the tincture
had been poured in by itself. The syrup of tolu should now
be added quickly, and the measure rinsed with more infusion
—sufficient to make the required quantity of mixture. The
bottle should be at last slightly— not too much— shaken, or it
will have a tendency to make the resin separate on the sides of
the bottle.

The rule in preparing these mixtures should be, therefore :
Make a solution of the salts first, using the vehicle, which is
generally aqueous, as a menstruum ; strain into the bottle,
dilute with more vehicle passed through the strainer, add the
tinctures, or spirits, measuring small quantities first, shaking
after each addition ; then add the syrup or any mixed prepara-
tion ordered ; lastly fill up with the vehicle, and shake again.
Sometimes syrup of squill is ordered in such a mixture as the
foregomg. In this case, the dispenser should mix the carbonate
solution with the syrup of squill before adding any other ingre-

126

THE ART OF DISPENSING

dient. If spirit of nitrous ether is also ordered, it should be
separately neutralised with a small portion of the carbonate
solution.

In the following another course requires to be adopted : —

Amnion, carb. . . . . . . gr. vj.

Vin. ipecac. ....... 3ij.

Vin. antim, ....... 5ij.

Syr. scilku ....... 5iij.

Syr. mori ....... 5iv.

Aqure ....... ad jiss.

There is so little aqueous menstruum here that, if the usual
course is adopted, effervescence is most persistent, and it may
be an hour before it entirely subsides. Powder the carbonate
and, in place of adding the syrup of squill, take a propor-
tionate quantity of acetum scillse — viz. 78 minims. When the
effervescence has ceased, which is almost immediately, transfer
the solution to the bottle, add the vin. ipec, vin. antim., and
syr. mori, and make up to oz. with simple syrup.

Another example is a mixture containing insoluble salts
with tragacanth to suspend them. The great object in this is
to give the patient in each dose of the mixture an equal
quantity of each ingredient, having the solids suspended in it
with the aid of the gums in the state of fine powder.

• 5ij.

• 5j.

Acid, hydrocyan. (Scheele)

. nivj.

Tr. opii

. fl. 5iss

Pulv. tragac. co. .

. 5iss.

Aq. menth. pip.

. ad fl. 3vj.

Mix.

The three powders require rubbing together in a mortar,
with some of the vehicle gradually poured in to form a uniform
mixture ; this should be transferred to the bottle, the liquids
added (the acid last) in the bottle, not the mortar^ else loss
by evaporation of hydrocyanic acid will take place. The
mortar should be rinsed with a little more of the vehicle, this

Mixtures 129

poured into the bottle, and the quantity required to fill the
bottle added. Not infrequently dispensers put powders, such
as bismuth and magnesia, into a bottle, and pour mucilage
directly upon them, the result being that the powders are
diffused in a lumpy condition. Powders ought always to be
mixed with water before adding mucilage.

We remember a candidate at the minor examination, who
had a mixture containing powdered rhubarb and bicarbonate
of soda to dispense, giving in the mixture with the rhubarb
floating on the surface ! Had he carefully mixed the powders
with water before pouring into the bottle this would not have
happened.

When fluids are to be mixed which decompose each other,
or may form combinations, the order of mixing may have a
considerable influence on the condition and appearance of the
mixture. Example :—

Liquor, ferri perchlor

Mucil, acacise *

Aquje destillatce ad Jviij.

If the mucilage be added to the iron solution the two form
a gelatmous mass, which will not make a clear solution with
the rest of the water. But a clear yellow fluid is obtained if the
iron and the mucilage are each first diluted with half of the
water and then mixed, or if the iron is mixed with all the water
and the mucilage added last.

So, also, when tanuin fluids have to be mixed with metallic
salts or alkaloids. In such cases both should be well diluted
before combination. Example :

Plumbi acetatis ....

Tincturae opii . . . _ ' • •'

Syrupi • • vij.

Aquae ... ' " ' , "^l'..
^ ad 3VUJ.

In this case the acetate of lead should be dissolved in ?iv
of water, and the tincture of opium diluted with the rest of the
water and added to the solution. In this way a slightly cloudy
mixture is obtained, instead of a mixture with insoluble flakes
noating m it.

K

130 THE ART OF DISPENSING

When vegetable substances, wholly or partially soluble in
water, especially such as contain tannin or like constituents,
have to be mixed with metallic or earthy salts, the rule is that
both the vegetable and the salt should be first dissolved m a
large portion of the water and mixed. If a precipitate is formed
it is then easily diffused by shaking.

The following is a favourite recipe with a West-End

physician : —

Liq. ferri dlaly. (Wyeth) Siv.

Liq. arsenicalis •5^^'

Aq. dest 3VJ-

If the old-fashioned plan of 'putting everything in first and
then filling up' be followed, a thick mixture will result. If,
however, the dialysed iron be well diluted with the water before
adding the Fowler's solution, a beautifully bright mixture can

be made. , r

These examples sufficiently illustrate the importance of
carefully considering the order of mixing ; it is useful to note
the following : First, that where either syrup, glycerine, honey,
or mucilage is ordered along with fluids which decompose each
other or which produce unsightly combinations, it is highly
probable the prescriber has foreseen and anticipated this result,
and has added this particular ingredient to avoid or mitigate
the evil Glycerine has in many cases a powerful influence in
preventing decompositions, as well as in preventing depositions ;
svrup, less so ; while honey and mucilage" are favourable to
fine division and suspension of insoluble salts and organic
matter. Second, that where any decomposition takes place
producing unsightly mixtures, as in the case of resinous solu-
tions and extracts, or where a homogeneous mixture generally
is desired, a much better result will be obtained by using the
mortar and pestle, as in the production of an emulsion, than
by agitating the ingredients in a bottle. Za.//r m no case
shoufd liberties be permitted in the shape of additions to or
subtractions from prescriptions, with a view to producing what
is called 'elegant pharmacy.' Cases where such expedients

MIXTURES

131

are necessary are very rare, and even in these the error is
generally obviously due to the neglect or oversight of the pre-
scriber, and is so apparent that the dispenser cannot possibly
have any difficulty in the matter

CHEMICAL OHANG-ES.
A common case of chemical incompatibility is in prescrip-
tions such as the following, containing potassium iodide and
spirit of nitrous ether : —

Potassre bitart ^

Potassii iodidi 2j

Spt. setheris nitrosi ^iv

Syr. aurantii 2:

"Ai"^; • • • • • • • ^d^x.

This mixture cannot be dispensed without reaction between
the potassium bitartrate and iodide and spirit of nitrous ether,
iodine and nitrous oxide being liberated, thus :—

KHC,H,03 + C,H,NO, + KI = ICC,H A + QPI,HO + NO + 1.
If the dispenser can communicate with the prescriber, he should
mform him that the mixture will contain free iodine, and also
that It will not contain a particle of nitrous ether ; if he cannot
be consulted, proceed as follows: Dissolve i drachm of
cream of tartar and 8 grains of potassium iodide in 4 oz of
water contamed in a mortar, add the spirit of nitrous ether stir
briskly, so that the gas may escape, and allow to stand for' half
an hour m order to get rid of the nitrous fumes entirely Then'
make up the rest of the mixture and add it to the contents of
the mortar. The object of this procedure is to limit the action
of the nitrous ether, for while theoretically the 4 drachms will
iberate the iodine from about 8 grains only of iodide the
liberated nitrous oxide on coming in contact with air is changed
to higher oxides, which are capable of decomposing iodidefso
that If the mixture were made up in a lo-oz. bottle, iodine
would continue to be liberated, until the whole of the iodide
ol potassium was decomposed.

It frequently happens that chemical changes take place in

K 2

1^2 THE ART OF DISPENSING

mixtures which are quite unanticipated by both prescriber and
dispenser. In the following, apart from separation of sulphate
of magnesia in crystals, owing to the presence of so large
an amount of spirit, the mixture gradually acquires a bluish
colour : —

Ammon. brom.
Tinct. nucis vom.
Sp. chloroformi
Magnes. sulph.
Sp. ammon. co.
Syr. zingib.
Aq. menlh. pip.

5iv.
5iij.
5SS.
3iv.

53-
ad 3vj.

It takes some time before this colour is developed, and it
appears to be due to reaction between the igasuric acid of the
nux vomica and the alkali in the mixture. It also occurs in
mixtures of liquor bismuthi and tincture of nux. A some-
what analogous change takes place in the following mixture :-

Pot. bicarb.
Soda; sal icy 1.
Vin. colchici
Aquaa

• 5'J-
3iss.

. 5iv.

ad 3viij.

This assumes a colour almost like compound tincture of
cardamoms after standing forty-eight hours. It is a matter of
common observation that aqueous solutions of alkahne sali-
cylates become of a reddish-brown colour on exposure to light,
apparently due to the oxidation products of salicylic acid
being accompanied by coloured bodies. Stock solution of the
bicarbonate induces the coloration more readily than the
bicarbonate itself, owing to the solution containing carbonate.
Natural salicylic acid is not so liable to change.

Tincture of nux vomica, owing to the alkaloids which it
contains, is very apt to change colour when mixed with nitric
acid or nitro-muriatic acid. For instance-

Acid, nitrici dil.
Aquae destillat.
Tinct. nucis vomicse

5iv.
5ij-

MIXTURES

133

If mixed in the order written, the mixture soon becomes
yellow-coloured and acquires an odour of nitrous acid if the
order be reversed, neither colour nor odour is developed.
Various results are produced by mixing part of the water with
the acid and part with the tincture. A red or reddish-yellow
colour develops in course of time, but is ultimately discharged.
This applies more particularly to acid, nitro-mur. dil. and nux
vomica mixtures.

MIXTUBES BEOOMIlSra GELATINOUS.
We have already referred to the fact that some kinds of
distilled water become perfectly gelatinous on keeping. The
same thing takes place with some kinds of mixtures. The
following are cases which have been observed by correspondents
of The Chemist and Druggist : —

Tinct. hamamelis ... ^

• • ■ - - It 4'-'

Ext. ergotse liq.
Spt. Eether. chlor.
S}T. papav. alb.
Tr. nuc. vom. .
AquEe

3j.
5ij.
11140
ad Jviij.

Two days after this mixture was dispensed it was returned
a perfectly gelatinous mass. It had every appearance of
a perfect mixture when sent out, and remained so about
twelve hours, when it changed in colour from almost transparent
brown to opaque pink, and became thick and ropy. A mixture
containing syr. pap. alb. and syr. scillse became ropy and of a
pmk colour when made with old syr. papav., but when made
with fresh syrup it kept all right. Sulphate of quinine, tinct
fern perchlor. and spt. chloroform, with water sometimes form
a mixture resembling calf s-foot jelly.

The following mixture becomes a glutinous-looking product
after it has been made, say, thirty-six hours :—

Ferri et ammon. cit. . o„
A • • • . . gr. so

AquEe • . . ,

Syr. aurant. . • • . ^xv.

Sol. nitroglycerini, I per cent ;^xvj.

' ' ' I I » ^ ad

134 THE ART OF DISPENSING

All these cases are of great interest. The change to the
gelatinous condition appears to be due to the presence of the
organism known as the viscous ferment, the cells of which form
thread-like groups which ramify through the fluid and make
it gelatinous, just as fibrin does in the case of coagulated blood.
The development of the organism appears to be due to the
presence of nitrogenous bodies— for example, in the last pre-
scription the solution of nitro-glycerine is probably the cause.
The dispenser cannot possibly know when a mixture will .
become viscous ; it may become so at one time and not at
another. All that he can do is to explain the matter when it
does happen, and in nine cases out of ten customers will be
satisfied with the explanation. It is useful to note that the
presence of a good proportion of alcohol— say 20 per cent-
prevents the change.

There are several Protective Fluids, the presence of
which may prevent a precipitate or retard a chemical change
in a mixture. The more important members of the group are
glycerine, syrup, and mucilage. The method employed is to
dissolve any tincture likely to separate in an aqueous menstruum
in one of these first, if present in the recipe. Thus, in the case
of the lead and opium mixture mentioned before, dispense the
prescription as follows : —

/Tinct. opii, 5ij.

Dissolve plumbi acet., 3j., in
Aq. dest., 3vj.

Syrupi simpl., 5vj.
.Aquce, 5iss.

Mix the two solutions.

The tincture of opium does not escape separation so much
from being diluted as on account of being /r^;/f^^^^. Prepara-
tions of cinchona, gum-resins, and numerous others follow
the same rule. Ext. cinchon. liq. is frequently prescribed m
mixtures along with glycerine : of course, mix the extract with
the glycerine before diluting.

MIXTURES

135

OASES WHEEE OHEMIOAL ACTION" IS
INTENDED.

Saline Mixtures. — In many cases there is clearly a
chemical action intended, as in the case of saline mixtures,
which are extemporaneously prepared solutions of .the alkaline
acetates, citrates, etc. For example : —

Potass, bicarb.
Ammon. carb.
Acid, citric. .
Syrup.
Aq. . .

• 3ij.
. 3ss.
. oij.
. 5SS.
ad 3vj.

Here the presciiber intends the mixture to contain carbonic
acid gas in solution, and, to obtain this, after powdering the
carbonate of ammonia the bicarbonate of potash should be
added to it in the mortar, then the acid with a little water (but
not the syrtip), the effervescence allowed to pass off and the
solution strained, the syrup added in the bottle, and the quantity
made up and quickly corked. The mixture will not effervesce,
but it will have the fresh taste of the little free carbonic acid it
contains.

Effervescing Mixtures distinct from the foregoing are
frequently ordered by medical men, the usual method being
to prescribe an alkaline mixture and acid powders, although
there are cases in which an alkaHne and an acid mixture are
sent out together. It is important that the directions should be
quite distinct. It frequently occurs, also, that the prescriber,
probably forgetful of his saturation tables, leaves the dose of
acid to the discretion of the dispenser ; if this should occur
the dispenser may put in a slight excess of acid— it improves
the taste in most cases. The following are examples of this
class of mixture : —

Ferri et ammon. cit jj.

Acid, citric -ij

^q"^ ad3vj.
M. Sig. : No I.

'36

THE ART OF DISPENSING

Potass, bicarb 3iij

Syr. limonis 3j'

Aquse ad Jxij.

M. Sig. : No. 2.

One tablespoonful of No. i to be taken with two tablespoonfuls of
No. 2 twice a day, etc.

It may appear that the prescriber has erred in placing the
syrup of lemon in the alkaline mixture, thereby neutralising
it, but it will be observed that there remains after the doses
are mixed a slight excess of citric acid — viz. grain in each
dose.

Sodae tartaratje 5vj.

Sodee bicarb.
Vin. antim.
Syr. aurant.
Aquae

3j. 4tis h. ex. aq.
Pulv. acid. tart.

Tales viij.
with each dose of the medicine.

Sig.

q.s. [20 grs.]

Sig. : j.

The directions require slight modification, and the dispenser
is quite within his province if he puts on the bottle some such
label as this : ' Two tablespoonfuls (by measure-glass) every
four hours, in water. Add one of the powders, and drink
during effervescence.'

The dispenser must also rely on his own knowledge for the
quantity of acid to be sent in each powder, or he may refer to
the following table compiled by Prof. Attfield, F.R.S.

Saturation Tables.
In round 7iumbers,for purposes op prescribing and dispensing.

Acidum citricum
Acidum tartaricum
Potassse carbonas
Potassae bicarbonas
Sodoe carbonas .
Sodx bicarbonas
Ammoniae carbonas
Magnesiae carbonas

20

ig

17

14

10

17

24

30

22

20

18

15

11

18

26

32

24

22

20

16

12

zo

28

35

29

27

24

20

14

24

34

42

40

38

35

28

20

34

49

60

24

22

20

17

12

20

29

36

17

16

14

12

8

14

20

25
20

14

13

II

9

7

II

16

MIXTURES

137

The table is read thus : 20 grains of citric acid will satu-
rate 29 grains of bicarbonate of potassium ; 20 grains of
bicarbonate of sodium will saturate, or be saturated by, 18
grains of tartaric acid ; 1 1 grains of tartaric acid = 8 grains ot
carbonate of ammonium ; 20 grains of bicarbonate of sodium
are equivalent to, or will do as much work as, 34 grains of car-
bonate of sodium ; 14 grains of citric acid are as strong as 15
grains of tartaric acid. It is occasionally convenient to double
the numbers, halve them, or take some other proportion ; also
to employ them in weights other than grains.

Lemon-juice contains, on an average, 32^ grains of citric
acid in i fl. oz., or 4 grains per fl. drachm.

Chlorinated Solutions. — A prescription which seems
to turn up periodically, even in the examination-room, is for
chlorate of potassium, hydrochloric acid, and water. The mix-
ture is used for scarlatina, and other disorders in which the throat
is affected. The object is to make a solution of chlorine ; and
this is done by adding the acid direct to the salt, corking the
bottle for a short time, and then adding the water.

The prescription is a revived form of a very old recipe in-
vented by the late Mr. Beamish, of Covent Garden. He gained
some reputation for the formula, which was intended to be a
specific in case of hay-fever. It was as follows :—

Sodii chlorid. .
Potass, chlorat.

Acid, hydrochl. pur.
Aquae destillat. .
M. Ft. guttJE secund. art

. 5ij.

Siv.
ad Jij.

Minim doses only in water.

The chlorine is likewise liberated in a dilute solution, but,
of course, more gradually, and for this reason some pharmacists
are of the opinion that it is not always intended that the acid
should be added to the chlorate, but that chlorine should be
slowly liberated. This idea is, however, very ridiculous when
one bears in mind that the mixture must become chlorinated
at some time, and it is better that this should be before it
reaches the patient's hajidg.

138

THE ART OF DISPENSING

QUININE MIXTURES.

Quinine Salts give rise to so many curious complications
when dispensed in mixture form that some special remarks
are necessary regardirtg them. As to the solution of quinine
in acids, the fact that the mineral acids, strong or dilute, make
presentable pill -masses indicates that they should not be
poured direct upon a quinine salt, but that the salt should be
well diffused in water before the acid is added. Very often,
however, no acid is ordered in the prescription. In such a
case it is extremely unwise to depart from the letter of the
physician's order. The only admissible manner of compound-
ing is to reduce the quinine salt to fine powder, and diffuse it
in the liquids. In some cases, as when spirit of ether is an
ingredient, the quinine tends to adhere to the bottle, but this
may be avoided by the addition of a little mucilage of acacia
to the mixture. Some dispensers advocate that the quinine
should be dissolved in such circumstances, and the view is one
for which there is much to be said ; but quinine in solution
is much more bitter than when in suspension, and this fact
throws the balance of opinion in favour of the suspension
method.

The greater number of difficulties with quinine mixtures
occur through the precipitation of the quinine after it has been
brought into solution. The simplest of these, apart from those
due to ordinary alkaloidal precipitants, are caused by the for-
mation of less soluble salts owing to double decomposition —
for example, in the case of mindererus spirit and a solution of
sulphate of quinine. It so happens that acetate of quinine is
one of its least soluble salts, although it dissolves readily on

QUININE MIXTURES

139

heating, and in certain proportions it is possible to get a mix-
ture of an alkaline acetate and quinine sulphate perfectly solid
owing to the formation of quinine acetate. Salicylates also
form sparingly soluble compounds with soluble quinine salts.

The most unmanageable mixtures are those in which are
alkaloidal precipitants. The more common of these which are
found associated with quinine in prescriptions are the alkaline
carbonates and hydrates, iodides and iodine, perchloride of
mercury, and infusions or tinctures containing tannin. In all
circumstances these substances precipitate quinine as insoluble
compounds which in most cases are adhesive. The alkaline
hydrates and carbonates precipitate quinine as hydrate, and
there is no means of avoiding the precipitation. Prescribers
appear to be fonder of ordering the alkalies — generally in the
form of aromatic spirit of ammonia — with citrate of iron and
quinine than with the plain salts of quinine, probably under
the impression that the double salt is not affected by the alkali.
Ammoniated tincture of quinine also is sometimes prescribed
along with water, the result being that quinine hydrate is pre-
cipitated, the alkaloid existing in the tincture in that form
being kept in solution by the alcohol. Examples of such cases
are given in the following pages, and it will be seen that the
addition of mucilage is recommended, this being all that is
necessary to diffuse the precipitated quinine permanently in
the mixture instead of letting it adhere to the bottle.

Iodide of potassium forms different compounds with quinine
salts, the difference depending upon the other ingredients of the
mixture. Neutral solutions of quinine sulphate and potassium
iodide do not react chemically, but the presence of free acid
invariably induces a chemical change, and this is accentuated
if there is any substance in the mixture which liberates iodine,
such as nitric acid or spirits of nitre. Once an alkaloid in
solution comes into contact with free iodine all hope of a satis-
factory mixture is gone. In such cases the dispenser should,
if possible, communicate with the prescriber, so as to suggest the
exclusion of the oxidising body; failing that, the reaction between
the alkaUne iodide and the oxidising body should be carried

140

THE ART OF DISPENSING

out with the minimum quantity of iodide, the rest of the iodide
being mixed with the quinine and a httle mucilage before the
iodine solution is added to it. Double iodides, such as liquor
arseftii et hydrargyri iodidi (Donovan's solution), precipitate
alkaloids at once; the same is the case with perchloride of
mercury, the precipitates being heavy and therefore dangerous.
Galenical preparations containing tannin, especially the acid
infusion of roses, are troublesome when prescribed along with
quinine salts, and require special treatment.

Other difficulties of a similar nature occasionally occur, but
most of them are amenable to the two rules which should be
observed — viz. : —

1. Chemical reaction should be effected in the most dilute

solutions; and

2. A means for the proper apportioning of the dose should

be adopted. For this purpose mucilage of acacia is
not only generally suitable, but it has been shown to
retard or modify chemical action.
We now give a number of prescriptions which have actually
been met with at the dispensing-counter.

With Carbonates or Hydrates quinine frequently
forms a troublesome precipitate which requires careful manage-
ment. The best result is usually obtained by diluting, as far
as possible, the incompatible solutions before mixing. This
method answers with the following : —

Tinct. quininai ^j.

Ammon. carb 5j.

Aq ad Jxij.

But if the tincture be poured into a strong solution of the
carbonate, the alkaloid separates in flocks, which adhere to the
sides of the bottle.

Quinince sulph oij.

Sp. ammon. ar 5vj.

Aq ■ * ad 3vj.

Mixed in whatever manner, the precipitated quinine adheres
in lumps. A good mixture was, however, obtained by using a

QUii^iNE Mixtures

proportionate quantity of pure quinine instead of sulphate ; this
was diffused through a portion of the water, and the diluted sal
volatile added.

Quipinje sulph gr. xvj.

Sp. eetheris ....... oij-

Sp. ammon. ar. . . . . . . 3iv.

Tr. opii Ttixxx.

Aquoe ad Jviij.

The plan to follow in this case is to rub the quinine to fine
powder in a mortar, and mix it with 7 oz. of water. Add the sal
volatile, shake well, then add the rest of the ingredients and
sufficient water to make up to 8 oz. In this case the alkaline
spirit would decompose the quinine sulphate, and this decompo-
sition is brought down to a minimum by the method described.

With Bicarbonates. — When these are ordered with
quinine in a prescription, the bicarbonate should be dissolved
in the water, and the quinine rubbed to a fine powder and
suspended in the liquid. The addition of a little mucilage
has the effect in these cases of suspending the quinine and
preventing it from adhering to the sides of the bottlt.

With Iodides. — Prescriptions containing quinine sulphate
and potassium iodide are not uncommon. Dissolve the sul-
phate of quinine with as little acid as possible, and separately
dissolve the potassium iodide in about four times its weight
of water, dilute the quinine solution and add the iodide to it.

Liq. ferri iodidi ....... ^ss.

Syr. ferri hypophosph. ..... ^j.

Quinince phosph. ...... 5ij.

Acid, phosph. dil. ...... Jss.

The liquor added to a solution of the quinine in the acid
gives a copious finely divided precipitate of ' quinine iodide,'
but if the syrup be added before the liquor, a clear solution
is obtained, from which the quinine iodide gradually crystal-
lises. The former method should be adopted.

The amount of acid used to dissolve the quinine exerts a

142

THE ART OP DISPENSING

certain influence on the nature of the precipitate formed. For

example, in the case of the following : —

Quininse sulphatis gr. xxiv.
Acid, nitric, dil. . , , , , . q. s. •

Potassii iodidi 5ij,

Aquse . , ad Jvj.

Here use just sufficient dilute acid, 11125, to dissolve the
quinine, and a yellow precipitate of iodide of quinine is
formed; but if a large excess of acid be added it Uberates iodine
from the potassium iodide, and the liberated iodine combines
with the sulphate of quinine to form the insoluble iodosulphate
of quinine, or herapathite, which is gradually deposited as a
greenish-brown sediment.

In some cases of this kind it is not herapathite which is
formed, but a brown compound of sulphate of quinine, iodide
of quinine, and iodine. This is more especially the case with
mixtures containing quinine sulphate, potassium iodide, and
spirit of nitrous ether, such as the following : —

Potassii iodid. . .

• gr-

Sp. ammon. ar. . . .

. 5vj.

Sp. tether, nit. 1 , .

• • . 3iv.

Tinct. zingib. 1 .

. . 5iij'

Aq

Numerous futile attempts were made to combine this in a.
presentable manner; the prescriber being near, he was con-
sulted, and direction was given to dispense the iodide and sal
volatile in a separate mixture.

The bromides form perfectly clear mixtures with quinine.
The following gives a clear mixture, the hydrobromate being a

soluble salt : —

Quinince bromidi ....>• 5ij.
Acid, hydrobromici (medic. ) . . • . Siij-
Spt. setheris chlorici . . , ... . 5vj.

Tine, lavand. co Jj.

Aq. destillat ad Jviij.

Dissolve the quinine hydrobromate in 4 oz. of water, and
add to it the chloric ether. Mix the tincture, acid, and 2 oz.

QUININE MIXTURES

143

of water together and filter into the quinine solution, it an
absolutely clear mixture is desired.

With Tannin. — We have already remarked that tannin
precipitates alkaloids. Here is a good instance : —

Quininse sulph. . . . . . . gr. ix.

Acid, sulph. dil 5ij.

Infus. rosje ...... ad Jviij.

The formation of an insoluble tannate of quinine cannot
be avoided. Sometimes a dispenser expecting to obtain a
perfectly transparent mixture, and surprised at the result, is
disposed to filter out the tannate of quinine. This, of course,
is unjustifiable, as is every other attempt to remove a thera-
peutically active precipitate in any mixture.

With Salicylates quinine sulphate forms a precipitate of
salicylate of quinine. The two following are good examples : —

Lithite salicylat. , . . . , .
Potass, iodid. ...... 5ss.

Ferri et quininK cit. . . . . • 5j.

Aq. chloroformi ..... ad Jviij,

In this case dissplve the citrate in an ounce of chloroform
water, and the salicylate and iodide in the rest contained in a
measure or mortar, then add the citrate solution gradually to
it, stirring assiduously in order to break up the precipitate
thoroughly. The mixture is a bad one, however prepared.

Quininse sulph. ...... gr. xx.

Sodii salicylat. . . . . . . Sgs.

Acid, hydrobromici ..... ^j.

Aquce ad Jviij.

The hydrobromic acid acts on the salicylate of soda, pre-
cipitating saUcylic acid. Salicylate of quinine is also formed
if the quinine has been dissolved with the acid. The following
is a good method of procedure : Dissolve 90 grains of the
salicylate in 4 oz. of water in a mortar, and to this add the
hydrobromic acid gradually, stirring constantly. Rub the
quinine to fine powder, mix an ounce of water with it, dissolve

U4

TtiE ARf OP DlSPE.VSlNC

the rest of the sahcylate in 2 oz. of water, and add to the
mixture in the mortar.

Sodce salicylat.
Tinct. quininse
Aqu2e .

' 5J-

• 5vj.

-.A

J.J.

In this case also a precipitate of sahcylate of quinine is formed
which is not dissolved by the addition of acids.

With Liquorice Extract.— This extract is well known
as an excellent covering for the taste of quinine ; consequently
we occasionally find the two together in mixture, with far from
good results. Thus: —

Feni et quinince citralis
Ammonii chloridi
Ext. glycyrrhizce liq.
Aquae

. 31SS.

. 5SS.
ad Jiv.

In this mixture a dense precipitate is formed which renders it
most unsightly. So also in the following : —

Sodii sulph.
Quinince sulph.

Acid, sulph. dil.
Ext. glycyrrhizre liq.
Aquoe

• . gr. XX.

• • 5ij.

• . 5vj.
1 ad 3viij.

e is unavoidable. Com-

However dispensed a precipitat
pounded as written a thick flaky precipitate is produced, which,,
when allowed to stand for a day, becomes tenacious and hardly
diffusible. Omitting the acid, the precipitate is very fine and
easily diffused through the hquid. The explanation is that
liquorice extract is very readily decomposed by alkaloidal
solutions, with separation of glycyrrhizin, the sweet principle
of liquorice. There are several inorganic salts which preci-
pitate the glycyrrhizin, as, for example, sodium sulphate and
potassium acid tartrate. In the second prescription the acid
also has an influence in inducing separation, less of it giving a
better-looking mixture.

Tr. Quininae Ammon. is a preparation in which the
quinine exists as hydrate, kept in solution by means of the

QUmiNE MIXTURES

excess of ammonia, and by the rectified spirit, more especially
the latter. Consequently when it is mixed with much water
the alkaloid is precipitated, as in the following : —

Science cannot prevent the precipitation without inducing
chemical change. The addition of a few drachms of mucilage
would suspend the quinine equally throughout the mixture.

Or you may take an equivalent quantity of quinine sulphate,
rub it up with the bromide to a very fine powder, add the
syrup, water, and spirit, and the ammonia solution last.

SCALE PBEPARATIONS IIST MIXTURES.

Scale preparations are not difficult of solution, tartarated
iron and sulphate of beberine being the most difficult to dis-
solve. Do not shake scale preparations with a solvent, as an
abundant and persistent froth is in most cases formed. We
subjoin examples of mixtures containing scale preparations,
which will show the difficulties which may arise and how to
deal with them.

Ferri et quininse cit. ...... gr. xxxvj.

Sp. ammon. arom. ...... 5iij.

Syr. zingiberis ....... 5ij.

Aq ad Jvj.

Dissolve the ferri et quininae cit. in 2 oz. of water, and the
other ingredients in the remainder ; mix with gentle agitation.

Ferri am. cit. ....... 5j.

Acid. cit. ........ 5j.

Tinct. aurant Jiij.

Syr. aurant. ..... . . ^j.

The solution of the ferri am. cit. is troublesome ; it should
be dissolved in a test-tube, with a drachm of water, over a spirit-
lamp. If the mixture is not wanted immediately the ammonio-
citrate will dissolve if added last to the other ingredients con-
tained in the bottle, this being laid on its side ; with an occa-

Tr. quininse ammoniatse .
Ammon. bromid. .
Syr. aurantii . .
Aq. camph. .

ad 3vj.

. 5x.
. 3iss.

L

I46

THE ART OF DISPENSING

sional shake, in less than half an hour it will be dissolved.
Ferri et quin. cit. is sometimes prescribed in this form, and the
same procedure is to be adopted.

Ferri et ammonii citras, with potassium or sodium bicar-
bonate, in solution, 'always effervesces. When ordered together
in a mixture the cork should be left out for a time to allow the
carbonic acid gas to escape.

Ferri et quinine cit ?]•

Potass, citrat. .

Syr. aurant.
Aq. .

51V.
. 5SS.
ad 3vj.

Even with perfectly neutral citrate of potash there is a con-
siderable deposit of quinine in this mixture. This appears to
be due to the excess of acid in the ferri et quin. cit. combining
with the potash salt to form an acid citrate whereby the quinine
citrate is allowed to drop out of solution. The addition of a
few grains of citric acid forms a perfectly clear mixture.

Tincturte digitalis . . . . ' '

Ferri et quinine citratis 3iJ.

Acidi phosphorici diluti

Infusi quassite ^d 5VJ.

If compounded in the order of the ingredients— z>. the citrate
being dissolved in a little of the infusion— the tincture precipi-
tates a little of the quinine as tannate, and the phosphoric acid
throws out a portion of the iron as phosphate.

Tannic acid, perchloride of mercury, iodide of potassium,
carbonates, and bicarbonates all precipitate alkaloids. The
last prescription quoted shows how the little tannin in tincture
of digitalis has this effect. In the following case we have a
more flagrant example of incompatibility :—

Ferri et quin. cit -J;

Ammon. carb •^'J;

Tinct. aurant •■ • 5^-

Aq

No plan can be adopted for preventing the precipitation of
the quinine in this case. The best results are obtainable by

QUININE MIXTURES 147

dissolving the citrate in gss. of water, and mixing it with the
tincture. Dissolve the ammonia in the remainder of the water
and mix the two solutions, pouring the citrate solution into
the ammonia one. The addition of a little mucilage to the
ammonia solution before mixing would prevent the quinine
adhering to the bottle, and the dispenser should not hesitate to
add it.

Bromide of potassium upsets the equilibrium of ferrum tar-
taratum.

Ferri tartarat 5j.

Potassii brom • oiij-

Tinct. chlorof. co Sivss.

Syr. zingib. . . . • • • • 3vj.
Aq. menthse pip ad Jvj.

The tartrate must be dissolved .separately by rubbing down
to powder in a mortar and stirring with 3 oz, of the pepper-
mint-water. By attempting to dissolve it along with the
bromide an insoluble coating is formed on its surface, and
solution is very much retarded.

Sulphate of beberine should have a litde dilute sulphuric
acid added to it, as well as hot water. The solution is generally
sent out clear, filtration being required to effect this.

L 2

148

THE ARt OF DISPENSING

MISTUR^ VARI^.

SALTS IN" MIXTURES.

Some very soluble salts, such as acetate of potash or
iodide of potassium, can be dissolved in the bottle with suf-
ficient of the water prescribed. Those who object to keeping
ready-made solutions have bottles of crystalline substances
hand-powdered, so that they may be weighed out more quickly
and dissolved more easily. When decoctions or infusions are
ordered the salts can be readily dissolved in them while hot,
but the dispenser must first assure himself if the quantity
ordered is more than will remain dissolved in the cold solu-
tion, as in that case the salts will crystallise out. Carbonate
of ammonia must be dissolved in cold water.

Nearly all salts dissolve to a greater extent in warm than in
cold water. To this there are some notable exceptions— for
example, some organic salts of the alkaline earths— but the ex-
ceptions are too insignificant to affect the rule. Sometimes the
temperature makes an appreciable difference in the solubiUty
of salts in a mixture. Thus, loo parts of water will dissolve 35
to 40 parts of crystalHsed sulphate of soda in summer, while in
cold winter nights water will not hold more than about 25 per
cent, in solution.

In mixtures containing excess of powdered salts, such as
chlorate of potash, the powder slowly assumes the form of large
crystals. This is due to the mixture being exposed to variable
temperatures, solution and crystallisation taking place alter-
nately, the powder dissolving by preference. Little can be
done to prevent the change, so that the dispenser should be
ready with an explanation if complaint be made,

MISTVRM VARIM

149

Many salts are more soluble if several are dissolved in the
same vehicle, or if there is some acid present. Sulphate of
potash, for instance, is more soluble in a solution of sulphate
of magnesia than in pure water. In such cases double salts
are formed, which are more soluble than the individual ones.
In the case of ' Henry's Solution of Magnesia ' the sulphuric acid
makes the sulphate of magnesia dissolve in a smaller proportion
of water than would otherwise be required.

The addition of tinctures, or other spirituous liquids, to a
solution of a salt tends to throw the salt out of solution, be-
cause the mixture of spirit and water is not so good a solvent as
water alone.

Liq. sodii arseniatis , , , . . .11196
Sp. vini rect . ad Jiij.

In this case much of the arseniate crystallises out in a few
hours. When the prescription was received it was suggested
to the doctor that the liquor should be mixed with giss. of
water and then giss. of spirit added, as this solution yields
no crystals. The alteration was immediately sanctioned.

MIXTURES CONTAINING INSOLUBLE OR
SLIGHTLY SOLUBLE SUBSTANCES.

Such substances should always be rubbed down in a mortar
with some of the fluid. If added to the mixture, many sub-
stances are liable to aggregate and float about in httle balls,
which are afterwards difficult to separate. Especially is this the
case with vegetable powders, with carbonate of magnesia,
calomel, and precipitated sulphur. Ipecacuanha should be
added to the fluid and well shaken ; if liquid be poured on it
in an empty bottle it absorbs some and forms a doughy mass.
The best plan is to rub it down with some syrup or mucilage,
if any such is an ingredient of the mixture.

Benzoic Acid must be well powdered before mixing ; it
the prescription contains tinctures the acid should be dissolved
in them, and the water added with a brisk shake.

Gallic Acid.— Cold water dissolves about i percent. ; hot

150 THE ART OF DISPENSING

water one-third of its weight ; it is freely soluble in glycerine
and alcohol. To prepare glycerine solutions of gallic acid
use a moderate heat, as high temperatures change it to pyro-
gallol and carbonic anhydride. When required in the form of
ointment it should be dissolved with a few drops of alcohol
before mixing with the fat.

Some vegetable ingredients require to be rubbed with sugar
of milk before being made into mixtures. All potent ingredienis
which are slo w of solution, such as perchloride of mercury, strych-
nine, a7id the like, should he completely dissolved before they are
placed iti the bottle.

EXTRACTS IN MIXTURES.

Solid extracts are seldom prescribed in mixture in this
country, but they are on the Continent, and the following hints
by Dr. Hager will be useful to the English dispenser.

When alcoholic extracts have to be dissolved in a mixture
the vehicle in which they are rubbed down into solution
should not be hot.

If purely resinous extracts have to be compounded in a
mixture they should first be rubbed in a mortar with twice or
three times their weight of powdered gum arabic, then com-
bined with the vehicle perfectly cold. If any syrup is ordered
in the mixture the resinous extract should be rubbed down
with that. Example :—

Ammonii muriatici 5 °

Succi liqniritire
Aqu£e destillatK
Ext. cinse seth.
M. et solve. D. S., &c

5-0

lOO'O

IS

The extract should be first ^rubbed with powdered gum
arabic 1-5, and with the muriate of ammonia, then with the
liquorice in concentrated solution, and, lastly, with the cold

Extracts made with water and alcohol are difficult to mix
with a purely spirituous solution. Example :—

MISTURM VARl^

Extracti hyoscyami Ph, G,
Tincturce valerians .
Spiritus retherei

Misce.

In this prescription, the ethereal spirit being only an adjuvant,
a slight modification must be made. The extract must be
dissolved in 2 parts of distilled water, then the tincture of
valerian, and 18 (instead of 20) parts of spirit of ether added.
In the case where the fluid with which the extract is to be
mixed is itself a strong medicine (tinct. digitalis seth., for
example) nothing remains but to rub it with its own weight of
water, and then rub the partial solution vigorously with the
tincture.

Inspissated Juices are similarly treated ; but, when
dissolved in water, they should stand in a measure for two or
three minutes to settle, and the fluid be poured off carefully
from the sediment.

The narcotic non-resinous extracts can be kept in concen-
trated solutions. Ten parts of extract should be dissolved in
a mixture of 12 parts of water, 4 parts of glycerine, and 4 parts
of spirits of wine. When dispensing from these solutions three
times the quantity of extract ordered must be weighed. The
label should indicate this exactly. Some extracts, such as
aconite, henbane, and belladonna, in solution, will require well
shaking before weighing.

Lactucarium ought to be rubbed down in a mortar with
twice its weight of sugar and a few drops of spirit of wine.

Refined Liquorice-juice can be kept in solution in its
own weight of distilled water, or in a mixture of 3 parts of dis-
tilled water and i part of glycerine, in moderate-sized bottles
quite full. Some acids and many salts of alkaloids can only be
mixed with solution of Hquorice in a very diluted condition, as
they precipitate the glycyrrhizin and cause a very disagreeable
appearance.

Extract of Opium forms peculiar flakes with the mucilage
of carragheen, althaea, and salep, but it can be mixed with them

152 • THE ART OF DISPENSING

if first rubbed down with syrup or dissolved in 50 times its
weight of water. Acetate of lead is sometimes ordered in such
a mixture, and this also should be dissolved in 50 times its
weight of water before being added.

MISCELLANEOUS INGREDIENTS.

Acid. Carbolic. — A cold saturated solution in water con-
tains 7 per cent. When a larger proportion is ordered in a
mixture with water it can be suspended by triturating the acid
with an equal quantity of mucilage of acacia, and gradually
adding the water. This addition, however, should not be made
without authority.

Acid. Hydrocyanic. Dil. is best measured with a long
graduated syringe, and put into the bottle last. This will keep
well if prepared as follows : —

Acid, hydrocyan. dil. B.P 5j.

Glycerin 5iij.

Aq ad 3ij.

In corked bottles. Mixtures containing hydrocyanic acid
should have a 'shake' label on. All strongly poisonous in-
gredients should be checked, if possible, by a second dis-
penser.

Acid. Salicylic— Mention has already been made of the
combination of quinine and salicylates. A similar change
occurs in the following : —

Salicylate mixtures, as previously mentioned, are very apt to
change colour. For example : —

Sodse salicylat.
Tinct. buchu .
Decoct, cinchon,

. 511J.
. ;vj.
ad 3viij

Sodse salicylat. .
Ferri sulph.

Syrup, aurantii .
AquK chloroformi

Pulv. tragac

51J.

5j-
5SS.

ad Jvj.

MIsruRM VARlM 153

This forms a deep reddish mixture, due to the formation of
salicylate of iron.

Salicylates are about the most delicate test for ferric salts,
and, as it is impossible to preserve ferrous sulphate absolutely
from oxidation, it naturally follows that the mixture should be
dark-coloured, whether it is prepared from salicylate made with
natural or artificial acid. The sulphate of iron (granulated)
should be dissolved in the syrup and i oz. of chloroform
water ; the salicylate and compound powder made into a
mixture with the rest of the water, and the iron solution then
added to it. In this way the most lightly coloured mixture is
obtained.

Alkaloids.— A knowledge of the ordinary alkaloidal re-
actions is very useful at the dispensing-counter. The following
is a fair example of the cases in which this knowledge may be
turned to practical account. On the addition of liq. strych-
ninse, the mixture assumes a yellow colour : —

Liq. Donovan. ....... 3ij.

strychnine ...... 3j.

Syr. ferri iodidi

Glycerini ^^"iA-

Strychnine and other alkaloids are precipitated by alkaline
iodides, and especially by mercuric iodide (a solution of which
in potassium iodide and water is known as Meyer's alkaloidal
reagent). The precipitate in this case is an iodo-hydrargyrate
of strychnine.

Ammonia and Bromides. — The following mixture be-
comes colourless after standing for a few days : —

Sodii bromidi ....... 5iv.

Ammonii carbonatis ...... bj.

Tr. chlorof. co 3ij.

Aqu£e ad ^viij-

The explanation of this appears to be that solutions of a
halogen salt and free ammonia are very liable to undergo a
change, with formation of a nitrogen bromide, etc. It is con-
ceivable that if this were to take place the vegetable colouring
matter would be destroyed during the process.

1S4

THE ART OF DISPENSING

Bismuth Subnitrate and a Bicarbonate.— Subnitrate
of bismuth reacts with bicarbonate of soda or potash with Ubera-
tion of carbonic acid gas, the reaction being : —

2BiON03 + 2NaHC03=Bi,OaC03 + 2NaN03 + HjO + CO,.

The reaction is sometimes slow, but if it does not occur in dis-
pensing the prescription, it is apt to take place after the mixture
is sent out. Some dispensers use subcarbonate of bismuth
instead of the subnitrate, but this course cannot be followed
without sanction. The best plan is to place the subnitrate
and bicarbonate in a mortar and pour a little boiling water
upon them, when effervescence takes place immediately.

Cocaine and Carbolic Acid. — The following prescrip-
tion illustrates the importance of using only distilled water for
dispensing purposes : —

Cocain. hydroch. . . . . . . gr. x.

Glycer. carbol. Sij-

Aqure ad Jij-

The method followed by the correspondent who received
this prescription was to dissolve the cocaine hydrochlorate
in I oz. of water ; the glycerine in i oz. ; the latter added in
portions to the former. The first portion caused no precipita-
tion, the subsequent portions increasing precipitates.

On putting the matter to test we obtained a perfectly clear
mixture with distilled water, but spring water gave a milky
mixture, due evidently to the precipitation of cocaine hydrate,
owing to the carbonate of lime in the water. Carbolic acid
gives a milky mixture with solution of cocaine hydrochlorate in
distilled water, but no apparent precipitate.

Ether should never be mixed with hot fluids. This
applies equally to all volatile substances, such, for example, as
hydrocyanic acid, and, as a rule, when they require to be added
to any mixture not of the nature of an emulsion, they should
invariably be added last in order. Imagine the result of pour-
ing a drachm of strong liquor ammonia into an empty 8-oz.
bottle, then filHng with some other fluid ; the chances are that
at least one-fourth of the ammonia will be dissipated.

MISTURM VARIAL

155

To dissolve volatile oils in water it is best to warm the
water up to about 100° F. and filter out so much of the oil as
remains undissolved, unless sugar be ordered in the mixture,
when the oil is rubbed down therewith, making an oleo-
saccharate, or, if spirit or ether be ordered, the oil is dissolved
therein.

Liquor Bismuthi et Ammon. Cit— We have already
referred to the difference between the old liquor and the new.
The following is another example : —

Liq. bismuth 5iJ-

Liq. magnes. bicarb. Jiss.

Aq. chlorof. ad 3vj.

A chemist dispensed this mixture clear, and it was returned
as being different from that previously dispensed, which had a
thick white deposit. He procured two samples of liq. bismuthi
from local firms : result, in both cases, a mixture slightly milky.
Next Schacht's hq. bismuthi was tried : result, a clear mixture.

We compounded the prescription with the B.P. 1885 solu-
tion, freshly prepared, the result being a mixture containing
a copious white deposit of bismuth carbonate. This result
cannot be avoided. With the old Uquor a clear mixture was
obtained. The new liq. bismuth, et ammon. citrat. is a very
different preparation from the old liquor, and from its proto-
type, liquor bismuthi (Schacht). The old liquor contained a
large excess of citrate of ammonia, and this excess prevents

the precipitation of bismuth.

Tinct. ferri perchlor. ;-iij.

Liq. bismuthi ....... ^iss.

Acid, phosph. cone. B.P. . . . . . r-ij-

Tr. nucis vom. . . . . . . . jiij.

Tr. quassice . . . . . . . '-xw

Bromid. potass. . . . . . . jiv.

This can be made into a clear mixture by first mixing the
tinct. ferri perchlor. with the phosphoric acid in a glass measure,
then adding the two tinctures; afterwards gradually adding

1S6 TH£ ART OF DISPENSING

the liq. bismuthi, constantly stirring with a glass rod, and lastly
adding the potassium bromide in fine powder.

Liquor Fepticus. — -A correspondent asked us if the fol-
lowing mixture should be dispensed with or without a sedi-
ment : —

Liq. peptici (Benger's) ..... ^iij.

Sodse bicarb. ....... 5iv.

-Glycerini. ....... 5vj.

Inf. quassice ...... ad 5viij.

To this Mr. Baden Benger replied : ' I find the prescription
yields a clear mixture, which, after standing several days, shows
no sign of sediment. Liqtior Fepticus (Benger) is slightly acid,
and will cause effervescence when mixed with Sodce bicarb.
It is difficult to see the object of the prescriber in this case, as
pepsin and its preparations are practically inert in any but acid
media. This mixture is strongly alkaline, and the pepsin would
certainly have to wait its turn, till after the soda had been
neutralised by the acid contents of the stomach.'

Pulv. Tragacanth. — In a mixture with tincture, put the
tincture into the bottle, shake so as to cover the sides, then add
the tragacanth, and shake. If no tincture is ordered, put about
3ss. or 5j. of spirit into a measure, add the tragacanth, and stir
up with a glass rod, then add the water, etc., or do the same
thing in the bottle, which must be dry. The following is a
Bloomsbury Square examination prescription : —

Bismuthi subnit .'j.

Sodii bicarb. 3j-

Pulv. tragacanth 5ss.

Syrup simpl. ....... 5iij.

Tr. cardam. co 3ij.

Aq. dest ■ . ad Jvj.

Fiat mist. One-sixth part t.d.s.

The reaction between the soda and bismuth has already been
noted. As regards the tragacanth, a dispenser would not
hesitate in the pharmacy to take an equivalent quantity of the
mucilage, but the candidate may not adopt this procedure

MISTUR^ VARI^

157

in the examination-room. Two methods may occur to him :
(i) to mix the powders in a mortar and add the water (hot in
order to force the chemical action) gradually ; or (2) to treat
■ the tragacanth in a dry state with the tincture, in a similar way
to the official process for making the mucilage. A combination
of the two methods is best.

Tinctura Hyoscyami made with biennial leaves, when
mixed with water, should present a decidedly cloudy appear-
ance. Tincture made with the annual leaves also gives a
cloudy mixture, but not so much so as in the case of the
biennial.

Vinum Ferri and Alkalies —

Vin. ferri B.P 51^.

Potass, bicarb. . . . • • • . 5ijss.
Tr. nucis vom. mlxxx.

If the wine of iron is properly made, it gives a precipitate
of carbonate of iron with the potash. Some houses send out
a mixture like this clear. A case of this kind was thoroughly
investigated, and it was found that the wine of iron which had
been used to make a clear mixture contained only a trace of
iron, and what there was in it was kept in solution owing to
the presence of citrate of potash. Vinum ferri and liquor arse-
nicalis are sometimes prescribed together, the result being a
repulsive-looking muddy mixture; liquor arsenici hydrochlor.
should be used instead of the alkaline solution.

MIXTURES WITH RESINOUS TINCTURES.

Resinous tinctures (ginger, nux vomica, hops, etc.), when
dispensed in aqueous solutions, should have a 'shake the
bottle ' label attached, especially when acids are present ; so
also should infusions of cinchona or cascarilla, decoction of
aloes, cinchona, or sarsaparilla, or any preparations likely to give
a deposit on standing a few days. A patient seeing a sediment
is always doubtful whether it should be taken or not, and a
' shake ' never does harm, even if no precipitate occurs.

158

THE ART OF DISPENSING

Tinctures of guaiacum and Indian hemp cannot be dis-
pensed in aqueous mixtures unless mucilage or a similar sub-
stance is used. The best modus operandi is to take a measure
of acacia mucilage equal to that of the tincture, dilute it with
three measures of water, pour in the tincture, gently agitate,
and dilute further if necessary. If much water has to be
added, the finished mixture should not contain less than nixx.
or 3ss. of mucilage to the ounce. With skilful manipulation
many resinous mixtures {e.g. guaiacum, myrrh, sumbul, etc.)
can be diffused through water so as to produce a presentable
mixture without the aid of mucilage ; but if such be violently
agitated the resin soon separates in lumps, and, even if allowed
to remain undisturbed, it will subside and adhere tenaciously
to the sides of the bottle ; consequently, if the resin be of a
potent nature the use of mucilage or similar agent is imperative.
Syrups, even if present in considerable quantity, do not effec-
tually prevent deposition of the resin. The following is a fair
example of the kind of mixtures referred to : —

Vin, colchici

Potass, bicarb. ...«••• 5ss.

Tinct. cannab. ind 5ss.

Spt. ammon. co. ...... 5j.

Tinct. calumbee 5iJ-

Tinct. gentianre 5ij.

Aqu;^ ad 5vj.

A good mixture may be made as follows : Mix in a dry
measure the tincture of cannabis with the sal volatile and other
tinctures, and dissolve the potash in about 4 oz. of water,
and add the wine. Now make a small cone of white demy
with a small opening at the apex. Immerse the apex of the
cone just beneath the surface of the bicarbonate solution
(which may be held in a 4-oz. measure), and shoot in the
tinctures through the cone, which must be quickly more deeply
immersed at the same time, and a little suggestive manipula-
tion will turn out a mixture in every respect satisfactory. A
slight precipitation only will take place after several hours'
standing.

MISTURM VARIM

159

When we come to deal with large quantities of resinous
tinctures we require the addition of mucilage : —

Potassii iodidi 5iss.

Tr. cimicifug Jj.

Tr. guaiaci am. ....... "^y

Tr. nucis vom 5iss.

Aq. chloroforaii ad Jiv.

A good mixture can only be obtained by the addition of
acacia. Make a mucilage of 2 drachms of the powdered gum
with \ oz. of chloroform water ; dissolve the iodide in the rest
of the water, and mix the mucilage with it j then mix the
tincture of guaiacum with the other tinctures and add to the
whole of the watery mixture with brisk agitation.

Some extracts form a good substitute for mucilage, thus : —

Tinct. cannabis indie.

5iv.

. 5j.

Ext. taraxaci ....

. 5iv.

Amnion, chlor. ....

. 5iv.

Aq. chlorof. ....

ad 5vj.

Rub the extract down with about 2 oz. of the water, pour
in the mixed tinctures, nearly fill the bottle with aq. chlorof.,
and add the ammon. chlor.

Sp. eeth^ nit. ....... Jss.

Tinct. tolut 5SS.

Tinct. camph. co. . . . . . • Jj-

If this be mixed in different ways it will present different
appearances. The principle to be borne in mind here, as in
all similar cases, is that it is far easier to keep a substance in
solution than it is to take it up again after precipitation. In
the instance before us it is evident that the substances should
be mixed in the order of their percentage of alcohol — that is,
the spirit of nitre should be mixed with the tolu, and the tinct.
camph. CO. added last, and by degrees, with agitation. This pre-
scription furnishes another example of the necessity of attend-
ing fully to the instructions of the Pharmacopoeia, if uniformity
in dispensing is to be arrived at. It would not matter how
skilfully the chemist manipulated, if his tinct. camph. g.o. were

i6o

THE ART OF DISPENSING

made with * proof spirit '—not yet extinct in chemists' shops-
made by mixing equal parts of rectified spirit and water ; he
could not get the bright transparent mixture which is afforded
when the official tincture is used.

In the following prescription for a 'vapour' we have a
troublesome difficulty to get over— viz. to keep the benzoin
and other resinous ingredients from forming a magma : —

Thymol hydrat gr. xxx.

Spt. chloroform Siij-

Tinct. benzoin co 5"]-

Magnes. calc. levis gr- x-

Aquce ad 5!].

The best plan in this case is to mix the tincture and the
spirit, and dissolve the thymol in the mixture. Then mix the
magnesia with 10 drachms of water, and pour the spirituous
mixture into it. Light magnesia must be used.

Here it may be remarked that the light carbonate of
magnesia is largely employed in making the quasi-emulsion
inhalations of such essential oils as Oleum Pini Sylvestris,
Oleum Pini Pumilionis (Pumiline), etc. These are generally
dispensed by mixing with a small quantity of the light car-
bonate in a mortar and adding the water. In this way the use
of spirit, which might be therapeutically inapplicable in some
throat cases, is avoided.

If, notwithstanding all precautions, the resin separates in
unpleasant-looking particles, these must be collected on a pre-
viously damped strainer and rubbed down in a mortar with a
little powdered gum arabic and a few drops of water. One
mixture of an alcoholic solution of a resin with water may be
mentioned as a useful cosmetic, making, it has frequently been
stated, a perfectly suspended milky compound. It is known
as Lait Virginal, and is composed of— .

Tinct. benzoini

Aquae rosse •

Try how you will, you cannot succeed in making an in-
separable mixture without the addition of a few drachms of
mucilage of acacia.

i6i

EMULSIONS.

This class of preparations gives as much trouble to the dis-
penser as anything that comes to the dispensing-counter.

Emulsions are made in several ways— as, for example, by
making a soap, as when an alkali is added to a fixed oil ; by
suspending a resinous substance in a mucilaginous liquid, as in
copaiba emulsion, or in mistura ammoniaci and mistura guaiaci
of the Pharmacopoeia. By yolk of egg, as with turpentine, or
castor-oil.

An emulsion is perfect when the oil-globules are invisible
to the naked eye. Something short of this may look well and
give very fair results, but it is only when the more perfect form
is attained that it can safely and properly fulfil all its require-
ments in dispensing. Emulsions made with tragacanth, such
as cod-liver-oil emulsion, may show globules of oil and yet
not separate. This is the case with the following from the
Physicians^ Fhartiiacopceia, which was for a time semi-officialized
in the British Pharmaceutical Conference formulary : — •

Pure cod-liver-oil .
Powd. tragacanth
Tinct. benzoin (i oz.
Spirit chloroform .
Glycerine
Ess. of almonds .
,, oil lemon

Distilled water

Calcium hypophos.

Sodium ,,

Potassium , ,

to

10 oz. S.V.R.)

40 oz.
200 gr.

h, oz.

i

2 „

40 mins.

40 ,,
to 80 oz.

10 dr. 40 gr.
2 40 „
I >) 20 ,,

l62

THE ART OF DISPENSING

Place the oil in a Winchester quart, and pour into it the
powdered tragacanth, tincture of benzoin, and spirit of chlo-
roform mixed ; agitate briskly for one minute, then add all at
once a pint of distilled water and agitate as before ; lastly, add
the oils, glycerine, and remaining water, with hypo-phosphites
dissolved in it. This emulsion is said to keep good for years.

c D

The above figures illustrate the various degrees of perfection and badness shown by
emulsions. A shows the appearance of milk under the microscope ; B is a
cod-liver-oil emulsion made with the yolk of egg ; C cod-liver-oil emulsion
made with acacia ; and D made with tragacainth, according to the Physician's
PharmacopcEia. These are magnified about loo diameters.

The readiest method of producing an emulsion of oils is to
triturate i part of powdered gum arable in a mortar with 2 parts
of oil, add at one time part of water, and triturate, when,
after a few turns of the pestle, the whole is emulsified. The
rest of the water may be added by degrees. At least 3 parts
of powdered gum are required for 8 parts of an essential oil,

EMULSIONS

163

and 2 parts for 8 parts of fixed oils and balsams, but double
these quantities are generally required, according to the amount
of water which is present.

If we shake up a fixed oil with water, we break it up into a
multitude of minute particles, so that the entire mixture has a
milky appearance, but if allowed to stand the oil speedily
separates. This is owing to two causes— the lesser specific
gravity of the oil and the want of adhesion between its particles
and those of the water. The art of making emulsions consists
in finding and introducing some body to overcome this anta-
gonism, so that when at rest the mixture shall not separate.
The emulsifying media vary as stated, but the principle of
action is the same in every case. The object is to break up
the substance to be emulsified into minute particles, and to
enclose each of them in a coating of the emulsifying agent.
The following examples are instructive : —

Bals. copaib. . • 5vj.

Pulv. acacite 3iij.

Sp. £eth. nit. ..«.••• 5ij.

Aquae . ad Jvj.

Make a thick mucilage with the gum and a little water, then
add with constant trituration, alternately, first a little of the
oleo-resin, then a little water, and so on till the whole of the
copaiba is emulsified ; place in a bottle, add more water, and,
lastly, the sp. seth. nit. By such procedure the copaiba is
minutely divided, and each particle coated with mucilage.
If the mucilage were added to the copaiba, or even the whole
of the copaiba added at once to the mucilage, a different result
would be effected. The copaiba would doubtless be broken
up, but instead of being coated by, it would form the covering
of, particles of mucilage, and on standing would quickly
separate.

01. amygdal. dulc. ...... 3iv.

Liq. potassse . . . . . . • 5j.

Vin. ipecac. ....... 3j,

Aquae ad siv.

M a

THE ART OF DISPENSING

Mix the liq. potassse with 3 drachms of water, add the oil, shake
until thoroughly emulsified, add more water, and the vin.
ipecac, last.

Our next example is an examination prescription upon
which a candidate failed: — •
01. ricini
Mucil. acac
Synip. .
Tr. zingib.
Aq.

Rub the oil down with 28 grains of pulv. acacia (which is the
equivalent of 5j. of mucilage), and when that is thoroughly
mixed add all at once 5j. of water, after which triturate until
the whole is emulsified ; gradually add more water in small
quantities ; lastly add the syrup and tinct. zingib., both pre-
viously diluted with a Httle water. Made according to these
directions a uniform preparation is produced which does not
separate until kept -for some time. The prescription is not a
difficult one, but requires Careful manipulation. In making
emulsions it should be borne in mind that syrups, and prepa-
rations containing spirit,' should invariably be added last.

The question as to whether emulsions of oils and oleo-resms
should be made with mortar and pestle or in a bottle has been
often discussed, and need not be entered on here, it now being
almost universally agreed that the mortar and pestle are best,
and a broad pestle should always be used.

EMULSIFIOATION OF SPECIAL DRUGS.
Balsam of Peru may be emulsified with yolk of egg or
with powdered acacia, as in the following:—

Potass, acet •^ss.

Acid, salicylic. ^\\

Liq. morph. acet " • • -""ij-

Balsam, peru 3ss-

Aqu^ ^<i3v"J-

Rub up the balsam with 4 drachms of powdered acacia, exactly
as was done in the case of the last example, using from 5 to 6 oz
of water for dilution. Separately rub together the acid and

EMULSIONS 165

acetate with the morphia sokition and the rest of the water.
Mix the two.

Balsam of Tolu.—

Dissolve —

Balsam of tolu ^

Alcohol 90° ^°

Tincture of quillaia '°

Water

(See special remarks regarding the use of tincture of quillaia.)

Benzoin (tinctura).— The simple tincture makes a good
emulsion with a little mucilage, and the compound tmcture
may be emulsified with yolk of egg or mucilage, the yolk ot
egg giving a more stable emulsion.

Copaiba Resin.— Rub the resin with one-third its weight
of sugar of milk, and about its own weight of pulv. acaciae, and
add the water gradually. Mr. Gerrard recommends the resin
to be rubbed with twice its weight of compound powder of
almonds until well incorporated, adding the water after the
manner of forming an emulsion.

Chloroform is made into an excellent emulsion by using
\ drachm of the tincture of quillaia to every 10 minims of
chloroform.

Oleum Cadini (Juniper Tar Oil) may, according to
the Soci^te de Pharmacie de Paris, be made into emulsions
in the same way as balsam of tolu. Various methods are given
throughout this chapter.

Spermaceti may be emulsified with yolk of egg after
being very finely powdered with rectified spirit.

Terebene may be emulsified in the same way as turpentine.
The following recipe is a fairly difficult one to compound :—

Terebene 3j.

Sp. chloroform. 5ij.

Tinct. tolu 5ij-

Syr. tolu 5vj.

Aq. menth. pip ad gvj.

Make a mucilage with 4 drachms of acacia and 6 drachms
of peppermint-water in a mortar ; of this reserve 2 drachms ;

i66

THE ART OF DISPENSING

with the remainder in the mortar rub the terebene until
emulsified, and dilute with 2 ounces of peppermint-water.
Dilute the reserved 2 drachms of mucilage with peppermint-
water ; transfer to a bottle, and with this emulsify the tincture
of tolu ; to this add the terebene emulsion and finally the other
ingredients.

Another method of making the emulsion is the following :
Pour I ounce of mucilage into the bottle, add the tolu and
terebene, shake thoroughly, then add the other ingredients. A
beautiful emulsion is formed. The tolu appears to accelerate
the process, probably owing to the fact of its being more
easily assimilated.

Tinctura Guaiaci Ammoniata.— When ordered in an
aqueous mixture, take the same quantity of mucilage as tincture;
dilute with twice as much water ; pour into the bottle and
shake to wet the whole inner surface. The tincture should
then be added and shaken vigorously, and the rest of the water
added gradually.

Turpentine.— Yolk of egg emulsifies turpentine well.
Triturate the yolk carefully in a mortar, add gradually twice its
volume of water, and strain through musHn. Of this mixture
transfer to a bottle a measure equal to, or slightly more than,
the turpentine to be emulsified, shake, add the whole of the
turpentine, shake until thoroughly emulsified, and dilute further
if necessary. It may also be satisfactorily emulsified with
acacia (powder or mucilage).

Terebinthina Chia.— This substance was vaunted as a
cure for cancer some years ago, and its introducer. Dr. Clay, of
Birmingham, still retains faith in it ; and for that reason the
drug is still prescribed occasionally, generally in the form of
an emulsion of the ethereal solution of .turpentine with traga-
canth and sulphur. The latter is an essential ingredient; indeed,
Mr. Valentine Knaggs says it is the sulphur, and not the turpen-
tine, which does the good. The emulsion is made by mixing \
an ounce of the solution of turpentine (i ounce in 2 of absolute
ether) with 40 grains of sulphur, and 24 grains of tragacanth ;

EMULSIONS

167

add 6 ounces of water, stirring briskly, then an ounce of syrup
and water to 16 ounces. The addition of an ounce of acacia
mucilage makes a better emulsion.

RECENT METHODS.

Casein. We owe the idea of makmg emulsions with casein

to M. Leger, a Parisian pharmacist, who communicated a paper
on the subject to the Paris Pharmaceutical Society in April
1887. The following are the principal points of his communi-
cation : Natural emulsions are made with bodies of an albu-
minous character. In milk, the model of emulsions, butter is
kept in suspension by casein. Then why not try to separate
out the butter and obtain the casein of the milk in a soluble
condition, and then see what sort of emulsion will result? The
first step, the elimination of the fatty substance, is best per-
formed by means of ammonia. The separation is not so per-
fect as when such a solvent as ether is employed ; but it is
sufficient for practical purposes, and more convenient with large
quantities of liquid. Take 4 Htres of milk and 60 grammes
of ammonia (say i gallon of milk and 2\ oz. solution of am-
monia), and after shaking well set the liquor aside for twenty-
four hours. Two layers are now observed, the semi-saponi-
fied butter above and the lacto-serum below. The lower liquid
is drawn off, and casein is precipitated from it by acetic acid.
The magma is collected and strongly pressed, to expel mois-
ture ; now add by trituration 10 grammes of bicarbonate of soda,
and, finally, mix in enough sugar to obtain a powder represent-
ing when dry about 10 per cent, of its weight of casein. The
preparation keeps well in securely corked bottles for at least
three years. It has a slight, not unpleasant, smell, which is not
appreciable in preparations.

Now as to the way to use it. M. Leger divides substances
to be emulsified into two classes— that is, (i) those soluble in
alcohol, and (2) those insoluble. The first class, which includes
resins, balsams, oleo-resins, etc., can be worked very simply
in the bottle itself The product is first weighed or measured
into the bottle, and enough alcohol is added to dissolve

THE ART OF DISPENSING

it. Then for a 4-oz. mixture about 10 grammes (2I drachms)
of saccharated casein, dissolved in an equal weight of water, is
added and thoroughly shaken, after which the remaining water,
etc., are gradually introduced, with continual shaking. With
class (2) — that is, ordinary oils — a mortar is needed. The mani-
pulation is the same as when gum arable is used.

The emulsions thus formed are more perfect and more
stable than those obtained with any other emulsive agent. But
their greatest merit, M. Leger claims, is that they are more
palatable, and more easily supported by the stomach. Castor-
oil, for instance, which to children has to be administered in
the liquid state, since they cannot take capsules, he found to be
readily accepted and retained by the most delicate stomachs.
The same patients could not retain the oil emulsified with gum
arable or tragacanth.

SUBSTITUTES FOB, GUM AOAOIA.

Irish Moss. — Cod-liver-oil emulsions have long been pre-
pared with Irish moss, but the emulsifying properties of the
moss do not appear to have been systematically studied.

Recently Mr. Peter Boa (Edinburgh) gave his attention to
the matter, and made various proposals. First, as to the diffi-
culty of obtaining a clear mucilage, he stated that he found
that by using a hot-water funnel and straining the mucilage
through absorbent cotton-wool supported on muslin a pre-
paration clear enough for all but exceptional purposes could be
obtained with comparatively little difficulty. If a perfectly
water-clear preparation be required, it may be obtained by
making a weak mucilage, filtering it clear,'and then evaporating
to the required consistency. The mucilage is prepared by
digesting ^ oz. of washed moss in 24 oz. of water for an hour,
boiling for five minutes, and straining the moss mucilage. It
serves as well as acacia for chalk mixture ; guaiacum mixture
prepared with it has not so green a colour as that made with
acacia. For suspending copaiba it is superior to acacia —
separation takes place much more slowly and less completely.
Part of the copaiba remains in an emulsified state at the bottom

i3 obtained w,.h acacja " '^^^^

tetultf Us ngTvi -acia mucilage, gj. cod-liver-oil, and
Tw^ter the reso ting emulsion scon, separates. It is not
a' .rdfor 'suspending Lavy P-de. -h as b.smuth sub_^

nitrate. The mucilage keeps well m full ^^^t^va-
Painter has suggested that tlie moss mucilage should De eva
poialed and scaled, and the scales dissolved when requned for

Sne has°L been proposed as an emulsifying agent,
especiaUy for paraffin oils, and is the subject of a P^'t^" NOe
, 466 ^886) According to this patent a solution of gela Une
orVer similar substance is made, in the P^P""'™ * '°
the eallon of water. In 1 2 parts of th.s i part of Ph°=P»'ate ot
oda'or potash, or carbonate of soda or potash, rs ^^"^^^^
the aid of heat, and this mixture is capable, by the ordmary
m a s, of emulsifying from .4 to 36 parts °f "J^
table oils For embrocations ammonia is substituted for the
Itvetmed' salts. Chloroform and such liquids may be
emulsified in thij manner. • For mineral oils and the like the
Zl is replaced by soft soap. For example an emtibify-
L solution is made with 6 o^ of concentrated size, . lb. of
soft soap, and i gallon of water, and this mixture is capab e
of emSying . glllons of paraffin oil. The method is only
likely to be useful in veterinary dispensing.

Senega Root and QuiUaia Bark contain a principle
(saponin) which possesses powerful emulsifying properties, and
imparts to infusions of either of these drugs the frothmg property
which is not the least important of their characteristics Mr H.
ColUer, teacher of pharmacy at Guy's Hospital, studied the
use of a tincture of quiUaia in the preparation of emulsions
and presented his results in the form of a paper to the British
Pharmaceutical Conference. From this we take the following
hints— The tincture is made by digesting 4 oz. of the coarsely

I70

THE ART OF DISPENSING

powdered inner bark in i pint of rectified spirit for a week,
then filtering. If a little of this tincture is shaken up with
mercury the metal is quickly divided into fine particles, and
is prevented from reuniting. The tincture is peculiarly valuable
for converting an oil into an emulsion in presence of an acid ;
for example : —

Cod-liver-oil jj.

Glycerine ^j.

Lime-juice ....... ^j.

Tincture of quillaia ...... 5ij.

This forms a very good emulsion. Ext. filicis maris is a
troublesome substance to emulsify, milk being one of the best
vehicles. Although it may with care be turned into a perfect
emulsion with acacia, the mixture is not at all pleasing in cha-
racter. The following is, however, all that can be desired : —
Ext. filicis maris ...... 5j-

Tinct. quillaite ....... 5ss.

Aq. destill. . . . . . . ad ^j.

Misce.

Oil of turpentine works well with its own measure of the
tincture — e.g. : —

01. terebinthinre ntxx.

Tinct. quillaia; ....... -nixx.

Aq. deslillata; . . . . . . ^vd 5].

Misce.

Resinous tinctures require more than their own volume of
the quillaia tincture to prevent separation of resin ; thus : —
Tinct. tolutan. . . . . . . . mxl.

Tinct. quillaia; ....... 3j-

Aq. destillat ad jj.

Misce.

After a short time the resin deposits, but it readily diffuses
on shaking. It will be found that in cases of this kind acacia
acts better — it gives viscosity to the liquid, and thus helps to
retain the separated resin. For the same reason acacia or
tragacanth is better for resin of copaiba than quillaia — in fact,
quillaia is at its best with oils and oleo-resins, and should be
avoided for resins.

171

HAGER ON EMULSIONS.

In the original treatise corasiderable space was occupied by
extrac s from Dr. Hager on this subject Emulsions are
much more employed on the Continent than m th.s coun ry.
rd the methods tLre pursued can be -^f^ ^
We here reproduce the more important of Dr. Hager s hmls,
Editorial comments. This chapter will be found very use-
ful to those who have German prescriptions to dispense

Emulsions are, according to Dr. Hager, milky-lookmg, thick
fluids, of mucilaginous or gummy substances or combinations of
^•ater with oily, fatty, or resinous bodies. They are classified as
seed, oil, balsam, gum-resin, resin, wax, or spermaceti emulsions.

SEED EMTJLSIOlSrS
are made from seeds containing a fixed oil, such as
almonds, poppy or hemp-seeds, etc., by crushing these and
rubbing them with water. If necessary, the seeds are first
washed several times with water; when clean, they are
beaten, with about one-tenth their weight of water, into a
soft mass, which, when taken between the fingers, reveals no
albuminous lumps. The remainder of the fluid is then added
gradually, with continual rubbing, until the whole is evenly
suspended. The emulsion should lastly be stramed through a
clean coarse cloth (millers' cloth).

The small proportion ot oil contained in the seeds is sus-
pended in the water by means of the albumen and mucilage of
the seeds, but, if the latter are first rubbed down diy, the oil is
expressed, and, though it is taken up in the emulsion, it more
quickly separates, generally as a cream.

THE ART OF DISPENSING

Almonds are always decorticated before being made into
an emulsion, unless an order to the contrary is expressed.

Poppy-seeds should be softened before being beaten, by letting
them rest for five to ten minutes in warm— not hot — water.

Highly polished brass mortars .
and marble mortars have been
used for making emulsions, but
within the last twenty years
mortars have been made of a
special kind of very hard porce-
lain, particularly for emulsions.
The pestle is made of boxwood,
and the forms of both pestle and
mortar are shown in the above
engraving. The height varies from
five to eight inches. ' The box-
wood pestle allows a good force
to be used in crushing seeds
without danger of injury to the
porcelain. [An ordinary wedge-
wood mortar and pestle should be used for oil emulsions.

HAGER ON EMULSIONS

173

nncrp T72 shows such a mortar and the
The second figure on page ^ 72 J^ow

fluids be added to them, or the albumen w,ll be coagulated.
Lycopodium-aseed-like —

'^"u*e^"?s^:bbt TnamcL witf a little .ater until a
impunties, it is ruD ^^^^.^.^^

"T'-'Zt' S a good emulsion. Then syrup or water is
■'ndTrnduauf K gum arabic be added, the prescnp-
:fon shSd be'- marked stating the quantity, • Emulgendo

''in™;' such as castor-oil, is sometimes ordered with a seed
emulsion, as in the follow.ng

Amygdal. dulc.'

Olei ricini
Aq. foeniculi

destill.
Sodse nitrat.
Syrupi sacchari
M. F. emulsio

20

30
100
100
15
25

This is really a double emulsion.

OIL AND BALSAM EMULSIONS.
Fixed oils, such as almond, poppy, olive, linseed and castor ;
/k i=.m. .uch as copaiba and Peru, are easily combmed
^:L^t::t^^^^^oiL.^^^^^^ of which gum arable is the
bS Yolk of egg and tragacanth are also emuls^ers. An
emulsion with oil cannot be made satisfactorily with less gum
aSb c tLn one-fourth the weight of the oil. The proportion
of water should be at least half of the total weight of the oil

'"^^remulsifying power of 10 parts of gum arabic is esti-
mated as equal to the yolk of a large hen's egg, to 1-25 part

^"^Tht^eXnl ty\e made in either of three ways

174

THE ART OF DISPENSING

(1) By adding the water to the powdered gum in a large
mixture mortar, mixing with a large-knobbed pestle ; then
adding the oil or balsam all at once, and stirring till emulsified,
which will require two or three minutes. This is generally the
surest plan. [With this remark we cannot agree. — Ed.] Or

(2) the gum may be put in the mortar, the oil poured on the
top of it, the water round it, and then all the substances
quickly stirred together. This is the method mostly adopted.
Or (3) the oil may be rubbed with the gum, and the water
added gradually. The proportions for a good emulsion are : —

Parts

Oil or balsam ....... 10

Gum arable ....... 5

Water to make the emulsion . . . • 7'5
add to the emulsion . . . ■ 77"5

The first method of emulsification described is not quite so
speedy, but it is very sure. Sometimes castor-oil or balsam
of copaiba cannot be emulsified by the second or third pro-
cess. Probably this happens in consequence of some pecu-
liarity in the oil or balsam, and the fact that in the two latter
cases the gum is not dissolved quickly enough to affect the
emulsification.

[The third plan is the plan which is now followed in this
country and recommended by our leading pharmacists. Expert-
ness is, however, required in order to have successful results.
The probability is that moderately good results may be obtained
by any one of the processes if the dispenser is in the habit
OF FOLLOWING IT. If he gets good results from any particular
process we would not advise any experiments in the way of
changing it. An emulsion at the best is a ticklish affair, and
we have generally found it better to let well alone.— Ed.]

Salts, extracts, or other solid bodies to be dissolved in
emulsions should be separately dissolved. in some of the water
to be added, and mixed with the emulsion. If mixed with the
emulsifier a separation of some of the oil will occur.

Lycopodium, which is often ordered with oil emulsions,
causes such a separation with remarkable rapidity. It is best

HAGER ON EMULSIONS I7S
to emulsify the oil and the lycopodium separately, and to mix

''^BLl^StTgum-arabic emulsion converts the latter
into a eS;^^^^^^^^ -etic acid restores the fluidity but such
an addition is by no means justifiable." If an emulsion with
borax and gum be ordered in a prescription, the mixture mu
be sent out in a wide-mouthed bottle. The gelatinisation will
not result till several hours after the mixing.

Balsam of Peru to be combined with an oil emulsion should
be mixed with two-thirds of its weight of water, and stirred in
with the emulsion in a mortar.

[The better plan is to mix about \ part stronger alcohol
with I part glycerine, and to this add the balsam of Peru, and
incorporate thoroughly. This may be diluted to a proper
miscible point for an emulsion by the further addition of water,
plain, or, better still, a mixture of glycerine and water gradually

added.— Ed.] ,n u .-

Emulsions with tragacanth do not keep well, and are but
seldom ordered. For their preparation i gramme of traga-
canth is mixed with 20 grammes of water. To this 20 grammes
of oil and 10 grammes of water are added at once, and com-
bined into an emulsion with constant stirring. The rest of the
water is added gradually. _

IThis is a mistake, as the many preparations now sold
under the name of cod-liver-oil emulsion prepared with traga-
canth sufficiently testify. It presents properties as an emulsi-
fying agent which in many respects are unequalled for such an
oil as cod-liver.— Ed.]

If spirits of wine, concentrated acids, solutions of salts, or
tannin substances are to be mixed with emulsions, they should
always be added in as diluted a form as possible.

Emulsions of Gum Resins.— The gum resins, such as
galbanum, ammoniacum, myrrh, asafcetida, scammony, contain
gummy matter, as well as resin insoluble in water, so that the
addition of an emulsifier is not absolutely required. It is
generally only necessary to rub down the gum resin to as fine

176 THE ART OF DISPENSING

a powder as possible, and emulsify with water. In warm weather
this is not always practicable, as the gum resin is too soft. It
is then best to put it into a mixture mortar in small pieces,
sprinkle it with water, and put the mortar with the pestle in a
moderately warm place until the substance has become of the
consistence of honey. To each gramme of the gum resin are
added i drop of almond-oil and 3 drops of mucilage of acacia,
and then, by the gradual addition of wvirm water and vigorous
working with the pestle, a good emulsion will be obtained.

Generally gum arabic or yolk of egg is ordered with a gum
resin to emulsify it better. If either of these is used the gum
resin should be in very fine powder. One part of gum arabic
to 2 parts of gum resin or one yolk of egg to 20 grammes of
gum resin is the usual proportion. If the gum resin cannot be
powdered it is softened by warming, as explained, but with
yolk of egg the temperature must not exceed 5o° C.

Emulsions of Resins— These are prepared from Venice
turpentine, guaiacum resin, resin of jalap, and such-like sub-
stances.

Venice turpentine is easily emulsified by its own weight of
gum arabic or by yolk of egg (two yolks to 20 grammes).

Resin of guaiacum is finely powdered and rubbed in a
mortar with half its weight of gum arabic, water being added
gradually. This emulsion assumes a bluish tint, varying in
intensity according to the degree of concentration. The blue
gradually changes to a green. A few drops of sweet spirit of
nitre will develop the blue tint, as will also exposure to the air.

Resin of jalap is sometimes combined with almonds into an
emulsion (two blanched sweet almonds to \ gramme of resin) ;
but it soon separates. If neither almonds nor egg be ordered,
but only gum or' sugar, it is generally best to rub the resin first
with its own weight of spirit before mixing with water.

Quinoidine and some other amorphous alkaloids, tannate of
quinine extracts of cina, of male fern, and of cubebs may be
conveniently treated like resins. By rubbing them with three
or four times their weight of sugar, and adding spirit of

lUGER ON EMULSIONS

177

wine to make a thin electuary, they mix well with water.
Without the addition of spirit these substances are apt to form
a sediment which is very difficult to mix evenly by shakmg.

Emulsions of Essential Oils, such as oil of turpentine,
do not last long. They are best formed by brisk shaking with
a thick mucilage. They require about ten times their weight
of gum arabic or one yolk of egg to 5 to 10 grammes of
ethereal oil. [One yolk will emulsify more if the operation is
carefully done. — Ed ]

Camphor should be rubbed to a fine powder with the aid
of a few drops of absolute alcohol, then mixed with ten times
its weight of gum arabic or the yolk of an egg to 5 grammes
(gum in preference), and the water added gradually. Any oil
or balsam in the mixture should be mixed with the camphor
before the gum is added. Syrup should be mixed up with the
powder before the addition of water.

Phosphorus.— The preparation of this powerful medicine
requires the greatest care. A mixture with a few atoms of the
substance of the size of a pin's head may easily occasion fatal
gastritis. It is, therefore, most important that when it is ordered
in a mixture it should be perfectly divided. Some pharmacists
have recommended the solution of phosphorus in hot mucilage.
It is liable, however, in cooling to form small particles like
wax, which makes this method highly dangerous. It should
be dissolved in one hundred times its weight of almond or
poppy oil in a test-tube by frequent dipping into hot water,
and the oil solution emulsified in the proper way.

[The best plan to follow in such a case as this is to emul-
sify the proper quantity of the official ol. phosphori in the
same manner as almond-oil is emulsified with acacia. Fortu-
nately, emulsions of this kind are seldom ordered in this
country. — Ed.]

Wax, Spermaceti, and Cacao-butter are emulsified
like the fixed oils. The wax is melted and poured into a hot
mortar, the pestle also being heated. To 10 grammes of wax
an equal weight of gum is added, and 15 grammes of hot water

N

178 THE ART OF DISPENSING

are added gradually. After well mixing the mortar is partially
cooled, and 85 grammes of cold water are stirred in gradually.
Yellow wax should always be used for an emulsion. It gives
a perfectly white emulsion. White wax cannot always be well
emulsified, and the small proportion of tallow which it not in-
frequently contains is likely to impart to it a rancid taste.

[The rule may be safely laid down that fixed oils require
the mortar and pestle, while volatile oils are better, as well as
more quickly, emulsified by agitation. As volatile substances
are generally required for immediate use — that is to say, the
emulsions do not require to be kept for any length of time—
a much smaller quantity of gum may be used than is here
given. We have always used tragacanth in preference to
ordinary gum, principally for the reason that a much smaller
quantity is sufficient. — Ed.]

179

INCE ON EMULSIONS.

Mr. Joseph Ince thus speaks on this subject :—

Let the dispenser know when he has done his task, and
when once he has formed his emulsion let him add rapidly
the remaining ingredients. Many an emulsion is ruined by
over-manipulation, and the oil having been incorporated is
thrown out again by continuous stirring when mechanical
mixture is concerned.

[Mr. William Gilmour of Edinburgh has lately made some
experiments with a view to solving the query, Why should
emulsions be stirred always in one direction? A theory has
been propounded that by always stirring in one direction— for
example, in the case of an oil emulsion, or in making cold
cream— the oil is broken up in volume, minute globules re-
sulting ; but when the direction of stirring is reversed the oil
tends to return" to its original state. Mr. Gilmour had made
various experiments, and found that, although a difference in
the size of the globules was observable when examined by the
microscope, little difference was apparent to the naked eye,
and the two emulsions were, from a practical point of view,
identical. It was noticed, however, that by stirring in two
directions a little longer time was required to finish the emul-
sion, and this was the case with several oils when operated on
with different emulsifying agents. On the whole, he considered
that not much importance is to be attached to the theory of
stirring one way, but it is advisable not to reverse the direction
towards the end of the process, because at that point the ten-
dency to spoil seems to be particularly marked. — Ed.]

N 2

i8o THE ART OF DISPENSING

When hquids, limpid or viscous, are to be combined the
very gentlest manipulation should be employed. Increase of
pressure generates heat, and heat is fatal to union. Thus, when
olive oil, mucilage, and water are to be emulsified, while care
must be taken to have the three entirely under the control and
action of the pestle, at the same time, lightness of hand cannot
be too carefully studied.

On the other hand, when a solid has to be broken down
and worked into a pasty saponaceous mass, an exactly opposite
mode of treatment must be adopted. The object is to produce
a kind of soap which can be only extemporaneously manufac-
tured by strong, continued muscular action, with evolution of
heat to complete the change.

Emulsions with Gum Arabic— The slightest tendency
of the mucilage to acidity will defeat the best manipulation.
The Pharmacopoeia directs 4 oz. of acacia to be dissolved in
6 oz. of distilled water. No heat should ever be resorted to
to facilitate solution; and small picked gum arable stirred
occasionally in cold distilled water until the gum is dissolved
gives a beautiful result. Powdered gum is a very foohsh ex-
pedient for gaining time, and, when this mucilage is not bright
without filtration, alteration of an injurious character may be an-
ticipated. When finished, mucilage should be strained through
muslin and kept in a cool place.

01. amygdal • •

Mucilag. gum. acac. SiiJ-

Syrupi ^iss.

Aqu£E dest. ad 511J.

Put the whole of the mucilage into the mortar first; add the
almond oil by degrees, but rapidly, with constant circular stir-
ring in one direction, from left to right. Never add a second
drop of oil until the first quantity has been emulsified. This
is known by the creamy character of the product and its ten-
dency to form clear spaces by leaving the sides of the mortar.
Study two things— quickness of motion and lightness of hand,
To the emulsion add the syrup and the water rapidly; of the

mCE ON EMULSIONS

i8i

latter i oz. at a time. Five minutes should be employed m
th wVo^^^^^^^^ Slow dispensing is bad dispensmg

Powdered gum arable is frequently ordered and its ex-
clusle use^ has been advocated by some Contmental phar-

macists. _ gij^

Acacire pulv '

01. amygd

Syrup, simpl

Aquae destillat

Mix.

Add the whole of the powdered gum, and with a fair amount
of force make it into a mucilage with drachm of water
Proceed as in the first case, hghtness of hand being essential
wL once the mucilage is made. Six minutes should complete
he operation; an experienced' dispenser will want less but
Aese remarks throughout are written for beginners, and are
not offered as advice to well-practised assistants.

Gum Resin Emulsions.-The mistura ferri composita
will exemplify the subject. It is infinitely preferable to prepare
it for stock in a concentrated form of four times the strength,
and to keep the ferrous sulphate apart until required.

Myrrhce .
Sacchari .
Potass, carb.
Sp. myrist.
AquEe rosre
Ferri sulphat.

Beat the myrrh well, divide the beaten mass with the pow-
dered sugar, and make into an emulsion with half the rose-
water. Next add the carbonate of potash dissolved in the
remainder of the water, and add the spirit last.

Recollect that potassium carbonate is a hostile ingredient
in an emulsion when .present with a second emulsifying agent.
Proceeding in this way an excellent emulsion is produced in an
extemporaneous manner ; but there is a better mode.

Beat the myrrh as usual, divide with sugar, add the potash,
gnd make a thick creamy emulsion with just sufficient water.

Sss.
5ss.
gr. XV.

5ij.
5ixss.
gr. xij.

l82

THE ART OF DISPENSING

Let this stand, covered from the air, over night, and the fol-
lowing morning finish the operation. A few minutes' trituration
will restore the whiteness, and such a mistura ferri will keep for
some years without alteration.

Ammoniacum and asafoetida must both be converted into
hydrated masses. Let them, before being manipulated, soak
in a small quantity of water, when they are readily reduced
to a pulpy condition, and form tolerable emulsions afterwards
without any additional emulsifying agent.

Egg Emulsions require a skilful hand, and may be pre-
sented as permanent combinations. The first and last requi-
site is that the dispenser should abstain from the slightest
mechanical force. Example : —

01. ricini jj.

Break the egg-shell cleverly on the side-edge of a 2-oz. measure,
into which let the albumen run. Entirely clear away the albu-
men (a fertile source of failure when this precaution is neglected).
Keep the albumen to be used as liquid gum, and also for sugar-
coating pills. Render the yolk (thrown into the mortar) per-
fectly smooth under the pestle with rapid circular motion ; add
the oil by degrees ; if occasionally too thick, thin with a little
water. Add the syrup next ; then wash out the measure with
a little water. Add the tincture last, and finally Avash out the
measure with the remaining water, and the process is com-
plete.

Yolk of egg is supreme with regard to spermaceti, once a
very favourite remedy with the accoucheur.

Cetacei . . . • • . • • • 5j*

Vitelli ovi a

Syriip. simpl. . . • • • • . 5iJ.

Break down the spermaceti; make it quite smooth in the
syrup, then proceed as usual. All these egg emulsions keep.

Vitelli ovi
Syrup, simpl. .
Tinct. aurant. .

Aquoe

. 5iJ.
ad 5iij.

Aquffi

ad oiss.

INCE ON EMULSIONS

183

VI fr^rmc in ineredient in an emulsion, it
bet'ctd a" shlia be no fe. of taperfec.
combination.

Fmulsions.— The practice has been recom-

j:lLr:rptr:^nd'r bLa» .ay be as weU e^.sifled

in this way as by any other.

., 3vj.

Copaibce

Liq. potassre
Mucilag. acacire
Sp. rether. nitr.
Aq. cinnamom.

5"J-

Si-

5iij-
ad 5viij.

T^otite the mucilage in the bottle, well covering the mside.
S the copaiba by degrees; perfectly emuls.ly by addmg
are .Ikali previously diluted with 3 drachms of cmnamon-
tte hen the remainder of the cinnamon-water by degrees
eta ning or allowing for 2 oz. with which to_ deanse the
n"from both th% liquor potass, and the spn.t of n.trous
pther which should be added last.

S^me prescribes are particular ir, the exhib.t.on of coparba
and oc"asLally want it to be taken without otlrer mgredrcnt
It can be so prepared, or made to comb.ne at p easure ,n all
strengths by using freshly made thick mucilage , thus .-

Pulv. gum. acacire
Aquee destill.
Misce, et adde—
CopaibcE .
Aqu3C destill.

q.s,

5J-
• 53-

ad Jiv.

Extractum filicis liquidum and tinctura cannabis Indie, may
both be made in the same manner.

Notes.

Glycerine, like an alkaline salt, is a disturbing agent in an
emulsion when another emulsifier is present. Many salts spoil

i84

THE ART OF DISPENSING

emulsions when they are either neutral or acid, but when alka-
line they favour the process. Borax has a beneficial action, and
is in itself an excellent emulsifying agent.

Professor Redwood observes that mucilage answers better
than an alkali for making an emulsion with castor oil or co-
paiba, but that the alkali is best for oil of almonds. Moreover,
a good emulsion of oil of almonds and alkali is spoiled by the
addition of mucilage. This Mr. Ince confirms from constant
disappointment.

Milk makes a good emulsion with scammony, and is
retained in official pharmacy for that purpose. Resin of jalap
will not mix with milk, but will combine readily with almond
emulsion.

M. Constantin (in 1854) advocated what may be called the
ignition process for emulsion of the gum resins and resins.
He took a weighed quantity of gum resin, and, having placed
it in a mortar, added about four times its weight of alcohol.
The spirit being ignited, the whole was triturated until all the
alcohol was burned away. The gum resin became a soft
extract ; the liquid was then added in small quantities at a
time, and a perfectly homogeneous emulsion was produced with-
out subsequent separation. In the case of resins they must be
converted into gum resins by the addition of powdered gum
arable. To the resin — balsam of tolu, for instance — twice its
weight of gum arable is to be added, and alcohol used in the
same way. The peculiar taste and odour remain undiminished.

The method is expensive, but quite successful.

I85

LOTIONS, LINIMENTS, AND
INJECTIONS.

Generally the same rules apply as to mixtures. Hager gives
fhe foUowing notes : Lead salts with tannm substances and
^rsulphates give heavy precipitates. With opmm they cause
tick separation. Corrosive subUmate or mtrate of mercury
solution likewise occasions a thick precipitate witl. opium, w^th
mucilaginous or with albuminous substances. The prescriber
ought to provide a means for keeping such precipitates in
suspension. Mucilage of acacia will often f^^^' Camphor
.vith a watery solution will separate, but with the addition of a
little mucilage it is easily brought into suspension by shaking.
Take the following prescription, quoted by Dr. Hager :

Grammes

Hvclrarg. bichlor. corros ^ °

.1 . ^O'O

Spirit, camphor ^

Aquae destill

M. Ft. lotio.

Here a proper mixture will be made by dissolving the bichloride
in 2g'? g of water, mixing the camphor spirit with 5 g. of gum
arable in a little water, and then adding it to the sublimate
solution. Of course, if this be done, the prescription should
be so marked.

The suggestion to add mucilage of acacia to any lotion
must be accepted with extreme caution, and every other method
should be tried before resorting to it. The two mercurial lotions
of our own Pharmacopoeia are very good examples of the class
referred to here, and no mucilage is considered necessary for
suspending the precipitates. A ' shake-the-bottle ' label should,
pf course, be appended. Sometimes a thickish precipitate

1^6

THE ART OF DISPENSING

may be to a great extent avoided by manipulation, as in the
following case : —

Ft. lotio pro oculis.

Pour the tincture and spirit into the bottle containing 7 oz.
of distilled water ; dissolve the sulphate of zinc in \ oz. of water
and add to the contents of the bottle. In this way there is
comparatively little deposit. If spring-water of ordinary hard-
ness be used there will be a copious deposit of carbonate of
zinc and sulphate of lime.

CoUyria are topical applications employed in the treat-
ment of eye diseases ; in composition they do not differ from
lotions. They are frequently applied by dropping into the
eye ; when ordered, the dispenser should provide the patient
with an eye-drop bottle, a small round bottle with a tube pass-
ing the cork. These bottles are extensively used at the London
Ophthalmic Hospital. When half filled with fluid and held in
the hand, tube downward, the fluid is forced out in drops by
the expansion of the air caused by the heat of the hand. If
the patient's circumstances do not warrant the supply of an
eye-drop bottle, dispense in a blue-ribbed poison-bottle, and
give a camel's-hair pencil for the application of the drops.
When the pencil is applied, the inner surface of the upper
eyelid should be touched, and not the eyeball. Solution of
eserine is often called for as a remedy for the eyes. The
solution becomes of a dark red colour, due to the forma-
tion of rubeserine. This, according to Mr. J. E. Saul, may
be prevented by the addition of a very little sulphurous acid ;
and as the red solution is apt to set up irritation, the means
for preventing it should be brought under the notice of the
prescriber. Cocaine solutions do not spoil if from ^ to i per
cent, of boric acid is added to them, and the same applies to
most alkaloids, The Pharmacopoeia now orders camphor- water

Zinci sulph. .
Tinct. lavand. co.
Spt. rosmarini
AqucE .

gr. viij.

LOTIONS, LINIMENTS, AND INJECTIONS 187

CO hnt it is not so effectual, and has often
for the same purpose, but it is noi bu

^-^^S^^^ of intentional inccpati-

bUity :—

Plumbi diacet

Zincisulph. \

Sp. vini rect

Aq. dest. . • • • *
Ft. coUyrium.

On compounding this a precipitate of sulphate of lead is
'"To'llions similar to this are commonly used for old wounds,

.vhich are not intended to be

o iniec ion. To use, as do some dispensers an 'outward-
a ion 'label in all cases, is incorrect and may possibly
kad to a misunderstanding on the part of the patient.

LINIMENTS.

There are seldom great difficulties in this class of prepa-
rations Lime-^vater to be mixed with oils should be added
all at once, and well shaken. By adding gradually, a perfectly
homoeeneous combination is seldom attamed.

The following are a few examples of exceptional difficulties
The first is a hair-lotion of the character of almiment :-

Liq. ammon, .
01. olivse . • •

Paraffin, mollis .

Acet. canth.

Eau de Cologne ,

Misce,

5J-

3-

xss.

1 88

THE ART OF DISPENSING

By a slight modification of the formula, this may be com-
pounded as follows : —

First add gradually the acetum cantharides to the spirits of
hartshorn (use the liquor vol. cornu cervi and not liquor
ammon. B. P.), constantly stirring witl;i a glass rod until gas-
bubbles no longer arise, then rub thoroughly well the parafifinum
molle (use vaseline) with the oleum olivse until a creamy com-
pound is formed, afterwards gradually add little by little the
partly neutralised liquor, constantly rubbing, adding lastly the
eau de Cologne.

A favourite prescription with some medical men is a mix-
ture of belladonna extract and liniment, such as the follow-
ing :—

Extract, belladonnse 5j-

Liniment, belladon. ...... ^j.

M. Ft. liniment.

It is the green extract which is here intended, and when it is
rubbed up with the liniment there is an abundant separation
of chlorophyll and extractive matter which cannot be avoided.
Rub the extract in a mortar with \ drachm of hot water ; then
gradually add the liniment and strain through a small piece of
calico. This is how the prescription is generally dispensed.
The active principles are retained in solution. If the liniment
is dispensed unstrained, the suspended matter attaches itself to
the edges of the bottle. The following are similar cases which
should be treated in the same way : —

{a) Ext. belladonna . . 5j. (/') Ext. belladonna . . Sjss.
Tinct. iodi . . • Siv. Lin. camph. co. . • ^ij-

Lin. camph. comp. ad Jij- M. Ft. lin.

M. Ft. lin.

In the case of («), mix the tincture of .iodine and liniment of
camphor before adding to the thinned extract.

Ext. belladonnee
Lin. ammonicE ,
M, Ft. lin,

5y-

LOTIONS, LINIMENTS. AND INJECTIONS .89

Rub the extract »ith i oz. of solution °f /"""""j^.
solution is effected, then agitate ^vith ,4 oz. of ohve.o.l.

Ext. belladonnre ^j^'

01. olivce opt . • o

M. Ft. lin.

Thin the extract with hot water, and add the oil gradually.
Do not strain.

HYPODERMIC INJECTIONS.

These have been introduced within the last twenty years and
arenowindailyuseby .edical men. The ^^^^^Jl^^^
are of the capacity of 6, lo, and 20 mn.uns, the s rength
of solutions should be based upon mmu.is flu d-grains.

Hypodermic injections should be perfectly clear, and the
.vater ?or them should be pure distilled. Every vessel m
vh ch the injection is dispensed should be perfectly clean
Experience has pointed to the conclusion that when sores
have resulted from hypodermic injecttons, these have be^^n
occasioned by some organic impurity m the water^ Glycer ne
if it form an ingredient in the mjection, should be the pures
procurable. Clear solutions may often require filtration, but
it is important that the filters, before being used for the injec-
tion, should be thoroughly cleansed by passing a quantity of
distilled water through them.

Cocaine Hydrochlorate gives the best results when
used in solution not stronger than 5 per cent. Use only the
cocaine which gives a crystalline precipitate when one drop ot
ammonia solution is. added to a solution of the hydrochlorate
(i grain in i oz. of water).

Ergotin is always very acid in reaction, from the presence
of acid phosphates of potash and lime ; this is partly the cause
of the irritation and pustules which often follow its hypodermic
injection Mr. Gerrard proposes to neutralise it with ammonia,
using the following formula : Take of— Ergotin, 10 grains,
solution of ammonia, a sufficiency ; distilled water, to make
40 minims. Dissolve the ergotin in half the water, carefully

100

THE ART OF DISPENSING

neutralise with ammonia, then make up to 40 minims with
water. If desired to be kept, 25 per cent, glycerine may be
added. For the purpose of preservation we have had excel-
lent results with chloral hydrate. Thymol is also one of the
best preservatives for all kinds of hypodermic solutions. Take
I grain of it in fine powder and agitate with 4 oz. of distilled
water. This thymolated water is to be used in place of
ordinary water. Carbolic acid is also effectual in the propor-
tion of 5 or 10 minims to the ounce of distilled water. It
does not give rise to irritation or constitutional effects, and,
owing to its local anaesthetic action, it is believed by some
medical men to be a beneficial addition to hypodermic injec-
tions.

191

INCOMPA TIBLES.

Medical men are but rarely good chemists, for this would
necessitate longer devotion to chemistry than the avei-age
medical student can afford. Hence the m.portance of this
branch being taken by the dispenser, in order that he may
check the prescriber's combinations.

Many decompositions are intentional, such as in
mist ferri co., B.P., or in the frequent combination of tincture
of opium with solution of subacetate of lead for injections; also
in the following : —

Ext. conii ^^s-

Liq. plumbi subacet. S^s-

Aquce

M. Ft. lot. Modo dicto utend.

In this case the abundant precipitate renders it almost
creamy, and necessitates mixing half the water with the ex-
tract and the remainder with the liquor before mixing, or a
disa^eeable lumpy mixture is produced. Such combinations
may be dispensed as written, and sent out with a ' shake ' label.

Occasionally, however, the decompositions are of such a
character that the chemist may feel pretty sure that the writer
of the prescription is unacquainted with the reaction, or has
overlooked it. For example

Soda: sulphat. . • gr- xv.
Totass. cit. , . . j-
M. Ft. pulv. Mitte vj.

In these cases metathesis takes place, the water of crystal-
lisation of the sulphates is liberated, and the mass becomes

Zinci sulpliat. . . • 5j-
Plumbi acet. . . • S^J-
M. Ft. pulv. Modo diet, utend.

The art of dispensinC

wet. The use of an equivalent quantity of the dried salts
removes the difficulty.

Prof. Remington gives the following in his 'Practice of
Pharmacy ' : —

Strychninae sulph. , . . < . • g""- j-
Potassii bromid. ...... 5vii.

AquiE q.s. ft. . . . . . . . Jviii.

This solution deposits in a few hours the greater part of
the strychnine salt as an insoluble bromide, which quickly sub -
sides in transparent crystals. A lady in England lost her life by
taking a similar mixture. She carefully refrained from shaking
the bottle, the strychnine precipitated formed in the bottom,
and in taking the last dose she swallowed nearly all of it.

One of the most remarkable cases of incompatibility is the
following, which at first sight appears perfectly harmless, but at
least one case of death is on record from the administration of
a similar mixture : —

Potassoe chlorat. ...... 51].

Syr. ferri iodidi ...... 5vj.

Vin. antim. ....... 555.

/Ether, chlor 5lj.

Aq ad Jviij.

This mixture is almost colourless when first prepared, but
rapidly acquires a reddish-brown colour, and after a few days
crystals of iodine are deposited. This is due to the action of
chlorate of potash on ferrous iodide, the latter being oxidised
by the former, chloride of potassium is produced, iodine set
free, and, finally, ferric oxide or hydrate precipitated.

Incompatible mixtures are sometimes the result of impuri-
ties in the drugs used, thus : —

Sodre hyposulph

Acid, sulphuros. 5j*

Aq. rosse , ., ad Jviij.

The acid invariably contains some sulphuric acid, which
throws out sulphur from the hyposulphite.

Acetate of Lead and liquor plmnU subacetaiis are incom-
patible with infusion of opium, the vegetable astringents, soap,

WCOMPATIBLS.S 193

milk or alburaen. They are decomposed by sulphuric, hydro-
chloric, citric, and tartaric acids. Iodide of potassium causes a
yellow precipitate, sulphuretted hydrogen a black precipitate
carbonated alkalies throw down a white, and the chromates of
potash a lemon-yellow precipitate.

Alkaloids, whether alone or as salts, are nearly all precipi-
tated from their solutions by tannic acid. They are, therefore
incompatible with this acid, and also with the various astringent
vegetables containing it. Perchloride of mercury, Donovan s
solution, free iodine, and double iodides generally also precipi-
tate the alkaloids. (See Chapter on ' Quinine Mixtures. )

Almond Emulsion is separated by alcohol, tinctures, oxy-
mel and syrup of squills, spirit of nitrous ether, hard water, and
cream of tartar, which are more or less inimical to all emulsions.

Borax, powdered and rubbed up with mucilage, forms a
soft powder like moist sugar, which cannot be made hquid by
the addition of any further quantity of mucilage ; and acetate
of lead, similarly treated, makes an opaque white jelly.

Calomel is decomposed by alkalies, alkaline earths and
their carbonates, sulphides, hydrocyanic acid, bitter almonds,
lime-water, iodide of potassium, iodine, soap, nitric acid, salts
of iron, lead, and copper, nitrate of silver, &c. Be careful not
to use soap in pills containing calomel.

Chlorides are incompatible with nitrate of silver, con-
sequently bread containing common salt is an unsuitable
excipient for pills of the nitrate.

Chloroform, if in a mixture containing opium or its pre-
parations, will dissolve the narcotine, and, unless perfectly
mixed, may cause an over-dose of this or some other alkaloid
soluble in that vehicle to be given with the last dose.

A mixture containing Uq. strychninge, spt. ammon. arom., and
spirit, chlorof. should have a ' shake ' label placed upon it. A
case has occurred where the chloroform was in part deposited
and carried down with it in solution some of the strychnine
which was set free by the ammonia.

194 ™^ DISPENSING

Citrate of Potash.—

Potassse cit. . . • 5y-
QuininEe sulph. . gr. ix.

Aq. . . . ad Svj.

Potassse cit. . ' . - 5"j*

Potassffi bicarb. . • S'J-

Tinct. aurant. . • Siv.

Aq. . . • ad 3viij.

Citrate of potash is rarely neutral ; the sample used for the
first prescription effervesced briskly with the bicarbonate, and
examination proved the presence of nearly 5 per cent, of citric
acid.

Another parcel was used for the second prescription, and a
precipitate of quinine was produced : examination showed it
to be alkaline. In each case the citrate should have been
neutralised either with potassium carbonate or citric acid ; but
under any circumstance citrate of quinine will crystallise out
of the second mixture.

The appearance-of a sample of citrate of potash always
indicates whether it is very acid or alkaline. If alkaline, it
assumes a damp appearance and aggregates in lumps ; but if
acid, it seems dry and pulverulent.

Cochineal is precipitated by salts of zinc, bismuth, and
nickel, in a lilac powder ; iron gives a dark purple, tin a bril-
liant scarlet, and alumina the lakes.

Iodide of Potassium is decomposed by most acids and
acidulous salts ; this is really owing to the direct influence of
sunlight. Oxidising acids, such as nitric acid, quickly liberate
iodine ; the others liberate hydriodic acid, which, under the
influence of sunlight and in the presence of oxygen, is decom-
posed into iodine, the hydrogen going to form water. Most of
the metallic salts decompose it. If iodide of potassium and
spirit of nitrous ether are ordered in a mixture, the latter must
be rendered slightly alkaline with bicarbonate of potash before
it is used.

Bromide of Potassium is also, like the iodide, decom-
posed by acids.

Iron Salts.— A hydrated oxide or carbonate is generally
thrown down by the alkaUes and alkaline carbonates ; Prussian

«

INCOMPATIBLES i9S

blue is formed by ferrocyanide of potassium ; a precipitate of
sulphide is yielded by sulphuretted hydrogen ; and tannm, and
vegetable tinctures or infusions containing it, form with iron the

basis of black ink.

The following is a good example of incompatibility

^iss

Potassii iodich 3 '

Tr. ferri percliloridi •

Aquce ^ 3^J'

Tinct. ferri perchloridi, indeed all non-scaled ferric salts,
reduce iodide of potassium immediately on mixing solutions,
free iodine being precipitated as a black sediment. The follow-
ing equation explains the reaction : —

FeXl„ + 2KI = 2FeCU + 2KCI + 1^.
The mixture is a most dangerous combination, and should
never be dispensed.

Nitrate of Potash is decomposed by most of the sul-
phates, and forms a double salt with alum.

Solution of Potash and other alkalies are incompatible
with acids, ammonia salts, calomel, iodides, and with vegetable
infusions containing an alkaloid principle.

Strychnine is precipitated from solution of its salts by
alkalies and their carbonates. Liq. strychninee and liq. arseni-
calis are sometimes prescribed together. In this form the
alkali of the latter precipitates the strychnine, so that a ' shake-
the-bottle' label must be used. If an opportunity occur, the
dispenser should advise the prescriber to use hq. arsenic,
hydrochloricus, giving the reason for so doing.

In a paper by Mr. Henry Campbell on incompatibilities {The
Chemist and Druggist, April 28, 1888, page 561), it is pointed
out that, although bicarbonate of soda is generally considered
to be incompatible with liquor strychnine, it does not follow
that the strychnine will always be precipitated ; the following
mixture, for example, remains clear : —

Liquoris strychnine ^•

Sodii bicarbonatis 8*;

Aquse ad gj.

O 2

1^5 THE ART OF DISPENSING

The dose of the strychnine solution contains -^V grain of
alkaloid, forming in the ounce mixture a solution of the
strength of i in 9,600, while the solubiUty of the alkaloid in
water is about i in 5,700.

The same writer points out that the reaction between iodide
of potassium and solution of strychnine is considerably retarded
by the addition of tragacanth mucilage.

BRIEF SUMMARY OF INCOMPATIBILITIES.

Acid arsenious, with lime-water, oxide of iron, magnesia.

Acids generally, with alkalies, acetates, metallic oxides.

Albumen, with acids, spirit, tannin, corrosive sublimate.

Alkaloidal salts generally, with tannin, alkaline and earthy
carbonates, iodine and its compounds, liquorice, strong muci-
lages, alkaline and ammoniated tinctures.

Alum sulphate with alkalies and alkaline carbonates.

Ammonium bromide, with mineral acids, alkaline carbo-
nates, chlorine, chlorate and bichromate of potash, nitrate of
silver, calomel.

Apomorphine (hydrochlorate), with carbonate and bicar-
bonate of soda, salts of iron, iodine, and tannin.

Barium chloride, with sulphuric and phosphoric acids and
their salts, tartrates and carbonates, medicinal wines and vege-
table infusions.

Bicarbonate of soda, with acids, tannin, salts of the metals

and of the alkaloids.

Bismuth subnitrate, with tannin, sulphur, sulphide of anti-
mony, calomel.

Chloral hydrate, with water (slow decomposition), warm
water, alkaline carbonates, vegetable alkalies, ammonia salts,
nitrate of mercury, calomel.

Chlorate of potash, with mineral acids, organic substances,
sulphur, carbon, calomel, iodide of iron, &c.

Chlorine (chlorine-water), with alkalies, alkaline carbonates,
salts of ammonia, vegetable salts, nitrate of silver, lead salts,
tannin, vegetable mucilages, extracts, waters, infusions, tinc-
tures and syrups, milk, and emulsions.

INCOMPATIBLES I9?

Corrosive sublimate, with carbonates, lime-water, iodide of
pota"opiun. vegetate infusions, bu^^^^^^^^^^
with the carbonates of hme, baryta, and strontia, eitner m

^°t^iSi::^r:nSr4:?Xa, iodide of potas.

'""^ctn ru,;hur:t/ anttoony, with bicarbonate of soda,
rream of tartar, calomel, subnitrate of bismuth

Gum arabic, with perchloride of iron, lead salts, spint,

ethereal tinctures, borax.

Iodine, with Ammonia, starch, metallic salts, fatty or essen-
tial oils, emulsions, chloral, earthy carbonates, gum arabic, tra-

Iron powdered (iron reduced by hydrogen) with aloes, vege-
table infusions and extracts, tannin, metallic and alkaloidal

''^^Iron salts, with alkaline carbonates, vegetable infusions and
extracts, tannin, mucilage.

Lime-water, with acids, carbonates, ammonia salts, metallic
Salts, tartrates, infusions, tinctures, tannin. _

Morphine and its salts, with oxrde of iron, salts of iron.

manganese, and silver.

Musk, with acids, acetates, tannin, ergot of rye, metallic

'""^^Nitrate of silver, with hydrochloric, sulphuric, acetic, and
tartaric acids and their salts, hydrocyanic acid and its com-
pounds, iodine, iodide and bromide of potassium, alkahne and
earthy carbonates, sulphur, and sulphide of antimony.

Nitrite of amyl. with tinctures, alkaline carbonates, calomel,
lead salts, proto-salts of iron, iodide of potassium.

Opium, with alkaline carbonates, salts of the metals,
tannin, iodine, chlorine-water, and nux vomica. Although
opium and belladonna are supposed to be physiologically in-
compatible, they are often administered together with good
results.

Pepsin, with alcohol, tinctures,

THE ART OF DISPENSING

Permanganate of potash, with organic substances.

Salicylic acid and salicylate of soda, with iron salts, iodide
of potassium, lime-water.

Strophanthus (tincture) in water undergoes hydrolysis, with
formation of a toxic substance.

Tannin, with mucilage, all metallic salts, lime-water, alkaline
carbonates and bicarbonates, egg albumen, gelatine.

Tartar emetic, with acids, alkalies, soap, calomel, tannin,
rhubarb, cinchona, gum arable, opium.

DISPENSma OF IN0OMPATIBLE8.

It is not easy to lay down any rule for the dispenser when
he comes across a case of incompatibility. In such cases he
would do well to put to himself, previous to compounding the
prescription, such questions as the following :— (i) Was this
incompatibility foreseen and intended by the prescriber? (2)
Does it in any way endanger the health of the patient ? (3)
Is it necessary to trouble the prescriber (supposing he can be
communicated with) regarding the incompatibility ? (4) Can
the incompatibility be in any way mitigated or avoided ? The
subjoined cases are given as illustrations of these remarks : —

Magnes. caib. 50-

Acid, sulph. dil. "^f"

Magnes. sulph S^ss.

Quininse sulph. S^s-

Aq. menth. pip

Now, as sulphate of magnesia is already ordered in the
prescription, it is improbable that the prescriber intended also
the addition of this salt by extemporaneous preparation.
Further, the prescriber probably adds the acid merely to assist
the solution of the quinine, and, although it is added in excess
in this instance, it is generally so added in quinine mixtures.
Lastly, there is the probability that the magnesia carbonate was
intended to act as an antacid ; so that, everything considered,
there was no difficulty in substituting q. s. of acid to dissolve
the quinine for 5iss. On the whole, however, it is better to

INCOMPATIBLES

199

mixture along with the carbonate.

Potass, iodid.
Nepenthe .
Ammon. carb. .
Acid, phosph. dil.
Syr. tolutan.

Aq. camph.

51SS.
5iss.

5j-
5SS.

s-

ad Jviij-

It is not easy to arrive at any satisfactory conclusion as to the
Len'on ofthe prescriber in this instance ; but as the phos-
ph te of ammonia formed is altogether harmless and as free
Phosphoric acid in the mixture would liberate rodme and pre-
dpitate tL alkaloid of the nepenthe, there was no hesitation
dispensing the prescription as it stood.

Mucilag. acac.

Sodse hyposulphit.
01. menth. pip.
Liq. bismuthi (B.P. 1867)
Liq. morph. hydrochlor.
Aq.

. mxij.
. 5iss.

. 5ij-
ad 5vj.

This will probably appear a very innocent mixture when firs
Sensed, but if prepared strictly according to the letter it will
Sost certainly bring the dispenser into troub e. It wil form
aTear mixture when first dispensed, but after an interval
depending on the purity of the ingredients, it will urn first
brown and then quite black, and become quite unfit for use
A description such as this should never be dispensed withou
an xplanation to the patient of the changes which may be
expected to take place, and a caution not to use the mixture afte
decomposition, ^composition will be retarded if an equivale^^
be added of pure gum arable instead of mucilage, and of pure
muriate of morphine instead of the official solution and above
r if the solution of bismuth be rendered decidedly alkdine^

'The following is a prescription which was given by the
Illinois State Board of Pharmacy at an examination :—

200

THE ART OF DISPENSING

(1) Tinct. ferri mur 3ij.

(2) Sp. Eether. nitric. ..... ^^s.

(3) Mucilag. acacise 5j.

Syrup q.s. (i.e. 10 drachms) ut ft. . . ^iij.

It is, in the ordinary sense of the term, incompatible, but Mr.
Joseph Ince, commenting upon it, says that, made most ways, it
assumes the form of a thick jelly, which may be sent out in a
covered pot. Reason thus : — Here are three ingredients likely
to react upon each other, of which mucilage is chief. There
are 10 drachms of protective agent (syrup) at disposal ; divide
it into 5ij. with the tincture, 3iij. with the spirit of nitrous
ether, and 3 v. with mucilage, which wants it most.

(1) Tinct. ferri mur 5^-

Syrupi S^j-

M.

(2) Sp. aether, nitr. . .... ^ss.

Syrupi 5»j-

M.

(3) Mucilag. acacise ^j.

Syrupi 5^-

M.

Combine the three solutions, and a beautiful preparation is the
result.

The same commentator produces a black lotion from the
following : —

Ilydrarg, submur gr- iij-

Zinci chlorid gr- "j-

Aq. calcis 3J*

The method adopted was to make the black wash first, then to
add the zinc chloride. But nature would have her own way :
in the course of a few hours the zinc chloride interacts with the
mercurous oxide, and the lotion becomes white. It is there-
fore just as well to add the zinc chloride to the lime-water in
the first instance.

The following is given by Mr. Campbell. It shows how
the order of mixing affects the result.

INCOMPA TIBLES

201

Liquoris hydrargyri perchloridi
Ammonite carbonatis
Potassii iodidi
Aqu£E

. 5j-

ad %.

Although an alkaUne carbonate orms a precipitate with
mercuric chloride, still, if in the above mixture the first and
third ingredients be mixed, and the solution of the carbonate
then added, no precipitate occurs. Ii common water be used,
a slight precipitate of calcium carbonate forms, but it is free

from mercury. .

Other instances of incompatibility have been given under

Mixtures, Pills, etc.

EXPLOSIVE AND INFLAMMABLE COMPOUNDS.

Whenever substances rich in oxygen, or easily deoxidised,
are ordered to be mixed with other ingredients, the dispenser
should always carefully consider the order of mixing. Such
substances should never be rubbed with easily-oxidisable

bodies. . .

Substances which easily part with their oxygen are picric
acid, and chlorate, iodate, bichromate, permanganate, nitrate,
and picrate of potash, nitrate and oxide of silver, chlorate of
calcium, &c. Such substances should be first rubbed to a
powder in a mortar. They should then be mixed with the safe
ingredients, and lightly stirred with a wooden rod with the
easily-oxidisable substances. Of the latter may be named
charcoal, organic powders, iodine, sulphur, sulphides, reduced
iron, powdered iron, iodide of iron, hypophosphite of calcium,
camphor, ethereal oils, and ammonia salts.

The following are specimens of explosive compounds

Potass, chlorat. .
Lactis sulphuris .
Antim. sulph. aur.
Zinci valerianatis
Sacchari . .
M. Ft. pulv. Divide in partes 20 sequales

Parts

2- 0

3- 0
o-S

202

THE ART OF DISPENSING

The chlorate of potash should first be rubbed to a fine powder ;
the other ingredients should be separately mixed ; lastly, the
chlorate should be combined with the other mixture by stirring
with a quill. The pressure of a pestle would ensure a danger-
ous detonation— indeed, chlorates are amongst the most
explosive compounds known, and should always be handled
carefully.

The same applies to hypophosphites— never rub them too
hard, and be careful how you apply heat to them, either when
dry or in solution, especially with glycerine.

Oxide of Silver, if to be combined with any organic sub-
stance, should be first damped with water. If creosote is
ordered with oxide of silver in a pill, it will explode. Pills
containing oxide of silver are liable to inflame if they become
warm. They have taken fire in the pocket of a customer,
causing severe burns. The results of many, and most, unsafe
experiments, which we would advise no young dispenser to
reproduce, lead to one satisfactory method of proceeding in
cases like that of oxide of silver. When it is a question of an
explosive salt, or one that under any circumstance may become
explosive, dilute it first, and separately, with twice its weight of
a neutral excipient. Make into a protected mass the remain-
ing explosive ingredient. Take, for example, the pill with
oxide of silver and creosote, such as : —

Argenti oxid. gr- '^J-

Creosoti S"- ^j-

M. Ft. pil. vj.

Proceed as follows : —

Argenti oxid. S"^" ^J/.

Pulv. glycyrrh S'^-

M.

Creosoti g"' ^J-

Saponis • • g-^-vJ-

M. Ft. massa.

Add the first to the second, and mass with mucilage.

This system, varied according to formula, has been practised

INCOMPATIBLES 203

successfully under even more perilous conditions. With
r^etal c o^^^^ except zinc oxide, use glycerme or mucilage ;
neve! ^redti^g age'nt or one containing an excess of carbon,
such as syrup, honey, and the like.

Nitrogen Compounds.-Tincture of iodine and am-
monk arfoften prescribed together, and iodide of nitrogen is
p oduced under certain conditions. An explosion has resulted
?r" preparation of the following prescription, iodide of
nitrogen being evidently the cause :—

lodl 25

Lin. camph. co.
Lin. saponis co.

3j-

A concentrated solution of iodine and iodide of potassium
was fiW through paper. The next day the ^^ter was to-
with a view to being removed, when the paper and funnel were
shivered into atoms with a loud explosion

Bismuth subnitrate and bicarbonate of soda or po ash n a
mixture frequently cause an explosion owing to the interacti^
of the two salts. Instances have already been given of mixtures
exhibiting this reaction.

Tinct. ferri perchloridi, B.P.. with an equal quantity of acid,
nitrohydrochlor. dil., develops sufficient gas to burst the

Chloral hydrate and spt. ammon. arom. dispensed together
in mixture, and allowed to stand for a few hours well corked
result in an explosion, due to the alkaU decomposing the chloral
hydrate with liberation of chloroform.

204

THE ART OF DISPENSING

DISPENSING FOREIGN
PRESCRIPTIONS.

In seaport towns, health-resorts, and cities with consider-
able foreign colonies, chemists are, no doubt, frequently called
upon to dispense prescriptions of foreign origin. But it pos-
sibly happens sometimes that, owing to want of the neces-
sary initiation into the not very formidable intricacies of foreign
dispensing, customers are told that the prescription they have
presented for dispensing, being a foreign one, cannot be made
out. The consequence, probably, is that the customer goes
and gets elsewhere that which, if he was only aware of it, the
chemist who turns him away has an abundance of on his own
shelves. In this chapter such information regarding French
and German methods of dispensing is given as will assist in the
compounding of continental prescriptions. In the appendix
will be found a table of terms likely to occur in French and
German prescriptions.

GERMAN PRESCRIPTIONS.
The most confusing thing about German prescriptions is
the chemical nomenclature, of which the following is a fair
example : —

Kali hydrojodici 6,0

AqutE depuratse \%o,o

Rendered into Anglo-Latin, this is :—

Potassii iodidi 1 nearly

Aquse destillatse . . . • ♦ »

DISPENSING FOREIGN PItESCklPTIONS m

In dealing with German prescriptions the difficulty of the
nomenclature, independently of minor grammatical differences
^Z^t^^i into 'acquiring the Enghsh terms for a hmited
number of drugs and preparations. The use of the adjec ue
I perhaps, the most striking deviation from the Anglo-Latin
nomenclature. Thus, for ferrum sulphuricum we should read,
according to English custom, ferri sulphas ; iox ferrum todaium,
Jerri iodLm. and so on. With the exception of particular
instances mentioned hereafter, nearly everything will with a
very little thought, be self-evident to the dispenser sufficiently
well up in his Latin not to fall into the error attributed to an
American confrere, who sent to his wholesale house for a supply
of 'aqua fervida.' There still exist, however, m various parts
of the Continent, medical men of the old school, who in ad-
dition to prescribing by the old grain, drachn., and ounce
system, make use of some of the cabalistic signs handed down
to us from past generations. Four of these are met with as
abbreviations rather frequently, viz. : 5 for pulvis, V for aqua,
jt for saccharum, and £3 for spiritus. These gentlemen also
prefer using obsolete terms for well-known preparations.
The following are most frequently met with : —

For Acetum plumbi read Liq. plumbi subacet.

saturninum »> '> "
" ^ . ,, dilutus

,, Aqua saturm »' ;» "

, „ phageedenica „ Lotio hydrargyri flava

„ „ fontana >, Aqua pura

Aquilaalba » Hydrargyri subchlondum

' Deutojoduretum hydrargyri „ „ ^"brum

Flores benzoes n Acidum benzoicum

, „ naphce >, Flores aurantii

„ zinci >. Zincioxidum

Gunimi mimoste Gummi acacia

'„ Lapis infernalis „ Argenti mtras

, Magisterium bismuthi „ Bismuthi subnitras

„ Mercurius .. Hydrargyrum
Natruni carbonicum aciduluna „ Sodx bicarbonas

Natro-kali tartaricura „ Soda tartarata

Nihilum album „ Zincioxidum

„ Oleum anthos » Oleum rosmarim

206

THE ART OF DISPENSING

For Oleum de cedro

Protojoduretum hydrargyri
Pulvis Kurellse
Saccharum saturni
Sal amarum

, , mirabile •
Sapo viridis
Syrupus diacodii
Spiritus Mindereri
Tinctura thebaica

9>
S>
5>
J>
> J
J>

M
>>

read Oleum limonis

Hydrarg. iodid. viride
Pulv. glycrrh. comp.
Plumbi acetas
Magnesia; sulphas
Sodee sulphas
Sapo mollis
Syr. papav. alb.
Liq. ammon. acet.
Tinct. opii

5>
5)
J>
>>

More modern deviations from the Anglo-Latin nomen-
clature are given below, those adopted by the Pharmacopoea
Germanica having the prefix P.G. :—

For Acidum phenylicum read Acid carbolic

amygdalarum

>>
>>
>>

9>
>>
)>
>»
JJ
>»
>>

P. G. Aqua

amararum
P.G. Calcaria usta
P.G. Cortex chinre
P.G. Chininum
P.G. Flores cinse
P.G. Gutli
Hydrargyrum amidato-bichlorat
P.G. Kalium »>
P.G. Kali ).
Linimentum volatile >>
P.G. Radix liquiritice
P. G. Liquor ammonii causlici ,,

P.G. Natrium
P.G. Natrum
P.G. Stibium
P.G. Semen strychni
Sulfur auratum
P. G. Tartarus depuratus
P.G. natronatus
P.G. stibiatus
P.G. Tinct. opii benzoica
P.G. Unguent, paraffini
P.G. Vinum stibiatum

11
11
11
11
11
1 1
11
>)

5)

Aq. lauro-cerasi
Calx

Cinchona
Quinina
Santonica
Cambogia

Hydrarg. ammoniat.

Potassium

Potassa

Linim. ammonia:

Glycyrrhiza

Liq. ammonicc

Sodium

Soda

Antimonium
Nux vomica
Antimon. sulphurat.
Potass, bitartras
Soda tartarata
Antimon. tartarat.
Tinct. camph. co.
Paraffinum molle
Vin. antimoniale

Preparations peculiar to German pharmacy which will
require reference to the German Pharmacopoeia, or some other
text-book, such as Hager's ' Manuale Pharmaceuticum,' are

DISPENSING FOREIGN PRESCRIPTIONS 207

Ammonium chloratum ferratum
(Ammon. muriatico-ferratum)

Aqua chlorata (Liq. chlori)

Elixir aurantiorum comp.

Elixir e succo liquiritire (Elixir
pectorale)

Elixir proprietatis (Paracelsi)

Ferrum aceticum (Uq. and tinct.)

Ferrum pomatum (ext. and tinct. )

Liq. ammon. anisatus

Liq. aluminii acetici

Linimentum saponato-camph.

Mixtura sulfurica acida (Elixir
acidum Halleri)

Mixtura oleoso-balsamica (Bal-
samum-vitK Hoffmani)

Mucilago salep

Oleum hyosciami coctum

Sal thermarum carolinensium (Sal

carolinum factitium)
Sapo jalapinus
Species pectorales
Species laxantes (St. Germain)
Species lignorum
Spiritus formicarum
Spir. saponis
Tinctura amara
Tinctura lignorum
Tinct. ferri chlorati setherea (Tinct.

nervina Bestuscheffii)
Tinctura opii crocata (Laudanum

liquidum Sydenhami)
Unguent. Hebrre
Vinum aromaticum

The above have been selected as being what may be called
of every-day occurrence, and, although a knowledge of them
does not constitute all that is required of a German dispenser
quite au fait with his work, it will help to clear away many
prima-facie difficulties. • t.. n • .

All quantities ordered are understood to be by weight, fluid
measures not being countenanced by the German authorities;
The minim is still very frequently represented by the drop
(gutta), of which 20 are considered equal to i gramme. As
drops vary materially according to the density of the flmd and
the size of the bottle, this is very unsatisfactory. The tare
of the dispensing-bottle being taken, the various ingredients
ordered on the prescription are successively weighed mto it,
commencing with the smallest quantities and finishing with
the vehicle. For this purpose English bottles may be said to
hold 30 grammes or more per oz. capacity of water, and denser
fluids respectively, or 24 grammes of spirit or tinctures.

The very convenient way of prescribing the vehicle, ad so
many ounces, is adopted by but few foreign physicians, and the
few who do so have mostly practised some time in this country.

As in England, mixtures predominate in German pre-
scribing. Solutions of extracts (such as ext. taraxaci, trifolii,

208

TkE ART OF DtSPJ&NSlNC

graminis, &c.), decoctions and infusions, and oil or seed emuK
Sions occur, however, somewhat more frequently. Decoctions
and infusions are directed to be recently prepared, and, if
definite proportions are not indicated by the prescriber, are to
be made in the proportion of i in lo. Seed emulsions, pre-
pared from almonds, poppy, hemp, or henbane seeds, also
1 in ID, or obtained by crushing the seeds, with the addition
of a little water, in a metal mortar, until a pasty, homogeneous
mass is produced, to which the bulk of the water is gradually
added, and the resulting milky fluid strained through flannel.
Oil emulsions are, according to the Ph. Germ., directed to be
made of oil 2, gum acacise i, and water 17 parts.

The Potio Riveri of the Ph. Germ, is a fair type of what are
called 'saturations,' i.e., an alkaline carbonate saturated with
an organic acid (preferably acetic or citric), the carbonic acid
evolved being partly absorbed by the vehicle.

Draughts, in the strict application of the term, are almost
unknown. Drops, however, are a favourite form of adminis-
tering medicines. They usually consist of tinctures or a solu-
tion of extract, alkaloid, &c.

Pills are not, perhaps, quite so much in vogue as in
England, but large quantities are sometimes prescribed, 120,
or even 360, being ordered for one patient. Pill-machines
being made to cut 30, that number or its multiples are gene-
rally ordered. Their weight scarcely ever exceeds 2 grains,
4 or 5 grain pills being quite the exception. Lycopodium
is very generally employed to roll the pills in, unless some
other powder, such as p. cinnamomi, is specially prescribed,
and gold- and silver coating is sometimes directed for better-
class patients.

Powders to the number of 12, 16, 24, or 48 are also much
in request. When not directed to be divided off" into doses
they are dispensed in bulk, to be taken by the teaspoonful ; in
the latter case they are ordered 'ad scatulam,' or, if they
contain eloeosacchara, narcotic extracts, camphor, musk, or
other volatile substances, 'ad vitrum.' Extracts to be incor-
porated with powders are kept as 'extracta sicca,' containing

DISPENSING FOREIGN PRESCRIPTIONS 209

equal parts of extract and pulv. glycyrrh. Elceosacchara are
mixtures consisting of i drop of essential oil to 2 grammes of
sugar Volatile substances, when ordered in powders divided
off into doses, are ordered 'in charta cerata,' i.e., waxed paper.
Either the dose for each powder is prescribed, with the direc-
tion 'dentur tales doses No. X.,' or the ingredients for a
number are ordered in the aggregate, with an intimation to
'divide in partes sequales No. X.'

Ointments are much of the same nature as here, and do
not call for any particular remarks. Ungt. hydr. fort, is occa-
sionally prescribed, weighed off in quantities from i to 4
grammes, to be wrapped up separately in waxed paper to the
number of 12 to 20.

Plasters are sometimes ordered in bulk for the patient to
spread them himself. Empl. vesicatorium stands for empl.
cantharidis.

Directions for use are invariably written in German, cer-
tain abbreviations being made use of, e.g., 3 tgl. i Essl.=
Dreimal taglich einen Essloffelvoll, i.e., one tablespoonful
three times daily (' to be taken ' being understood) ; 2 stl.
I Theel=Zweistundlich einen Theeloffelvoll, i.e., a teaspoon-
ful every two hours. The following words occur con-
stantly : —

Essloffelvoll
Theeloffelvoll
KaffeeloffelvoU
KinderlbffelvoU
Tropfen
Einreibung
Einspriizung
Umschlag
Salbe

tablespoonful

teaspoonful

ditto

dessertspoonful
drops

embrocation
injection
lotion
ointment

Pillen

Pulver =

Ausserlich =

Morgens =

Abends =

In Wasser =

Auf Zucker =

Zu nehmen =
Umgeschuttelt =

pills
powder

for external use
in the morning
in the evening
in water
on sugar
to be taken
to be shaken

When prescribing doses of the more active substances in excess
of the Pharmacopoeia maxima the physician adds a note of ex-
clamation after the weight (thus : morph.acet., 0,5 !), to indicate
that he is well aware of the fact and takes the responsibility on
himself.

210

THE ART OF DISPENSING

The word ' cito ! ' or even ' citissime ' is sometimes added, to
signify to the dispenser that the prescription is to be dispensed
immediately, as the patient is probably endangered if delayed.

Facsimile Prescriptions.— The difficulties of nomen-
clature over, the dispenser has now to face the handwriting of
German prescriptions, which differs materially from English
handwriting. A knowledge of this can only be acquired by
practice with the originals, of which we submit a few that will
be found useful for exercise and reference . It may surprise
English dispensers to learn that these are selected rather for
purposes of illustration than as being particularly difficult
ones, though one or two present some hard nuts to crack.
We add the correct reading of and occasional comments on
these prescriptions : —

Rp. Apomorph. mur. cryst
Morph. mur.
Aquse amygd. amar.
Elix. pector.
Aqu. destill.
Syr. simpl..

0-04 (f gr.)

0-02 (fogr.)

S-o (77 grs.)
20-0 (I oz. av. 85 gi-s.)
30-0 (I oz. av. 25 grs.)
15-0 (I oz. av. 13 grs.)

M. D. S. 4 mal taglich einen Theeloffelvoll

DISPENSING FOREIGN PRESCRIPTIONS 211

In this prescription the quantities are, as usual, given in
metric weights. The liquids, as well as the solids, should be
weighed into the bottle, which by preference should be of
black glass, in order to prevent decomposition of the apomor-

The aq. amygd. amar. of the prescription is the aqua lauro-
cerasi, and elixir pectorale is the elixir e succo liquirit. of the
German Pharmacopoeia. ^

The directions mean ' four times daily one teaspoonful.

The mark 1-45 in the margin means that the price charged
was I mark 45 pfennige=i^. 5^. The price is regulated in
Germany by a Government tariff which the pharmacist may
not exceed under penalty of a heavy fine.

/

Chinini muriat. . • • • • . 1 'O

Aqu. dest 30-o

Acid, muriat. dil "J-^-

S. Nachmittags einen Essloffelvoll.

This is quoted chiefly for the directions, which are rather
unusual, namely, a tablespoonful in the afternoon.

p 2

212

THE ART OF DISPENSING

■ 'A

Iodoform
Ungt. cerei .

3-0 Vasel. alb. . . . lO-o
lo.o Cumarin . . •• 0*4
M. Ft. ungt. D. S. Mgs. (Morgens) einzureiben.

An ointment ' to be rubbed in, in the morning.' The ung.
cerei is composed of ohve oil 7 parts and yellow wax 3 parts.
The letters on the margin—* o. a. e. 1.'— stand for ' olla alba
epistomio ligneo '- a white jar with wooden top, Price charged,
im. 3opf. ^

DISPENSING FOREIGN PRESCRIPTION^ 213

Rp. Tinct. chince comp

„ valer. rether ^- S^J-

M. D. S. Alle 2 Stunden, 15 Tropfen auf Zucker.

This is written by one of the old-fashioned doctors who still
use the old measures. The directions mean ' fifteen drops on
sugar every two hours.' Observe the word ' cito ' at the end o
the prescription as an injunction to the dispenser.

Rp. Coffeini centig. 3

Sacch. albi decig. 5

M. Ft. pulv., d. tales dos. No. IV. S. Morg. und Abends ein Pulver.

This prescriber looks like taking first prize for bad writing
in this competition. ' Caffeine ' in English is ' coffein ' in Ger-
man. The doctor's pecuhar care to write out 'centig.' and
'decig.' assists marvellously to obscure his prescription for
foreign readers. Price charged, sopf.=6</.

214

THE ART OF DISPENSING

(A

Rp. Tinct. rhei vinos 6-oo

valcr 4-00

Elix. aur. comp ^-oo

D. S. Zweimal tiiglich, 18-20 T.

Vinous tincture of rhubarb is made of rhubarb 8, orange-
peel 2, cardamoms i, and sherry 100 parts. The directions
are given here very curtly, but no doubt mean '18 to 20 drops
twice daily.' Price charged, o-85pf.=io^/.

, - J '

Solut. zinci sulph. (0-5) 200-0

S. pro injectione.

This is simple enough. Half a gramme of sulphate of zinc
to be dissolved in 200 grammes of water.

DISPENSING FOREIGN PRESCRIPTIONS 2iJ

Si

Canif. trit • • 5J-

Tere c.

Mucil. g. arab S^^'

Laud. liq. Syd. S^j'

Syr. It Svj-

V. dest S^j-

D. S. Morgens und Abends einen Essloffelvoll.

In this prescription we come across the old Arabic signs
for sugar and water. The directions mean ' one tablespoonful
night and morning.'

THE ART OP DISPENSING

Chininl suUuiic gram. 2

Extract, valerian gram. 4

Extract, tarax q-s-

Ut f. pilul. No. 60. Conspergentur pulv. cass. cinnam. D. S.
Dreimal taglich vier Pille zu nehmen.

The only point about this prescription which needs explana-
tion is the interpolation of the dispenser, who found that i
gramme extract, tarax. and 5 grammes of an inert substance,
for which he chose pulv. rad. althaese, were required to make
the mass. The pills were rolled in pulv. cinnamom.

DISPENSING FOREIGN PRESCRIPTIONS 217

lod. pur °'5

Kaliiiodat 2-0

Ungt. paraff. 20 -o

F. ungt. D. S.

It is hardly necessary to say that for ' kalii iodat.' iodide of
potassium is intended, and paraffinum molle for ' ungt. paraff.'
On the margin the dispenser has run out the calculation of his
charge as by law allowed. The first three figures are for the
ingredients, the last for the vessel, and the others for the mix-
ing and the labelling, &c., making \s. id. in all. The 'o. gris.'
means the ointment was dispensed in an earthenware pot—
oUa grisea.

FBENOH PRESCRIPTIONS.

The art of dispensing ' as in France ' is fairly told in the
following article, written by a French pharmacien, who bases
his remarks upon a week's work, which consisted of 33 potions
(mixtures), i suppository, 9 powders, 5 drops, 5 solutes (solu-
tions), I inhalation, 4 collutoires (collutoria), 9 pommades
(ointments), 10 syrups, 3 hypodermic injections, 7 cachets,
4 liniments, 3 pills, 2 wines, and 4 melanges.

The Codex gives some general directions to be observed in
the preparation of potions. All powders, vegetable or mineral,
it directs, should be divided by the syrup or gum which may
be prescribed. Kermes mineral, which is frequently occurring,
should be well triturated with sugar before the addition of the
other ingredients, and all volatile substances, such as ethers.

2l8

THE ART OF DISPENSING

should be added last. The first prescription containing the
mineral illustrates the difficulties of the dispenser, and also,
what is of far greater importance, the general inaccuracy of the
French system. It runs thus : —

Kermes mineral o-io gramme

Gomme arabique . . . • . q.s.

Eau distillee 15° grammes

Teint d'aconit 6 drops

Sirop diacode 3° grammes

Frequently this would be dispensed without gum, as the
quantity of powder is so small. The uncertainty as to the use
of the gum is troublesome, and so is the quantity of tincture,
as drop-measures are unknown. Referring to the Codex, we
find that the normal drop-measure should be a glass tube with
a capillary opening, having an outside diameter of 3 milli-
metres, capable of giving drops of distilled water of which
20 will weigh i gramme. Practically these tubes are in very
little use, the rough-and-ready practice of dropping from the
bottle being much more prevalent— in fact, in a large dis-
pensing business it would be difficult to find the time to do
otherwise.

The prescription, however, has the advantage of equalling
by weight exactly the contents of a 180-gramme bottle, or
about an ordinary six-oz. English bottle— a circumstance for
which the dispenser is always thankful. The next presents a
dilemma in that respect :—

Teint d'aconit 5 drops

Teint de belladonne . . . . • • i drop

Syrup of orange flowers , .... 40 grammes

Eau distillee 3° >.

In this case a 60-gramme or 2-oz. bottle will not contain
the exact weight ; it has, however, been dispensed to fill both
a 2-oz. and 3-oz. bottle — which makes an important difference
in the dose of one teaspoonful every half-hour, and also in a
3-oz. bottle, not filled, but containing the exact weight, which
an English dispenser would regard as the only correct course.
But then occurs a commercial trouble. The customer com-

DISPENSING FOREIGN PRESCRIPTIONS 219

plains that the bottle is not full, and that in other pharmacies
this has not been the case, and he gets the impression either
that he is cheated or that a mistake has been made. More-
over, it may be mentioned that French bottles are really re-
markable for their inaccuracy ; taking twelve bottles marked
180 grammes, perhaps one in the twelve on weighing will be
found accurate, the others differing from 5 to 20 grammes.
Another example : —

Extract quinquina I gramme

Cognac 2 ,,

Julep gommeux 13° »j

This mixture has been sent out both in 4-oz. and 5-oz. bottles.
Many dispensers take the precaution to note the exact size of
bottle in the prescription-book, so as to secure uniformity.
Mixtures containing tinctures or other liquids in the quantity
of I gramme, or even 2 grammes, are another fruitful source
of discrepancies, as practically so small a dose cannot be
weighed accurately into a 6 or 8 oz. bottle on an ordinary pair of
counter-scales. The Codex offers some assistance with a table
showing the numbers of drops contained in i gramme of such
preparations as are most frequently prescribed ; but this is not
of practical service, as accurate measurement of drops involves
a great loss of time. In this table the number of drops to a
gramme varies from 20 of distilled water to 90 of sulphuric
ether. The dispenser very soon falls into the usual system of
adding these ingredients more or less ' ^ I'ceil.'

Whilst on the subject of mixtures we note the absence in
French prescriptions of a safeguard which often prevents
mistakes in England. In the majority of cases French pre-
scribers give no directions on the prescriptions as to how the
medicine is to be taken. When given the directions are not
infrequently shamefully vague. 'Take by spoonfuls' occurs
constantly, without indication whether tea, dessert, or table
spoons are intended. A consolation for the pharmacien is
that French remedies are generally very innocuous, and the
quantity taken is not of so much importance.

220

THE ART OF DISPEmiNG

Suppositories also give rise to many uncertainties. The
standard weight, according to the Codex, should be 4 grammes,
which is not the case in the following : — •

To make one suppositorj'.

Moulds as used in England are unknown in France, and
their place is roughly supplied by extemporaneous paper cones,
which require some practice and dexterity to produce of the
same size, so as to obtain suppositories of uniform length and
diameter. It is almost certain that no two pharmacies will
turn them out in identical style. Suppositories before delivery
to the customer are always covered with tinfoil — for what pur-
pose it is difficult to say, as the patient has the trouble of
unwrapping each one before using.

Powders, as a rule, are dispensed in as small a compass as
possible, and many pharmaciens use powder-papers already
folded, with their name and address thereon. This system
offers the advantage of uniformity and neatness, not always
obtainable by handwork. The papers are made both in
ordinary and in waxed paper, the latter being employed for
iodide and bromide of sodium and other deliquescent salts,
which are frequently prescribed as powders. The following
is an ordinary prescription for powders : —

Calcined magnesia . . . . • o -20 gramme

Nitrate bismuth 0'20 ,,

Pancreatine ...... 0"io

Pepsine ....... O'lo

Prepared chalk 0-15 ,,

Opium O'OJ »

For one powder. Send twenty such.

Cacao butter
Ext. opium
Ext. belladon
Camphor .

0-03
o-oi
0-30

3

grammes

The price usually charged would be 2s. 6d. Powders are often
prescribed in bulk, as the following :—

DISPENSING FOREIGN PRESCRIPTIONS 221

Carbonate of iron *° S-

Peruvian bark ^5 g-

Myrrh "5 g-

Liquorice %•

To be taken by teaspoonfuls.

These are usually dispensed in cardboard boxes, very seldom
in wide-mouth bottles, unless at the special request of the
customer.

Drops ofTer no feature of special interest, as they do not
appear to be a popular form of prescribing, and are almost con-
fined to arsenical preparations and such tinctures as nux
vomica, ignatia, &c. These are generally dispensed in stop-
pered bottles fitted with a capillary tube, or stoppers with a
groove and lip, or, when it is a question of price, in an ordinary
phial, with a separate drop tube, at a cheap rate. CoUutoires,
or applications for brushing out the throat or mouth, usually
have as a basis mulberry syrup, honey of roses, or glycerine,
with about 10 per cent, of some active ingredient, such as
potassium chlorate, borax, &c. The quantity usually ordered
is about I fluid oz., which is sent out in a wide-mouth phial
sufficiently large to admit a camel's-hair brush.

The dispensing of ointments differs little from English pro-
cedure, and the formulae do not, as a rule, present any novel
features. Lard as a basis is becoming discarded for vasehne
and lanohn. The preparations most in use are mercury,
iodine, and zinc ; turpeth mineral occurs as an ointment of
I part in 30 ; also sulphate of copper. Ung. belladonnfe is a
great favourite with French prescribers, and occurs in all sorts
of combinations, such as the following : —

Ext. bellad I g-

Ext. opii I g-

01. menth. pip 5 gtt.

Adipis glycerinat 20 g.

The English style of covered pots for ointments has never
come into use in France, but they are usually sent out in galli-
pots covered with tinfoil and paper or circular discs of card-
board. Recently screw-capped jars with nickel covers have

222

THE ART OF DISPENSTNG

found a place on the dispensing-counter, and from their con-
venience and low price will soon supersede the antiquated
style of package.

Syrups form the real foundation of French pharmacy. The
Codex gives the formulae of 80, all more or less in daily use,
and the non-official may be reckoned at some 600, all of which
occur more or less in prescriptions. Sirop de limaille de fer
(syrup of iron filings) is a specimen of the more unusual ones.
Here, again, discrepancies occur. The instructions of the
Codex are seldom followed, as" most pharmaciens prepare even
the official syrups from fluid extracts. The products differ widely
from the original type, especially as the admixture is frequently
made out of economical motives, to avoid keeping stocks of
perishable preparations. In fact, the dispensing of syrups in
France is exactly parallel with that of infusions in England. It
is certain, however, that this system of dispensing has told
against the pharmacien ; many physicians prefer to prescribe the
syrups of well-known specialists — such as Laroze, Chassaing,
&c. — rather than risk the home-made combinations of the dis-
penser. Prescriptions for specialities simply are becoming
more and more common. For instance, the following : —

One bottle digitalin (Homolle), i granule every two days.
One bottle eau Gazost, as directed.

One tin meat powder (Rousseau), a teaspoonful twice a day.
One tube quassin (Burgraeve), one granule at each meal.

In this case nothing is left to the skill of the dispenser, and his
loss of profit is very considerable. It is probable, however,
that much of this has been brought about by bad work.
Glucose frequently forms an important item in syrup dis-
pensing.

Cachets, or small concave discs of wafer-paper enclosing a
medicinal dose, are distinctive, and deserve to be more
generally adopted. Patients like them, and they afford a good
profit to the chemist. Limousin's apparatus for filling and
closing the cachets is not equal to that of Digne, of Marseilles,
either for simplicity or celerity. This latter is now generally
adopted. An example runs : —

DISPENSING FOREIGN PRESCRIPTIONS 223

Pancreatin 0-25 centigr.

Maltine 0-25

Bismuth °'25 >>

Prepared chalk 0-25 ,,

For one cachet. Send twenty.

The price would be 5^. Cachets are sent out in cardboard
cylindrical cases of different diameters, according to size, from
o to 3, containing from five to twenty. For the exhibition of
powders, salts of quinine, &c., nothing can be better adapted
than this plan, which has in many instances replaced the use of
pills and powders. Cachets of quinine, bismuth, rhubarb, and
other popular remedies are very generally kept ready prepared.
Extracts are also prescribed in this form, as in the following
formula : —

Ext. cinchonce 0-15 gramme

Quininse bromid. .... O'lO ,,

Sodii salicyl O'^S >>

Make one cachet.

It is customary to mark on the prescription the size of the
cachet employed, so as to secure uniformity. ^

Liniments are now generally dispensed in blue glass phials
with distinctive red labels. The formulae for liniments at times

' curious, as will be seen from the following : —

Tinct. digitalis.

15 grammes

Tinct. scillre ....

• IS

Tinct. scammon.

• 15

Eau de vie de lavande

• 300 ».

Sulfate de quinine .

• 2 „

01. hyoscyami.

. 200 ,,

Camphor ....

• -4

Laudanum (Rousseau)

• 4 M

Ext. belladon

• 4

Chloroform ....

. 4 »

Ft. lin.

The most frequently prescribed appear to be baume opodel-
doc (similar to Steer's), baume tranquille, or baume fioraventi
as a basis, in conjunction with sedatives.

224

THE ART OF DISPENSING

Pills are certainly going out of fashion, aperients being very
seldom ordered in this form, nor can special pills be said to
have any really popular demand. Mineral waters, such as
Hunyadi Janos, Royale Hongroise, &c., have driven pills out
of the field, much to the dispenser's loss. The cheap screw-
capped pill tubes have superseded the old paper box, and are
much adopted by specialists ; turned wood boxes appear never
to have been worth making by French sundriesmen, the few
met with being evidently of English origin. Some of the pill
formulee are surprising, and being frequently without any direc-
tions for taking are certainly trying to the nerves of the dis-
penser, e.g. : —

Atropine S milligrammes

Conf. rosffi q-s-

To make five pills.

Another : —

Veratrlne 5 centigrammes

Opium 5 j>

Ft. pil. j. Mitte xxx.

In this case, as the prescriber could not be consulted, the
quantity of veratrine was changed from 5 centigrammes to
\ centigramme.

Quassin crystal .... 2 milligrammes

Strychnine 3 '>

Sulph. quinine . . • -25

Ft. pil. j. Mitte vj.

Ext. cinchonse . . • • 10 milligrammes

Ferri lactatis 3 »»

Ferri et sodse pyrophosph. . .2
P. ergotse . • • • .• 2 >>
Ft. pil. j. Mitte 50.

The time and care required for such preparations are never
compensated by the price obtained. As a powder for roUing
pills lycopodium is almost always employed, except when the
pills are directed to be sent in orris or cinnamon powder, which

DISPENSING FOREIGN PRESCRIPTIONS 225

happens occasionally. Silvering is becoming a thing of the
past.

Wines are a favourite form of administration, and are
usually prescribed by bottle or half-bottle ; but in this case,
as in so many others, proprietary articles are preferred. As
examples of wines prescribed take the following : —

Vin de quinquinse au Malaga, containing in every loo grammes
10 drops tinct. nucis vomicse, send \ litre.

or : —

Vin. cinchonse I litre

Ferri et sodse pyrophosph . , . . 2 grammes

These are usually dispensed in special-shaped bottles and
capsuled.

Melange is a word frequently employed to head the label
of a preparation, and it is somewhat difificult to define, as the
following specimens will show : —

I.

Old rum
Creosote
Glycerine
Suivant avis (as directed).

II.

Honey ....
Extract of arnica flowers .

Mix.

III.

Iodoform
Aq. rosaj
Aq. destil.
Tinct. opii

. Mix.

Occasionally such prescriptions as the following crop up :—
Sulphate of magnesia, rose leaves, sarsaparilla, fumitory, china
root, liquorice root, agaric {Boletus laricis), senna, and soap-
wort, of each i oz. ; infuse for twenty-four hours in 4 litres of
boiling water. This involves thoroughly cutting up or disinte-

Q

grammes

5

20

IS
IS

I

so

SO
I

226

THE ART OF DISPENSING

grating the whole of the materials, so as to produce as uniform
a compound as possible. The price charged would be 5^. This
would be given to the patient either in a paper bag or card-
board box, according to circumstances. Packets of different
preparations for infusions are frequently ordered, besides tisanes,
or teas, to be drunk between the medicinal doses. Here is an
example :— Quassia, 16 grammes ; roasted coffee, 32 grammes.
Divide into eight packets as directed.

227

NEW REMEDIES.

The present era is characterised, medicinally and pharma-
ceutically, by a constant stream of new medicinal agents.
Some of these are commonly prescribed and present few
features of difficulty in dispensing, while there are others which
are rarely called for, and on that account the chemist may
be unable at once to advise the physician as to how they
should be administered.

In this chapter we therefore give some brief notes regard-
ing recently introduced remedies, more especially those which
are synthetically produced.

Amylene Hydrate.— This is a clear colourless liquid
with a shghtly camphoraceous odour; insoluble in water but
soluble in alcohol and ether.

Its principal use is as a hypnotic, for which purpose the
dose given is from 5ss. to 5j-

Amylene hydrate may be administered in gelatine capsules,
each containing 15 minims, or as a mixture such as the fol-
lowing : —

Amylen. hydrat. . . . . . • 5j'

Ext. glycyrrhiz. liq. ...... 5j.

Aquae destillat Jj.

M. To be shaken before use.

It is sometimes administered as an enema, per rectum, in
which case the following should be the form : —

Amylen. hydrat. •••••• Sj-

Mucilag. acacia: ...... '^j.

AqucC destillatce ad jij.

Rub the amylene hydrate with the mucilage and add the water. To be
shaken before use.

Q 2

228 THE ART OF DISPENSING

Anthrarobin is a synthetical product closely resembling
chrysarobin, and is used as a substitute for that drug. It is
found as a pale yellowish powder which is very irritating to
the nostrils. It is soluble in lo parts of glycerine at 210° C. ;
soluble in 10 parts of cold and 5 parts of boiling alcohol. It
is insoluble in water, but is freely soluble in an aqueous solu-
tion of borax. Anthrarobin is used in place of chrysarobin in
the treatment of psoriasis, herpes, and other skin diseases. It
is applied in a similar way as ointment with lanolin, or in solu-
tion—alcohol, glycerine, or solution of borax being the solvent,
as in the following formula : —

Anthrarobin! SJ-

Boracis

Aquce deslillatje 5J-

Fiat solutio.

This is the strength of preparation generally used, i in 5 being
the strongest.

Antifebrin (Acetanilide).— This febrifuge occurs in
colourless crystals, nearly insoluble in cold w^ater, but easily
soluble in alcohol. The dose is from 2 to 10 grams. Owmg
to the insolubility of antifebrin in water it is not easy to give it
in mixture form, because that necessitates a large proportion
of alcohol. The following is a good form :—

Antifebrin 5J'

Syrupi

Spt. vini Gallici 5^1-

Dissolve the antifebrin in the brandy and add the syrup, gss.
is the common dose of this mixture for an adult.

Antifebrin is, however, best given in pill form— glycerine
of tragacanth is the excipient to use-in compressed tablets, or
in powders with wafer-paper.

Antipyrin, originally introduced as a febrifuge, but also
extensively used as a soporific and for other purposes, occurs
in colourless laminar crystals, which dissolve both m alcohol
and water very readily. The doses vary from 15 to 30 grains

NEW REMEDIES

229

for an adult, and from 3 to 12 grains for children. Five grains
make a good though large pill with i grain of tragacanth powder
and a tiny drop of water.

The hypodermic injection is made according to the following
formula : —

Antipyrin 5J-

Aquce destillat 5^-

Dissolve by the aid of heat.

A good whooping-cough mixture for children is made as
oUows : —

Antipyrin gr. xv.

Vin. Tokay

Aquje destillat. . . . . . • 3j-

Syr. flor. aurantii ...... 5]'.

Fiat mistura.

Dose. A tablespoonful every two hours.

When prescribed as powders it is preferable to dispense the
crystaUine form of antipyrin. The remedy is also largely given
in the form of compressed tablets.

Antithermin. — This is one of the latest synthetical bodies
recommended as febrifuges. It occurs in crystalline form, the
substance is colourless, insoluble in water, and difficultly soluble
in alcohol. No account has yet been given of its therapeutic
action or posology. It can be administered as powders or pills,
like antifebrin.

Aseptol (Sozolic Acid). — A syrupy-like fluid of a reddish
colour, soluble in water, alcohol, and glycerine. Used exter-
nally as an antiseptic. Aseptol must not be mistaken for the
aseptinic acid of commerce. It is generally dispensed in
aqueous solution — i part of aseptol to 20 to 30 parts of water
— and should be sent out in blue glass bottles.

Betol — a remedy for rheumatism — occurs in briUiant
crystals, insoluble in water, but soluble in alcohol and fixed
oils. Dose, 15 to 30 grains in powder or pills. Betol bougies

230 THE ART OF DISPENSING

(weight 20 grains, each containing 4 grains of betol) are made
with cacao-butter.

Bromethyl (Bromide of Ethyl).— A colourless, volatile
fluid possessing an odour like chloroform. Its specific gravity
should be i'SQo if pure. It is used as an anaesthetic, like chlo-
roform. Care should be taken to keep and dispense the fluid
in distinctive bottles, so that it may not be mistaken for other
fluids, more especially for bromethykfie, which has quite diff"erent
properties.

Creolin.— Jeye's Disinfectant is sold in Germany under
this name. The chemical-like name has something probably
to do with its success. It is administered internally in doses
of 2 to 5 minims in catarrh of the bladder ; is used externally
as an ointment (5 to 10 minims to i ounce) ; and as an injection
in gonorrhoea (5 to 25 minims to i ounce).

Guaiacol— one of the principal constituents of creosote-
is a colourless liquid, soluble in ether, alcohol, and fixed oils,
but only sparingly soluble in water. It is used as a remedy
in phthisis, in doses of a minim three times a day, given in
mixture, or along with cod-liver oil. Thus :—

Guaiacol

Spirit, reclifical S^-

Aqure destillatre 3^"]-

M.

Dose. A tablespoonful in a glassful of water twice a day.

Guaiacol

01. morrhuos S^-

Misce.

Hydrargyri Carbolas.— This new salt of mercury has
been introduced as the safest mercuric salt for administration
in syphihs. It is in the form of colourless crystaUine needles,
nearly insoluble in water, and difficultly soluble in alcohol.
Dose, ^ to i grain. It is the mercuric, not the mercurous, salt
which ^should be used, and pills are the best form for adminis-
tration. The following formula is recommended :—

NEW REMEDIES

231

Hydrargyri carbolat gr- 20

Pulv. glycyrrhizce 5J-

Ext. glycyrrhizee . . ■ • • • 5J*
Fiat massa, et divide in pilulas sexaginta. To be coated with tolu.

Hydrargyri Salicylas.— An amorphous white powder,
difficultly soluble in water and alcohol, easily soluble in an
aqueous solution of sodium chloride or sodium bicarbonate.
Used in the treatment of syphilis, gonorrhoea, and similar
diseases. Internally given in doses not exceeding i grain daily,
in syphilis, and used as an injection for gonorrhoea. The
following are suitable forms for dispensing the remedy :—

Pills.

Hydrargyri salicylatis gr- xv.

Pulv. glycyrrhizEe . . . . • • SJ-

Extracti glycyrrhizte 5j-

Misce, fiat massa et divide in pilulas sexaginta (60).

Injection.

Hydrargyri salicylatis g""- j-

Sodii bicarbonatis gr- xv.

Aqu3e destillatse 3^*

Fiat solutio.
To be used four or five times a day.

Hypnone is a colourless fluid, sparingly soluble in water,
and more soluble in alcohol. Dose, 3 to 8 minims as a hyp-
notic.

Hypnone exerts a somewhat caustic action upon the mucous
membrane, and for that reason it is best dispensed in gelatine
capsules, each of which should contain i minim of hypnone
dissolved in 9 minims of almond-oil.

Ichthyol (Ammonium Ichthyolate).— A dark-brown
and thickish fluid, insoluble in water, but soluble in alcohol
and ether. Internally ichthyol is given in doses of 4 to 20
minims, but it is much more used externally as an ointment
with lanolin, and in other forms. For this purpose the am-
monium ichthyolate is generally used, but it is preferable to

232

THE ART OF DISPENSING

use the sodium ichthyolate for pills, as that salt is much thicker
than the ammonium one. A good solution of ichthyol for spray
is made by dissolving one part of ammonium ichthyolate in two
parts of spirit of ether.

Iodine Terchloride. — A yellowish-red substance, which
is very hygroscopic and is therefore kept in sealed glass tubes.
Its principal use is as an antiseptic. It is also useful as an
anti-fermentative in dyspepsia, and as an injection in gonorrhoea.
Iodine terchloride is supplied in 15-grain tubes, sufficient to
make 4 ounces of lotion (about i per cent.). It forms a
mahogany-coloured solution with water, which must be pro-
tected from the action of light, as this converts it into a mono-
chloride, which, however, has also antiseptic power. This
change is rapidly effected on coming in contact with organic
matter, chlorine and iodine being liberated in a nascent state.
Hence the action as an antiseptic.

lodol. — A pale yellowish-brown powder used as a sub-
stitute for iodoform. It is insoluble in water, but soluble in
alcohol and fixed oils. For the same purposes as iodide of
potassium it is given internally in doses of i to 2 grains, dis-
pensed in pill form. Thus : —

lodol gr. xii.

Pulv. glycynhiz gr. xii.

Ext. glycyrrhiz. ...... gr. xii.

Fiat massa, et divide in pilulas xii.

Externally it is used, like iodoform, chiefly as a dusting powder,
but also in the form of ointment.

Kairin. — A febrifuge which enjoyed considerable reputation
for some time, but is not now manufactured, antipyrin having
taken its place.

Methylal. — A colourless ethereal fluid, readily soluble in
water, alcohol, and fixed oils. Dose as a hypnotic, 15 to 30
minims. Is also used externally as a local anaesthetic, being
applied in the form of ointment or liniment (with oil), both of

I^EW REMEDIES

233

which should, Owing to the extremely volatile nature of methylal,
be dispensed in well-stoppered bottles.
A good mixture for internal use :—

Methylal ' ^}}'

Syr. flor. aurantii 5]

Aqure destillatre

Dose, a tablespoon ful.

Mollin. This is an oleo-saponaceous ointment basis which

does not melt even in the warmest climate. It is white, and
of the consistency of lard. The great advantage of it is that
it can be easily washed off the skin, whether it is used in the
pure state or mixed with such medicaments as Peruvian balsam,
ichthyol, and the like. In dispensing ointments containing
mollin, the medicaments, if soluble, may first be dissolved
before incorporating with the base, or the dry substance and
the mollin may be intimately mixed in a mortar.

Morrhuol is a proprietary article, which is represented to
be the active principle of cod-liver oil.

Naphthalin is found in the form of colourless crystals
which possess an odour hke coal-gas. The substance is in-
soluble in water, sparingly soluble in cold alcohol and fixed
oils, and readily soluble if heated with these solvents.

Therapeutically, naphthalin is used internally in the treat-
ment of typhoid fever (2 to 8 grains), and externally in skin
diseases. It is also used for the preservation of natural
history specimens from the attack of moths and other small
insects. Owing to the insoluble nature of the drug, it should
not be given in the form of mixture, but as powders. The
following formula is a good one, as it ensures that the dis-
agreeable odour of the naphthalin is disguised : —

Naphthalini gr. xxx.

Sacchari albi gr. xxx.

Olei bergamotli

Misce et divide in pulveres duodecim.

A powder may be given three times a day.

In preparing ointments of naphthalin the drug should be
dissolved in the melted fatty basis.

234

THE ART OF DISPENSING

Naphthol occurs in resplendent crystalline scales, nearly
insoluble in cold water, but very soluble in alcohol and fixed
oils. It is used externally as ointment or in alcoholic solution
in the treatment of skin diseases, scabies, &c. The ointment
is made by dissolving the naphthol in the melted fatty basis,
the general strength varying from i in 20 to i in 10. For itch
the stronger preparation is most beneficial. The solution (i in
40) is simply used as an antiseptic wash for the skin.

Oxynaphthoic Acid. — ^There are two modifications ot
this body, viz., the alpha and beta, but it is the former which
is used as an antiseptic. It is a nearly white powder, practi-
cally insoluble in water, but soluble on the addition of alkalies,
which form salts with it. The acid is easily soluble in alcohol
and ether. In addition to its properties as an antiseptic, oxy-
naphthoic acid is also used as an antizymotic. At present,
however, itch appears to be the only complaint for which the
acid has come into use, and for this purpose a i in 20 ointment
(with lanolin or vaseline), or, better, a collodion containing 2
grains per ounce, is beneficial.

Paraldehyd. — This modification of aldehyd is not now so
much used as it was, but, like other new remedies which have
not fulfilled all that was anticipated of them, it is occasionally
prescribed. It is a colourless liquid, soluble in 10 parts of
water, and soluble in alcohol. Dose, 5ss. to 5j. as a hypnotic.
The following makes a good sleeping draught : —

Paraldehyd ' • SJ-

Spiritus vini gallici 5SS.

Olei limonis n]-

Syrupi 5^^*

Aquoe ad Jiij.

M.

Phenacetin (Paracetphenetidin).— This, one of the
latest of the synthetical compounds introduced as antipyretics,
is a white crystalline powder, nearly insoluble in water, but
easily soluble in alcohol. It is perfectly tasteless. The dose
of it is from 8 to 20 grains for adults as an antipyretic, and

NEW REMEDIES

235

similar doses may be given in neuralgia, for which phenacetin
also appears to be useful. It is best given in powder form or
as tablets, its insoluble character not permittmg it to be made
into mixture.

Photoxylin— This is collodion made from wood-wool
gun-cotton. It has practically the same applications as the
official collodion.

Pyridine.— Used for inhalation in asthma. It is a colour-
less fluid, soluble in water and alcohol. A fluid drachm of it
is used for each inhalation, being simply poured upon a plate
and inhaled.

Resorcin occurs in colourless crystals, readily soluble in
water and alcohol. It is used internally in doses of 8 to 20
grains as an antifermentative and antipyretic, and externally
in the form of ointment or solution in the treatment of skin
diseases and in urethral affections. The following is a suitable
form for an injection : —

Resorcin 3° S^^-

Aq. destill. . • • ' • • • • ^iv-
Solve.

Saccharin.— A white powder, sometimes possessing a
weak odour of bitter almonds owing to impurity, very slightly
soluble in water, but soluble in alcohol. With alkalies it
forms salts which are freely soluble in water. Saccharin pos-
sesses an extraordinarily sweet taste, and is also slightly anti-
septic. It is solely used for its sweetening properties, and in
mixtures is preferably combined with a little bicarbonate of
soda. Acids, of course, throw it out of solution.

Salol.— A white crystalline powder, insoluble in water, but
soluble in alcohol. Combines the properties of phenol and
salicylic acid (of which it is a compound), and, like the latter,
is used in the treatment of acute rheumatism, and also as an
antiseptic, like iodoform. It is much used as a mouth-wash
and gargle for correcting fretid breath. The dose of salol is
from 15 to 30 grains three times a day, dispensed as powders.

236

THE ART OF DISPENSING

Salufer, the proprietary name of fluosilicate of soda solu-
tion. Mr. Wm. Thomson, of Manchester, has found the fluo-
silicates to be powerfully antiseptic. Fluosilicate of soda is
soluble in about i"8o parts of water, and the solution salufer (a
patented article) is used in 2 per cent, mixture with water as
an antiseptic lotion in surgical operations ; also as an injection
in gonorrhoea, and as a gargle in diphtheria.

Solvin (Polysolve). — A yellowish, oily liquid, soluble in
2 parts of water, but the substance is thrown out of solution
on the addition of more water. It mixes freely with alcohol,
ether, chloroform, turpentine, and glycerine. It dissolves such
substances as sulphur, iodoform, naphthalin, salicylic acid,
salol, chrysarobin, camphor, asafcetida, cantharidin, and san-
tonin to the extent of i in 50. It is owing to this latter pro-
perty that it is used in medicine as a basis for liniments and
ointments. It should be kept in perfectly full bottles, as it
becomes thick on exposure to the air.

Sozoiodol. — The substance found in commerce under this
name is a soda salt of iodparaphenolsulphonic acid. Various
other salts are also to be had, and they are more or less soluble
in water. All are white crystalline solids.

Sozoiodol is an iodoform substitute, used externally as an
ointment, or the powder is sprinkled on the affected parts. The
following is a good recipe for the ointment : —

Sozoiodol . . . . ■ • • 5y*

Zinci oxidi S^s-

Amyli Jj-

Vaselini .......

Fiat unguentum.

Lanolin may be used in place of vaseline.

Sulphonal— the latest hypnotic— is in the form of white
crystals, which dissolve in about 12 parts of boiling water, but
the substance is much less soluble in cold water, one ounce
dissolving a grain with difficulty. Alcohol and ether dissolve it
more readily. Dose : 15 to 30 grains five hours before bedtime.

NEW REMEDIES 237

In addition to being practically insoluble in cold water sul-
phonal does not mix well with it, and requires a little mucilage '
of acacia for its suspension, or the following may be used :-

Sulphonal 3^^' ,

Pulv. tragacanthffi comp

Syrupi ,

A ... ad 51SS.
Aquffi

Rub the sulphonal in a mortar to fine powder, add the compound
tragacanth powder, mix, then add the water and syrup to form a uniform
mixture.

If it is desired to give sulphonal in solid form, the com-
pressed tablets should be ordered, as pills are comparatively
bulky, owing to the quantity of excipient required.

Terpine Hydrate.— A colourless crystalline solid, diffi-
cultly soluble in cold, but more soluble in hot, water, and
soluble in alcohol. Used in bronchitis and other chest affec-
tions. Dose : 3 to 10 grains. The following are suitable forms
for administration : —

Pills.

Terpin. hydrat 5J'

Glycerin, tragacanth q-s.

Fiat massa. Divide in pilulas xxx.

Mixture.

Terpin. hydrat 5J;

Glycerini

Spirit, rectificat oM-

Syrupi -Sy-

Mix the terpine hydrate with the glycerine, heat on a water-bath until
dissolved, and add the spirit and syrup previously mixed.

Terpinol is a colourless, oily liquid, insoluble in water,
but soluble in alcohol and ether. Its uses are the same as
terpin hydrate. Dose : 2 grains. It is best given in gelatine
capsules, the dose being mixed with three times its volume of
olive oil. It may also be given in pills, such as :—

238

THE ART OF DISPENSING

Terpinol . 5j.

Ammonii benzoalis . . . . • 5j-

Cera flav?e ....... 5j.

AcaciK pulveris ...... jjr. xx.

Sacchari albi gr. xx.

Pulv. glycyrrhizcu ...... gr. xx,

Mucil. tragacantha; . . . . . q.s.

Fiant pilulse xl.

Thallin. — Since the introduction of antipyrin and phena-
cetin, thallin has not been so much asked for. The sulphate
of the base is generally used. It is a crystalline, colourless
solid, soluble in water and less soluble in alcohol. Internally
it is given in doses of 3 to 8 grains made into pills. For
gonorrhoea it is used as an injection, 4 to 8 grains in an ounce
of water, and as bougies with the cacao-butter basis.

Tribromophenol is used medicinally as an antiseptic.
It is a solid in very soft white crystals, scarcely soluble in
water, but soluble in alcohol. For surgical dressings the
powder is simply sprinkled on cotton wool and applied to the
part, or an ointment containing 10 grains or more to the
ounce of vaseline is used. The dose internally is i to 2 grains.

Urethan (Ethyl Carbamide) is a white crystalline solid,
soluble in water and alcohol. Used as a hypnotic in doses of
15 to 40 grains, given in powder or tabloids, or as a draught.
For the latter the following is suitable : —

Urethan SU-

Syrupi . . . . . • • • 5j'

Aquce ad ^iv.

M.

Dose : Two tablespoonfuls.

239

HOMCEOPATHIC DISPENSING.

HoMCEOPATHic DISPENSING is 0116 of the simplest matters in the
world, and therefore requires but very little description. In
prescriptions, medicines are ordered in the form of mixtures or
powders, and never contain more than one active ingredient.

To those not familiar with homoeopathic prescriptions, a
few examples will best serve to explain their mystery :—

I.

Trit. sulphur (3) . • • . • . • gr- J-
Ft. pulvis. Mitte x. Sumat unam in aqux coch. una, om. nocte li.s.

To dispense the above lo grains of sulphur trituration (3)
are to be mixed with about 30 grains of sugar of milk, and
the whole divided into ten powders. Great care should always
be observed in the outer manipulation of homoeopathic pre-
scriptions, and, indeed, this remark applies to all dispensing
The powders are usually covered separately with tinfoil, in
order to preserve their properties.

II.

Aconiti nap. glob '/s

Sacch. lactisq.s., ft. pulvis, una quartis horis super linguam capienda.
Mitte XX.

In this case globules are to be used— two in each powder.
Unless specially stated, 3 grains of sugar of milk is the propor-
tion for each powder. It will be noted that the difference in
the directions given is, that in the first instance the dose is
to be dissolved, while in the second it is taken diy on the
tongue.

240

THE ART OF DISPENSING

III.

Tinct. nucis vomicae

Aquae destill . Jvj.

Ft. mistura, cujus capiat cochlearia duo magna tertiis horis.

In the last two instances the figures following the medicine
indicate the number of drops or globules, and the attenuation..
In the third, for example, twelve drops of the sixth dilution are
prescribed for the mixture.

IV.

Nucis vomicrc . i • "/a Belladonna . . • "/s
Sacch. lactis. . . . q.s. Sacch. lactis . . . q.s.
Ft. pulvis. Mitte vj. Sign, i, Ft. pulvis. Mitte vj. Sign. 2^
3. 5. 7. 9. II- 4. 6, 8, lo, 12.

One powder to be taken alternately, in the order they are numbered,
every two hours.

V.

Merc, vivi . . . • Sacch. lactis . . • gr- iij-

Sacch. lactis . . . q.s. Ft. pulvis. Mitte iij. Sign 4,
Ft. pulvis. Mitte iij. Sign, i, 5, 6.

2, 3-

The powders are to be taken every four hours in the order they are
numbered.

The above prescriptions (Nos. 4, 5) are specimens of
homceopathic prescriptions in the first of which it is desired
to give nux vomica and belladonna in alternation. In the
next case it is evident that the object is for the patient to take
no medicine during the second day.

In prescribing pilules and globules some practitioners write
their directions as follows : —

Pil. chamomilliE '/12

Direct a pilule to be taken every three hours.

Glob, belladonna '/s

Sacch. lactis. . . . . . .q.s.

Ft. pulv. Direct to be dissolved in three tablespoonfuls of water, and
tablespoonful to be taken every six hours.

SOMCEOPATHIC DISPENSING

241

In the first of these prescriptions 12 pilules of chamomilla
are ordered. These would, of course, be dispensed in a bottle.
In the second six globules of belladonna 6 are to be rubbed
down with about 30 grains of sugar of milk. In both cases the
centesimal dilutions are intended.

The indication of the quantity and the attenuation, as shown
in the two articles, varies. Some prescribers write ^/ij and
some ^2/3 for 12 drops of the third dilution. The dispenser
must judge from the prescription and from his knowledge of
the prescriber's usual practice.

The following specimens of the various forms of homoeo-
pathic prescribing have been written by an eminent homoeo-
pathic physician. They comprise all varieties of prescriptions
likely to be met with from English homoeopathic practitioners,
and a very few words will suffice to make clear any possible
difficulties which might present themselves to a dispenser not
previously famihar with such prescriptions.

It is not necessary to give facsimile specimens, as the
average caligraphy of the homoeopathic prescribers is above
that of their allopathic rivals, and directions are always written
in English.

The Greek 0 indicates the matrix, or mother, tincture, and
the number immediately following the name of the medicine
ordered indicates the dilution. If an x be added, the decimal
scale of dilution is intended ; in all other cases the centesimal
scale is understood.

MIXTURES.

Tinct. nucis vom. 3x. . . . . . mxij.

Aquae destill. ....... ^iij.

Ft. m. Direct a dessertspoonful to be taken every six hours.

Tinct. bryonise alb. % . . . . . mxij.
Aquse dest. ....... Jiij.

Ft. m. Direct a dessertspoonful to be taken every three hours.

R

242

THE ART OF DISPENSING

POWDERS.

It is usual to wrap each powder separately in tinfoil over
the white paper.

Trit. mercurii sol. 3x Z^- \

Mitte tales chart, xij. Direct a powder to be taken dry on the tongue
every four hours.

Tinct. pulsat. 6 -"ivj

Sacch. lactis

Ft. pulv. Direct this powder to be dissolved in six tablespoonfuls of
water, and a tablespoonful to be taken every morning and evening.

Glob, ignalirc 6 . . . • • . uj.
Sacch. laclis . . . • • • . q.s.
Ft. pulv. Mitte tales, xij. Direct a powder to be taken every four
hours.

PILULES.

Pil. sulph. 12 '^'^i^'-

Direct two pilules to be taken every morning and evening.

APPLIOATIONS.

Tinct. arnicce 6 5^^;^

Aquce deslill

Ft. lotio.

Label. — For external application.

Direct a piece of lint in three folds to be soaked in the lotion, applied
to the bruise, and covered with oiled silk.

Linim. rhus •

Linim. saponis simplicis Jji^-

Ft. linimentum.

Label. — For external application.

Direct to be gently rubbed into the joint every four hours.

243

ILLEGIBLE PRESCRIPTIONS.

The capability of pharmacists to decipher illegible caligraphy
is so generally known as to be almost proverbial. It is a kind
of expertness which they have acquired through long practice
in reading the prescriptions of physicians. Their business
requires this art ; it has received official recognition by being
made a part of the requirements of the qualifying examination,
at which badly-written medical prescriptions have to be read by
candidates, and teachers find it necessary to collect specimens
of bad medical penmanship on behalf of their pupils.

The duty of the dispenser who has an illegible prescription
presented to him has never been clearly defined; he has cer-
tainly a perfect right, legally, to refuse to compound a prescrip-
tion which he cannot read ; but it is believed that in the case
of prescriptions which have previously been dispensed he is
justified in doing his best. The best, however, may be a
serious matter to the patient if it happens to be contrary to the
intentions of the prescriber. It is far better for the dispenser
that he should not risk his own reputation or the comfort of
his customer by undertaking a task respecting which he is
uncertain.

We subjoin a few examples of such prescriptions which
have actually been dispensed. The study of these may afford
assistance to any who have had little practice in deciphering
obscure caligraphy. It is important to remember that in de-
ciphering handwriting the peculiarities of the specimen should
be picked out. These frequently give a clue to the whole
thing, and once a writer's style has been grasped, difficulties

R 2

244 "^HE ART OF DISPENSING

in the future appear to vanish. This is the case with the fol-
lowing : —

The above is a prescription of Dr. Cecil W. Hastings, * a
well-known bad writer,' remarked a correspondent of The
Che?fiist ajid Druggist at the time the facsimile was first
pubHshed. The most difficult point about it is the quantity of
the second ingredient of the ' drops ' ; opinions are divided as
to whether it should be nt v or 5ss. The former is, however,
on the whole more in accordance with the writer's style, for,
in the case of the other drachm signs, they are distinctly
separated from the names of the ingredients, whereas the
opposite is the case with the ' ol. menth. pip.' The transla-
tion is : —

ILLEGIBLE PRESCRIPTIONS 24S

^ Benzole • • SU-

01. nienth. pip. t i^iv.

01. oliv£E • 5'^-

F. mist. Cap. giitt. xxx. t. die.

C. W. H.

9, Calomel g- iv.

Pulv. Doveri bij.

Bism. subnit. ....... 3ij.

01. carui q-s.

Misce. Ft. pil. xxiv. Cap. j. 2 horis.

C. W. H.

The next specimen is much less obscure : —

The quantity of liquor strychnise looks like ' \\\ xiv,' but
this is not intended. Dr. Ward Cousin is the writer of this,
and the rendering is

246

THE ART OF DISPENSING

Liq. strychaije
Quin. s. .
Ac. phosph. dil.
^ther. chlor. .
Syr. aurantii .
Aq. . .

rniv.

• gr- j-
TH X.
in XV.

ad Jiss.

The subjoined prescription is an extremely carelessly written
one, of the ' scrap of paper ' class which cause numerous mis-
takes : —

The peculiarity of this prescription lies in the contraction
' y ' for ' every.' The proper rendering is :-

Disulph. quince S^s.

Bromid. sodii 5U-

Divid. in pulv. xij.

One y 8hrs.

"^o Liq. ferri chloroxidi 5J-

20 drops in water y [8 hours].

The words in parentheses are written along the left-hand side
A most misleading prescription is the following :—

2^

ILLEGIBLE PRESCRIPTIONS

247

No less than eight different renderings of this have been given
by experienced dispensers. It was rendered as foUows by the
pharmacist who sent it to The Chemist and Druggist :—

This last is a carelessly written prescription, the second in-
gredient being particularly obscure ; but after careful examina-
tion the dispenser will render it : —

1^ Aceti cantharidis •^■^^J-

Spir. camphorse

This is correct. There is little in the writing to guide the dis-
nenser, but it is highly unlikely that the writer would mean
' Lin. camphoree ' (an oleaceous preparation) to be mixed with
a vinegar.

Haust. ferri aper. bis.
Alum . • •
5ij. ad Oss aquam {sic) once day.

7/

248

THE ART OF DISPENSING

EXAMINA TION PRESCRIPTIONS,

Those who use this volume preparatory to entering for the
qualifying examination will find the following prescriptions
useful for practice. They have been given by the Boards in
Edinburgh and London during the past three years, and are
not likely to be given again. We do not comment upon these
prescriptions, so far as giving the best method of procedure,
the object of printing them here being to make them exercises
for students. Four to six articles are generally given to each
candidate, but in some cases more may be given, and the
whole have to be dispensed within two hours.

Tr. ferri perchlorid. . 5ij.

Potass, tart. . . • 5j-

Aquce . . . ad 5vj.

M. Ft. mist. 5SS. bis die.

Atropine sulph. . . gr. 5^
01. theobrom. . . q.s.
Ft. suppos. Mitte vj.

Ext. belladon. . . gr. iij.
01. theobrom. . .q.s.
Ft. suppos. Mitte vj.

Hyd. perchlor. . . gr. ij.
Ext. coloc. CO. . . gr. iij.
Ft. pil. Mitte xij., quarum cap.
unam om. noct. si opus sit,

Bals. copaibae

• 3SS.

Pul. gum. acac.

. 5ij.

Liq. potassse .

Tinct. opii

. Dij.

Sp. a;ther. nit.

• .5"j-

Aq.

. ad 5iv

Capt. 5SS. q.q. quart, hora.

Tr. cannab. ind. . . 5ij.

Tr. card. co. . . . 5iij.

Aq. ... ad Jiv.

M. Ft. mist. sec. art. Coch.
mag. j. t. d. s.

Pulv. opii . . . gr- iij-

Potass, nit. . . . gr. xv.
M. Ft. pulv. tres. j. bis die
sum,

EXAMINA TION PRESCRIPTIONS

249

Potassii iodid. ' • • g"^- xxx.
Potassii carb. • • gr- x.
Adipis . . t ad jj.

M. Ft. ung. m. d. utend.

. 9j.

. 5ij-

gr. viij.

ad Jiv.

Amnion, carb.
Tr. tolu
Tr. camph. co.
Pulv. tragaC. co.
Aqure .

M. Ft. mist. Coch. mag. ter
quaterve die sum.

Ferri sulph. . . ■ gr- jss.
ril. aloes et myrrh. . gr. iv.
M. Ft. pil. Mitle xij. Una
t. d. sumend.

Phosphori . . • gr- so
Ferri redact. . . . gr- "j-

M. Ft. pil. Mitte xxiv.

Emp. canthar. pone sinistram
aurem ponendam.

Mag. sulph. .
Mag. carb. .
Tr. lavand. co.
Pot. iodid.
Tr. aurantii .
Aq. menth. •

M. Ft. mist,
coch. unum

3-

5ij-
5SS.

Jss.

ad 3 viij.

Cujus seger cap.
ter in die in
cyatho vinario aq. frig, post
jentac, prand. et coen.

01. ricini
01. terebinth.
Gum. acacise .
Aq. . •

• 5"J-

. 5ij-
ad 3iv.

M. Ft. mist. Cap. q.q.
quarta sextave hort,

Plumbi acet. . •
Pulv. opii . t
Adipis . . •
Ft. ung. m. d. s.

gr. XIV.
gr. XX.

3SS.

Acet. plumbi . ■ gr- iij-

Pulv. opii . . • gr. j-

01. theobrom. . . q.s.
Ft. suppos. Mitte vj.

Ferri sulph. . . • gr j-

Ext. heematoxyli . . gr. ij.

Ext. hyoscyami . • gr. j-
M. Ft. pil. Mitte xij. j. t. d.

' Send a piece of white leather
spread with emp. plumbi 8 by
2 inches.'

Aq. . . . ad ^vj

01. amygd. . . • 5vj.

Liq. potass. . . • 5^j-

Liq. morph., P.B. . 5iss.

M. Jss. ter quaterve die.
('Send \ quantity of mixture.')

Pulv. rhei . . . gr. ij.
Creosoti . " . . m j-
Sapo gr. j.

M. Ft. pil. Mitte octo. Cap.
j. ter die dum opus sit (post
cibos).

P. cret. aromat.
Rhei .
Mucil. tragac.
Aqu£E .

• 5J-
. gr. xl.

' "^ y

ad ^iv.

M. Ft. mist. Capiat 4tam part,
pro dosi s. o, s.

250

THE ART OF DISPENSING

Potass, chlpr.
Tinct. tolutan.
Glycerin. , .
Syrup, simp.
Aquae .

Mis. Ft. garg. subind utend.

liyd. chlor. . . • gi"- xij.
M. Ft. pil. X. Cap. i. c. sing,
dos. m. seq.

. gr. xl.

• 5|j-
ad ^iv.

Plumbi acet. ' . • gr. xxx.

Opii . . . • gr. iij.

M. Ft. pil. [xii.] One every
night.

Pulv. rhei
Sodre bicarh.
IJisnuUhi carb.

5SS.

Mucil. trag, ... . 5iij.
Sp. amm. qo. , . . 5j.
Aq. . . . ad Jvj.

M. Fiat mist. C. coch. j. mag.
qua qua hora et coch. ij. h.s.s.

Hyd. c. cicla . . gr. iij.
Pulv. rhei . . • gr- viij.

Misce tare in pulverem. Capiat
quamprimum mane.

Liq. amnion, fort.

• 5ij-

01. aniygd. .

• 5iv.

Camphorre .

• 5j-

Chlorof.

• 5ij-

Tinct. opii .

• SJss

Aquce .

ad 5ij.

The above represent twelve
in as many hours.

Misce. Part, dolent. applicand.
sets of articles, to be dispensed

APPENDIX

TERMS LIKELY TO OCCUR IN FRENCH
AND GERMAN PRESCRIPTIONS.

A, Fr., to, or; Trois a quatre
paquets (three or four powders).

Abendessen, Abend -brod, -mahl-
zeit, -tisch, Ger., supper. Drei
von diesen Pillen vor dem Abend-
essen. (Three of these pills be-
fore supper.)

Acide azotique, Fr. , nitric acid.

Aetz, Ger., caustic.

Aetzstein, Ger. , caustic potash.

Alcohol sulphuris, Ger. Lat, carbon
bisulphide.

Alcohol de soufre, Fr., carbon bi-
sulphide.

Altschiidenwasser, Ger. , lotio flava,

yellow wash.
Aqua calcaria, G.L., lime water.

Aqua chlorata, G.L., chlorine.

. water.

Arsenige S'aure, Ger., arsenious
acid.

Arsensaure, Ger. , arsenic acid.
Augenstein, Ger., lapis divinus.

Azotate, Fr., nitrate.

Barbotine, Fr., santonica.

Baudruche, Fr., goldbeater's skin.

Bisse, Ger., bolus. Sechs Bissen
im Tage zu nehmen auf drei
Gaben vertheilt. (Six boluses to
be taken daily, divided into three
doses. )
Blauholz, Ger., logwood.
Bleiessig, Ger., liq. plumbi
subacet.

Bol, Fr., bolus. A prendre six
bols par jour en les partageant
en trois doses. (Six boluses to
be taken every day, dividing
them into three doses. )

Bourdaine, Fr. , rhamnus frangula.

Calcaria, G.L., calx or calcium.

Carboneum, G.L., carbon.

Carbonicum, G.L., carbonas, or
carbonate.

Caut^re potentiel, Fr., caustic
potash.

252 THE ART OB DISPENSING

Chamomilla vulgaris, G.L. ; Matri-
caria chamomilla, L.

Chaux, Fr., lime.

Chinin, Ger,, quinine.

Chininum, G.L., quinine.

Chloratum, G.L., chloride.

Chlorsaures, Ger., chlorate.

Cinchonium, G.L., cinchonine.

Citricum, G.I., citrate.

Coccionella, G.L., cochineal.

Colla piscium, G.L., icthyocolla.

Colon carde, Ft., wadding, cotton
wool.

Coucher, Fr., bed-time, going to
bed. A prendre deux pilules
avant le coucheur. (Two pills
to be taken at bed-time.)

Cyanatum, G.L., cyaniduni, cyanide.

Cuilleree h caff, Fr., teaspoonful.
Une cuilleree k cafe au cas d'une
attaque de toux. (A teaspoonful
to be taken if the cough comes
on.)

Cuilleree i soupe, Fr., tablespoon-
ful. Prenez une cuilleree k soupe
toutes les deux heures. (One
tablespoonful every two hours. )

Dower'sche Pulver, Ger., Dover's
powder.

Eau de Rabel, Fr., mixtura sul-
phurica acida.

L'Effet voulu, Fr., the desired
effect. Une cuilleree k cafe
toutes les demi-heures jusqu' £i
I'effet voulu. (A teaspoonful
every half-hour till it acts.)

Einspritzung, Ger., injection.

Eisessig, Ger., glacial acetic acid.

Einplastrum adhresivum anglicum,
G.L., court plaster.

Emplastrum picatum, G.L,, pitch
plaster.

Essen, Ger., meals.

Essig, Ger., vinegar.

EsslofFel, Ger., tablespoon. Alle
zwei Stunden einen Essloffel
voll. (A tablespoonful every two
hours. )

Ferrocyanatum, G.L., ferrocyanide.

Flasche, Ger., bottle. Schiitteln
Sie die Flasche. (Shake the
bottle well. )

Fois, Fr. , time. Prenez en quatre
fois a une demi-heure d'inter-
valle. (To be taken in four por-
tions at intervals of half an
hour. )

Gouttes, Fr., drops. A prendre dix
gouttes trois fois par jour. (Ten
drops to be taken thrice daily. )

Glas, Ger., glass, tumbler.

Hirschtalg, Ger., mutton suet.

Hollenstein, Ger., silver nitrate,
lunar caustic.

lodure de formyle, Fr., iodoform.

Kohlensaure, Ger., carbonic acid.

Kiimmel, Ger., caraway.

(A) Jeun, Fr., fasting. Prenez
deux ou trois de ces pilules k
jeun. (Take two or three of
these pills fasting. )

Latwerge, Ger., electuary.

Lavement, Fr., enema.

Limonade seche, Fr., effervescent
saline.

Liqueur de belloste, Fr., liquor
hydrargyri nitratis acidus.

Liquiritia, G.L., glycyrrhiza.

Mai, Ger., time, portion. Auf vier
Mai in halbstiindigen Zwischen-
r'aumen zu nehmen. (To be
taken in four portions at intervals
of half an hour. )

Malva arborea, G.L., althsea rosea,
£., hollyhock.

Mittagsessen, Ger. , dinner (properly

APPENDIX

253

' mid-day meal ' ). Dieses Pulver
unmittelbar vor dem Mittagsessen
zu nehmen. (This powder to be
taken immediately before dinner. )

Natrium, sodium; Natrum,

G.L., soda, sodium oxide.

Nuchtern, Ger., sober, fasting.
Vier Oder sechs von diesen Pillen
nuchtern zu nehmen. (Four or
six of these pills to be taken fast-
ing, or before breakfast. )

Oblate, Ger., wafer. Ein Pulver
vor der Mahlzeit in einer Oblate
zu nehmen. (A powder to be
taken in a wafer before meals. )

Ordonnance, Fr., prescription.

Ouate, Fr., wadding, cotton wool.

Pain azyme, Fr., wafer. Un de
ces paquets a prendre dans du
pain azyme avant le repas. (One
of these powders to be taken in a
wafer before meals. )

Paquet, Fr., a packet, powder. A
prendre un paquet toutes les
deux heures. (One powder to
be taken every two hours. ) On
prend un de ces paquets peu de
temps avant I'attaque de fievre.
(One of these powders to be
taken shortly before the fever

fit-) . ,

Pasta gummosa, G.L., pate de

guimauve.
Pastilles, Fr., lozenges. A prendre
de quatre a six pastilles par jour.
(Four to six lozenges to be taken
daily. )

Pastillen, Ger., lozenges. Man
nimmt von diesen Pastillen auf
einmal nur eine alle zwei Stun-
den, (One only of these lozen-
ges to be taken every two hours. )

Paullinia, C«-., guarana.

Pierre k cautere, Fr. , caustic potash.

Pillen, Ger., pills. Zwei Pillen
jeden Abend vor dem Zubette-
gehen. (Two pills every evening
at bed-time.)

Pilules, Fr., pills. Deux pilules
chaque soir avant le coucher.
(Two pills every evening at bed-
time. )

Pincee, Fr., a pinch. Infusez une
pincee de ces herbes avec un
demi-litre d'eau bouillante pour
faire un tisane. (Infuse a pinch
of these herbs in half a pint of
water to make a draught.)

Potasse a la chaux, Fr., caustic
potash.

Potion, Fr., mixture, potion.

Poudre, Fr., powder. Matin et
soir une poudre dix minutes
avant le repas. (One powder
every morning ten minutes before
meals. )

Poudre alexit^re, Fr., pulv. ipecac.

CO.

Poudre anodine, Fr., pulv. ipecac,

CO.

Poudre diaphoretique, Fr., pulv.
ipecac, co.

Poudre gazeuse ou gazifere purga-
tive, Fr., seidlitz powder,

Poudre gazogene, Fr., effervescent
or gazogene powder.

Poudre gazogene neutre, Fr., soda
powder.

Poudre gazogene laxative, Fr.,
seidlitz powder,

Poudre Savory, Fr., seidlitz pow-
der.

Poudre sudorifique, Fr,, pulv. ipe-
cac. CO,

Priser par le nez, Fr., to snuff.
Pour priser par le nez cinq ou

254

THE ART OF DISPENSING

six fois par jour. (To be snuffed
five or six times daily. )
Pulver, Ger.y powder. Ein Pulver
jeden Morgen und Abend zehn
Minuten vor dem Essen. (One
powder every morning and even-
ing ten minutes before meals.)
Man nimmt ein Pulver kurz vor
dem Fieberanfall. (A powder to
be taken shortly before the fever
fit.)

Pulvis aerophorus, G.L., efferves-
cent powder, gazogene powder,
soda powder.

Pulvis aerophorus laxans, C.Z.,
seidlitz powder.

Pulvis gummosa, G.L., pulvis
tragacanthx co.

Riiucherkerzchen, Ger., fumigating
pastilles.

Raucheressig, toilet or disinfecting
vinegar.

Remede du capucin, I'r., liquor
hydrargyri niUalis acidu.s.

Remede du due d'Antin, /•>-., ]i(|uor
hydrargyri nitratis acidus.

Rcpas, /'>., meals.

Rezept, Ger., prescription.

Rhodomel, Fr., mel roscc.

Ricchessig, Ger,, aromatic vinegar.

Saindoux, Fr., lard.

Saure, Ger., acid.

Schlafengehen, Ger., bed-time.
Vor dem Schlafengehen zwei
Pillen zu nehmen, (Two pills
to be taken at bed-time.)

Schnupfen, Ger., to snuff. Fiinf
bis sechs Mai im Tage zu schnup-
fen. (To be snuffed five or six
times daily. )

Schwarzeswasser, Ger., black wash,
lotio nigra.

Schwefel, Ger.y sulphur.

Schwefligesiiure, Ger., sulphurous
acid.

Schwefelsaure, Ger., sulphuric acid.
Sebum, G.L., sevum, suet.
Sel de lait, Fr., milk sugar.
Semen cine, Fr., santonica.
Soufre vegetal, Fr., lycopodium.
Stibium, G.L., anlimonium.
Sucre de Saturne, Fr., lead ace-
tate.

Sulfuratum, G.L,, sulphidum, sul-
phuretum, sulphide.

Sulfuricum, G.L., sulphas, sul-
phate.

Table, Fr., table. Se mettre a
table. (To dine.) A prendre
deux de ces pilules en se mettant
a table. (Two pills to be taken
before dining. )

Taffetas d'Angleterre, Fr., court
plaster. -

Tartarus boraxatus, G.L,, soluble
tartar, potassium boro -tartrate.

Tartarus depuratus, G.L., potas-
sium acid tartrate, cream of tar-
tar.

Tartarus natronatus, G.L., Rochelle

salt, sodium potassium tartrate.
Tartarus stibiatus, G.L., emetic

tartar, antimonium tartaratum.
Theeloffel, Ger., teaspoon. Ein

Theeloffelvoll, a teaspoonful.
Tisane, Fr., draught, medicated

drink.

Tische, Ger., table. Zu Tische
gehen. (To dine. ) Man nehme
zwei von diesen Pillen wenn man
zu Tische geht. (Take two pills
before dining. )

Trifolium fibrinum, G.L., Meny-
anthes trifoliata, buckbean.

Tropfen, Ger., drop. Drei Mai
des Tages zehn Tropfen zu neh-

APPENDIX

255

men. (Ten drops to be taken

thrice daily. )
Verordnung, Ger., prescription.
Verre, Fr., glass, tumbler. Un

verre d'eau sucree. (A tumbler

of sugar and water. )
Wasserstoff, Ger., hydrogen.
Weinsteins'aure, Ger., tartaric acid.
Wirkung, Ger., action, effects.

Ein Theeloffelvoll alle halbe

Stunden bis zur "Wirkung zu neh-

men. (Take a teaspoonful every

half-hour till it acts. )
Zahnwurzel, Ger., pellitory root.
Zeste, Fr., the peel of oranges,

lemons, &c.
Zittwersamen, Ger., santonica.
Zubettegehen, Ger., bed-time.
Zuckersaure, Ger., oxalic acid.

THE ART OF DISPENSWG

ABBREVIATIONS USED IN
PRESCRIPTIONS.

A. , [i) aa, ana, of each ingredient ;
(2) al>, absque; of or from ; (3)
adde, add thou ; (4) ante, before ;
(S) alternus, alternate ; {^6) aqua,
water ; (7) artem, secundum
artem, according to art ; (8)
asimis, lac asini, asses' milk.

A. H. , alternis horis, every other
hour.

A.J. , ante jentaculuin, fasting, or

before breakfast.
A. P. , anteprandium, before dinner.
Abdom. abdomen, the abdomen,

the belly.
Abs. febr. , al>senie febre, fever being

absent.

Acid, hydroc, (i) acidum hydro-

chloricum ; {2) acidum hydro-

cyanicum.
Aconit., (i) aconitum, the plant;

(2) aconitina, aconiline.
Ad 2 vie, (\) ad secundam vicem,

to the second time ; {2) ad duas

vices, for two times.
Ad 3tiam vicem, ad terliam vicem,

for three times.
Ad def. animi, ad defectio7iem

animi, to fainting.
Ad del. animi, ad deliqtiium

animi, to fainting.
Ad gr. acid., ad graiam aciditatem,

to an agreeable acidity.

Ad libit. , ad libitum, at pleasure.

Ad recid. prsec, ad recidivum
piacavendum, to prevent a re-
lapse.

Add., (i) adde, add thou; (2)
addantur, let them be added ; (3)
addendus, to be added ; (4)
addenda, by adding.

Adeps S., (uieps suillus, hog's lard.

Adjac, adjacens, adjacent.

Admov., (i) admove, apply; (2)
admoveatur, let it be applied ;
(3) admoveantur, let them be
applied.

Ads. febre, adsiante febre, while

the fever is present.
Adv., adversum, against,
^ger, -^gra, the patient or sick.
Aggred. febre, aggrediente febre,

while the fever is coming on.
Alter, (altern. ) horis, allernis horis,

every other hour.
Alvo adst., alvo culslricta, when

the bowels are confined.
Amnion, {1) ammonia ; {i)ammoni'

acum.

Aq. astr., aqua astricta, frozen
water.

Aq. bull., aqua bulliens, boiling
water.

Aq. com., aqua communis, com-
mon water.

APPENDIX

257

Aq. dest., aqua destillata, distilled
water.

Aq. ferv., aqua fervens^ warm, or

hot, water.
Aq. fluv., aqua Jluviatilis, river

water.

Aq. font. , aqua fontana, vel fontis,
vel fontalis, spring water. (Has
been misread, aqua fortis.)

Aq. gel. , aqua gelida, cold water.

Aq. mar., aqua marina, sea water.

Aq. niv. , aqua nivalis, snow
water.

Aq. pluv. , aqua pluviatilis, seu

pluvialis, rain water.
Auris, the ear.

B., (l) balsamum, a balsam; (2)
balneutn, a bath ; (3) bene, well ;
(4) bis, twice ; (5) bolus, bolus, a
large pill ; (6) bovis (lac b. , lac
bovis, cow's milk) ; {j)brachium,
the arm (mitt sang. b. , mittatur
sanguis brachio, let blood be
taken from the arm) ; (8) bulliens,
boiling.

Bb. , bbds., barbadensis, Barba-
does.

B.M., balneum maris seu 7nari-
num, a sea or salt water bath.

B.P., B.Ph., British Pharma-
copoeia.

B.T., balneum tepidum, a warm
bath.

>B.V., balneum -vaporis, vaporosum,

a vapour bath.
Bib. bibe, drink thou.
Bis ind., bis indies, twice a day.
Brachium, the arm.
Bull., (i) bulliens, boiling; (2)

bulliat or bulliant, let boil.
But., butyrum, butter.
G. (i) lac c, lac capella, lac capra,

goat's milk ; (2) c. radat., caput

radatur, let the head be shaved ;
(3) P-c- post ccendtn, after supper,
pondus civile, avoirdupois ; (4)
colalus, strained ; (5) coletur, let
it be strained ; (6) compositus,
compound ; (7) concisus, cut or
bruised ; (8) confectio, a confec-
tion ; (9) congius, a gallon ; (10)
conserva, a conserve ; (li) lur,-
tinua, continue thou; (12) coh-
tritus, bruised, broken small ;

(13) contusus, bruised, pounded*;

(14) cortex, bark ; (15) cras-
tinus, of to-morrow ; (l6) crys-
talis, in crystals; (17) cujus, of
which; (18) cum, with; (19),
cyathus, a glass pot or cup.

C.C., (i) cucurbiiula cruenta, a

cupping-glass with a scarificator' ;

(2) cornu cervi, hartshorn,
ecu., cornu cervi ustum, burnt

hartshorn.
C. M.S., eras mane sumendus , to be

taken to-morrow morning.
C.N., eras node, to-morrow

night.

C. radat, caput radatur, let the
head be shaved.

Q.N eras vespere, to-morrow evert-
ing.

C. these, cyatho thece, in a cup of
tea.

C. vinar., cyathus vinarius, a. Vi'mt-
glass.

CseruL, cceruleus, blue.

Cal. calom, calomelas, calomel ; (2)

calidus, warm.
Calc. chlor. , (i) calcii chloridum,

calcium chloride ; (2) calcis

chloratce, of chlorinated lime. '
Cap., capiat, let (the patient) take.
Caput r., caput radatur, let the

head be shaved.

S

258

THE ART OF DISPENSING

Cataplasma, a poultice.
Charta, a paper (a powder in
paper).

Co., compositus, compound.
Coch., cochleare, cochlea7-mm,
spoonful.

Coch. anipl., cochleare atnpbtm, a
large (table) spoonful; about 4 fl.
drachms.

Coch. inf., cochleare infantis, a

child's spoonful.
Coch. mag., cochleare magnum, a

large or table spoonful, about 4 fl.

drachms.

Coch. med. vel mod., cochleare
medium vel modicum, a middling
(dessert) spoonful, about 2 fl.
drachms.

Coch. parv., cochleare pctrvum, a
small (tea) spoonful ; about i fl.
drachm.

Cochleat., cochleatim, by spoonfuls.
Col., (l) cola, strain; (2) colatus,
strained.

Colat., (i) colalus, strained ; (2)
cc'a'ura, to the strained liquor ;
(3) colatur, let it be strained.

Colet., coletur, let it be strained.

Colent., colentur, let them be
strained.

Color,, coloretur, let it be coloured.
Comp. , compositus, compound.
Con., concisus, cut, sliced.
Cong. , congius, a gallon.
Cons., conserva, (i) a conserve;

(2) keep thou.
Cont. rem. seu med., contittuentur

rsmedia seu medicametila, let the

medicines be continued.
Xoq., (I) coque, boil ; (2) coquentur,

let them be boiled.
Ccq. ad med. consumpt., coque seu

coquetur ad medietatis consump-

tioneni, boil, or let it be boiled,
till half is consumed.

Coq. s. a., coque secundum artem,
boil according to art.

Coque in s. a. , coque in sufficienle
quantitate aqua, boil in a suffi-
cient quantity of water.

Cort., cortex, bark.

Crast., crastinus, for to-morrow.

Crus, the leg.

Cuj. , cujus, of which.

CujusL, cujuslibet, of any.

Cyath. these, cyaiho thece, in a cup
of tea.

Cyath., cyaihus, vel c. vinar., c.
vinarius, a wineglass ; about 2
fluid ounces, or in France about
5 fluid ounces.

D., (i) d. debita spissitudo, a
proper consistence ; (2) detur,
let it be given ; (3) dexter, the
right side; (4) dies, a day; (5)
dilutus, diluted ; (6) dimidium,
the half ; (7) directio, a direc-
tion ; (8) divide, dividatiir,
divide thou, let it be divided ;
{()) donee, until; (10) dosis, a
dose ; (11) dum, until ; (12)
duplex, double ; (13) dtirans,
during ; (14) duratus, dried.

D. in 2plo, detur in duplo, let
twice as much be given.

D. in p. £eq., dividatur in partes
cequales, let it be divided into
equal parts.

D. P., directione proprid, with a
proper direction.

D. spiss. , dcbita spissitudo, a proper
consistence.

Deaur. pil., deaurentur pilula, let
the pills be gilded.

De d. in d., de die in diem, from
day to day.

APPENDIX

259

Deb. spiss. , see D. spiss.

Dec. , decanta, pour off.

Decub., decubitus, of lying down.

Decub. hor. , decubiitis hard, at the
hour of going to bed, at bed-time.

Deglut., deglutiatur, let it be swal-
lowed.

Dej. alvi, dejectiones alvi, stools.
Det., detur, let it be given.
Dext. lat., dextrum latus, the right
side.

Dieb. alt., diebtis alternis, every

other day.
Dieb. tert., diebtis tertiis, every

third day.
Dil., (I) dilne, dilute thou; (2)

dihitus, diluted.
Diluc. , diluculo, at break of day.
Dim., dimidius, one-half.
Donee alv. bis dej., donee alvus bis

dejiciatur, until the bowels have

been twice evacuated.
Donee alv. sol. fuer., donee alvus

soluia fuerit, until the bowels be

opened.

Donee dol. neph. exulav., donee
dolor nephriticus exulaverit, un-
til the nephritic pain is removed.

E. , ( I ) electus, picked or selected ;

(2) eleciuarium, an electuary;

(3) emeticum, an emetic ; (4)
emplastrum, a plaster ; (5) eos,
the morning ; (6) extractum, an
extract ; (also a-s a preposition —
of, out of).

Eburn. , eburneus, made of ivory.
Ed., edulcorata, edulcorated, clari-
fied.

Ejusd., ejusdem, of the same.
Elect., eleetuarium, an electuary.
Emp. lyth. , emplastrum lythargyri.

(Has been misread emplastrum

lyttae.)

Enem., enema, an enema, a clyster.

Ex gel. vit., ex gelatind vittdi, in
calves'-foot jelly.

Exhib., exhibeatur, let it be ex-
hibited.

Ext. col., (i) extractum cohhici ;
(2) extractum colocynthidis.

Ext. sup. alut. moll., exlende super
alutam mollem, spread it upon
soft leather.

F., (i) fac, make thou; (2.) fiat,
Jiant, let it (them) be made ; (3)
fervens, boiling ; (4) folium, a
leaf; (5) forma, form, shape;
(6) fortis, strong ; (7) fotus, a
fomentation ; (8) fuscus, brown.

F. H. , fiat haustus, let a draught be
made.

F.L.A., fiat lege artis, let it be
made by the rules of art.

F. M., fiat mistura, let a mixture
be made.

F.S.A. , fiat secundum artem, let it
be made according to art.

F. pil. , ( I ) fac pilulas, make pills ;
(2) fiatit pilula, let pills be
made.

F. \en2ss,fiat venasectio, bleed.
Fades, the face.

Yz.sc., fasciculus, a bundle which c.-n

be carried under the arm ; about

4 oz. LinncEus, i oz. Geiger.
Feb. dur., febre durante, during

the fever.
Fem. intern. , femoribus internibus,

to the inner part of the thighs.
Fict. , fictilis, earthen.
Y\\. , fltrum, a filter.
Fist. arm. , fistula armata, a clyster

pipe and bladder fitted for use.
Fl., (i) flatus, flatulence; (2) fla-

vus, yellow ; (3) fios, a flower ;

(4) fluidus, fluid, or by measure ;

S 2

26o THE ART OF

(5) fiuviatilis, aq. fl., river

water.
¥o\., folium, leaf.
Trust., /msiiUaiim, in little pieces.
Ft. , ^a(, fiant, let it be made.
G., (i) gallicus, French; (2) gela-

tina, jelly; (3) gelida, aq. g.,

cold water ; (4) gumvii, a gum ;

(5) granum, a grain; {6) gutta, a

drop.

G. G.G., gummi gutta gambce,
gamboge.

Jargarisma, a gargle.

Gel. quav. , gelatina quavis, in any

kind of jelly
CJenu, knee.
Gr. , granum, a grain.
Gr. vj. pond, grana sex pondere,

six grains by weight.
Gtt., gutla, a drop ; gtitta, drops.
Gutt. quibusd., guUis quibusdam,

with a few drops.
Guttat., gultatim, by drops.

H. , (i) habeaty he may have, let
him have ; (2) horuvt, of these ;
(3) hatisttis, a draught ; (4) herba,
a herb ; (5) hie, this ; (6) hora,
an hour ; (7) hujusy of this.

H.D., horA decubitus, at bed-time,

at the hour of going to bed.
I I. p. n., haustus purgans noster,

our purging draught (made by a

private formula).
H.S., hord somni, at the hour of

sleep.

Har. pil. sum. iij., hantm pilti-
lartim sumantur tres, let three
of these pills be taken.

Hb., herba, a herb,

Hirudo, a leech.

Hor. lima, mat., hord undecimd
maiutind, at li A.M., at the
eleventh hour in the morning.

DISPENSING

Hor. interm., horis intermediis, in
the intermediate hours.

Hor. un. spat., hora unius spatio,
at the expiration of an hour.

Hydr., (i) hydrargyrum, mercury;
(2) hydras, hydrate ; (3) hydri-
odas, iodide; (4) hydrochloricum,
hydrochloric ; (5) hydrocyanicum,
hydrocyanic.

Hydr. bic, (l ) hydrargyri bichlori-
dutn, corrosive sublimate ; (2)
hydrargyri bicyanidum, bicya-
nide of mercury.

Hydr. bin. , ( i ) hyd7-argyri biniodi-
dum, biniodide of mercury ; (2)
hydrargyri binoxidum, red oxide
of mercury.

Hydr. chlor. , ( l ) hydrargyri chlori-
dum, calomel generally, (strictly
corrosive sublimate) ; (2) hydras
chloral, chloral hydrate.

Hydr. ox. n., (i) hydi-argyri oxi-
dum nigrum, black oxide of mer-
cury ; (2) hydrargyri oxidum ni-
tricum, red oxide of mercury.

Ignis, fire.

In pulm. , in pulmento, in gruel.
Inc., incide, cut thou; (2) incisus,

cut, sliced.
Ind., indies, from day to day, daily.
Inf., infunde, pour in; (2) infri-

care, to rub in ; (3) infusum^ an

infusion,

Inj. enem., injiciattir enema, let
an enema or clyster be (thrown
up) administered.

J. , jentaculum, breakfast.

Jul., julepus, julepum, julapum, a
julep.

Kal. ppt., kali p-aparatum, pre-
pared kali, potassium carbonate.

L., (1) lac, milk ; (2) lapis, a stone ;
(3) latus, a side; (4) lege, (') read

APrEi

ihou, (■) by law; (5) libra, a
pound, also a pair of scales ; (6)
lignum, wood ; (7) liniinentum, a
liniment ; (8) liquor, a liquor or
liquid ; (9) lotio, a lotion.

Lac A., lac asifiarutn, asses' milk.

Lac B. , lac bovis, cow's milk.

Lac C. , lac caprce seu capellce, goat's
milk.

Lac O., leu ovillum seu ovimini,
ewe's milk.

Lac v., lac vacca, cow's milk.

Lat dol. , lateri dolenti, to the pain-
ful or affected side.

Lenis, gentle.

M., (i) matte, the morning; (2)
tnanipulus, a handful ; (3) ma-
rina, marine, belonging to the
sea; (4) b.m., balneittn maris, a
sea-water bath ; (5) massa, a
mass ; (6) mensurd, by measure ;
(7) m. pan., mica panis, crumb
of bread ; (8) minimum, a minim ;
(9) misce, mix thou; (10) mitte,
send ; (ll) mistura, a mixture,

M. B. , fuisce bene, mix well.

M. P. , massa pilularum, a pill mass.

M. diet., more dicta, in the way
directed.

Menth. p., (i) menlha piperita,

peppermint ; (2) mentha pule-

gium, pennyroyal.
M. pan. , mica panis, crumb of bread.
Man. , manipulus, a handful.
Mane pr., mane primo, very early

in the morning.
Min. , (i) minimum, a minim; (2)

minutum, a minute.
Mic. pan., mica panis, crumb of

bread.

Mitt., (i) mitte, send ; (2) mittatur,
mittantur, let it, let them, be
sent.

NDIX 261

Mitt. sang, ad ^xij. saltem, niille
sanguinem ad uncias duodeciin
saltem, take blood to 12 oz. at
least

Mod. prffisc, modo prtescripto, in

the manner prescribed.
Mor. diet., more dido, in the

manner directed.
Mor. sol., more sohto, in the usual

manner.
Mr., mistura, a mixture.
N., (i) natura, na.\.\\re. ; (2) niger,
black ; (3) nocfe, at night ; (4)
no men, name ; (5) non, not ; (6)
novus, new ; (7) nucha, nucha
capitis, the nape of the neck ;
(■8) numero, in number; (9) mix,
a nut.

N. M. mix moschata, nutmeg.
N. capit, nucha capitis, the nape of

ihe neck.
Ne tr. s. num., ne tra-ias sine
nummo, do not deliver unless
paid.
Ng. , niger, black.
Nisi, unless.

No., numero, in number.
O. , (i) octarius, & pint ; {2) oleum,
oil ; (3) omnis, all ; (4) optimus,
the best ; (s) ovillttm and ovtvin,
sheep's, belonging to sheep ;
(6) ovum, an egg.
Oculus, the eye.

O. M., omne mane, every morning
O. N. , omne node, every nighi.
O. O. O. , oleum olivce optimum, best
olive oil.

0. alt. hor, omnibus alternis hotn.,
every alternate hour.

01. lini s. i., oleum lini sine igne,
cold-drawn linseed oil.

Omn. bid., omni biduo, every two
days.

26

THE ART OF

DISPENSING

Omn. bih., omni bihorio, every two
hours.

Omn. hor. , otnni hard, every hour.
Omn. man., mane, ever)' morn-
ing.

Omn. noct., omni node, every
night.

Omn. quadr. hor., omni quadrants
hora, every quarter of an hour,

Ov., ovum, an egg.

Oz. , the ounce avoirdupois, as dis-
tinguished from the troy or
apothecaries' ounce (written 3).

P., (l) pars, a part; (2) parvus,
small ; (3) per, by ; (4) pilula, a
pill ; (<))pilus, hair ; (6) pondere,
by weight ; (7) pondus, weight ;
(8) praparatus, prepared ; (9)
prandiu/ii, dinner ; (lo) pro,
for ; (II) proprius, proper ; (12)
pulvis, a powder.

P. se. , paries ccquales, equal parts.

P. c. , pondus civile, civil weight,
avoidupois weight.

P. d., per dehquium, by delique-
scence.

P. m. (l) pondus medicinale, medi-
cinal weight, apothecaries'
weight ; (2) post meridiem, the
afternoon.

r. \\., pro re natd, occasionally.

P. derad., iilus deradaiur, let the
hair be shaved off.

P. rat. £et., pro ratione atalis, ac-
cording to the age of the patient.

Part. aff. , partem affedam, the part
affected.

Part, dolen. , partetn dolentem, the

part in pain.
I'art. vie, par litis vicibus, in

divided doses.
Past. , pastillus, a lozenge, pastille.
Pectus, the breast, chest.

Per. op. emet., peraclA operalione

emetici, when the operation of

the emetic is finished.
Per salt., per solium, by leaps

(speaking of blood from an

artery).

Ph. B., Phartnacopceia Britannica,
British Pharmacopoeia.

Ph. D. , Pharmacopceia Dublinensis,
Dublin Pharmacopceia.

Ph. E., Pharmacopceia Edinensis,
Edinburgh Pharmacopoeia.

Ph. L. , Pharmacopceia Londitiensis,
London Pharmacopoeia.

Ph. U.S., United States Pharma-
copoeia.

Plen. riv., pleno rivo, in a full
stream.

VocW., pocillutn, a little cup.
Pocul., pocuhun, a cup ; a tea-cup

holds 4 to 6 fl. oz.
Post sing. sed. liq., post singulas

sedes liquidas, after every liquid

stool.

Potass, hydr., see Hydr. potass.

Ppt. , prczparata, prepared.

Pr., mane pr. , matte primo, very
early in the morning.

Prandium, dinner.

Pro pot. com. , pj-o polu communi,
for a common drink.

Prox. luc, proximd luce, on the
next day.

Pug. , pugillus, a pinch.

Pulv., (i) pulvis, a powder ; (2)
pulverisatus, powdered.

Pv. , parvus, small.

Q., (i) quantum, as much; (2)
quisque, quaque, &c., everj'one ;
(3) quorum, of which ; (4)
quaterve, or four times ; (5) qua*
tuor, {oui ; (6) qui, who, which,
any ; (7) quorum, of which.

APPENDIX

Q. /., quantum libet, as much as
you please.

Q. p. , quantum placet, as much as
you please.

Q. q. h., quaque quartd hora,
every four hours.

Q. s., quantum satis seu sufficiat, as
much as is sufficient.

Q. V. , quantum vis, vel volueris, as
much as you will.

Quor. , quorum, of which.

R., (I) caput r., capit radatur, let
the head be shaved ; (2) radix, a
root ; (3) p. r. n., pro re natd,
occasionally ; (4) recipe, take
thou; (5) rectificatus, rectified;
(6) redactus, reduced or pow-
dered ; (7) regio, region, part.

R. in pulv., red. in pulv., redactus

in pulverem, powdered.
Redig. in pulv., redigatur in pul-
verem, let it be reduced to pow-
der.

Reg. hep. , regio hepatis, the region
of the liver.

Reg. umbil., regio umbilici, the
umbilical region.

Repet., repetatur, repetantur, let it
(them) be repeated.

S., (I) sal, a salt; (2) semina,
seeds ; (3) semis, half ; (4) si, if;
(5) sintui, together; (6) sitte,
without ; (7) sit, w epus sit, if
there be occasion ; (8) spiritus,
spirit ; (9) stratum, a layer ; (10)
succus, juice ; (l i) adeps s., adeps
suillus, hog's lard ; (12) sujiciens,
sufficient ; (13) sumo, sumere, to
take; (14) super, upon; (15)
syrupus, syrup.
S. a., secu7tdum artem, according

to art.
S. G. , specific gravity.

263

S.N., secundum naturam, accord-
ing to nature.

S. o. s., si opus sit, if there be
occasion.

S.S.S., stratum super stratum, layer

upon layer.
S. s., semis, seu semissis, half.
S. v., (l) spiritus vini, spirit of

wine ; (2) spiritus vinosus, ardent

spirits of any sort.
S. V. m. , spiritus vini methylatus,

methylated spirit.
S. v. r., spiritus vini rectificatus,

rectified spirit.
S. v. t., spiritus vini tenuior, proof

spirit.
Scat., scatula, a box.
Scrob. cord., scrobiculus cordis, the

pit of the stomach.
Semidr. , semidrachma, half a

drachm.

Semih., sefuihora, half an hour.
Seq. luce, sequenti luce, the follow-
ing day.

Sesunc, sesuncia, an ounce and a
half.

Sesquih. , sesquihora, an hour and a
half.

Si. n. val., si non valeat, if it does

not answer.
Si op. sit, si opus sit, if there be

occasion.

Si vir. perm. , si vires permittant, if

■the strength permitt.
Signat. , signatura, a label.
Sig. n. pr. , signetur nomine proprio,

let it be written upon or signed

with the proper, and not the

trade, name.
Sing., singulorum, of each.
Sod. chlor., (i) sodii chloridum',

(2) soda chlorata or chlorinuta,

chlorinated soda.

264

THE ART OF DISPENSING

Ss., semis, semissis, half.
St., stet, stent, let it (them) stand.
Sternum, the breast-bone, chest.
Sub fin. coct. , sub finern coctionis,

when the boiling is nearly

finished.

Sulph., (i) sulphur', (2) sulphas,
a sulphate ; (3) sulphidum, sul-

phuretum, a sulphide.
Sum., (i) summitates, the summits

or tops ; (2) su?ne, take thou ;

(3) sumat, let him take ; (4)

sumatur, let it be taken ; (5)

sumantur, let them be taken ; (6)

sumendus, to be taken.
Sum. tal. , sumat talem, let the

patient take one like this.
T., (1) talis, such as, like this ; (2)

tenuis, thin, weak ; (3) tere, rub

(thou) ; (4) tinctura, a tincture.
T. O. , tinctura opii, tincture of

opium.

T.O.C., tinctura opii camphorata,
camphorated tincture of opium,
paregoric elixir.

T. s. , tere simul, rub together.

Tabel., tahella, a lozenge.

Temp. dext. , tempori dextro, to the
right temple.

Tr. , Tra. , tinctura, a tincture.

Trit., tritura, triturate.

Troc, trochisci, lozenges.

Ult. prsescrip., ultitno prcescriptus,
the last ordered.

Usq. ut liq. anim. , usque ut liquerit
animus, until fainting is pro-
duced.

U.S. Ph., United States Pharma-
copoeia.

v., (i) vence, the veins ; (2) vesper,
the evening; (3) vinum, wine;
(4) vis. quantum vis, as much as
you will ; (5) vitellus, yolk (of
eggs); (6) vitulus, a calf; (7)
volueris, quafttum volueris, as
much as you wish.

V. O. S. , vitello ovi solutus, dissolved
in yolk of egg.

Vom. urg. , vomitiane m-gente, the
vomiting being troublesome.

V. s., vencesectio, bleeding, vene
section.

Vices, times.

Zz., zingiber, ginger.

APPENDIX

26s

A TABLE SHOWING THE USUAL INTERNAL DOSES FOR
ADULTS OF THE MORE ACTIVE MEDICINAL AGENTS,
ARRANGED ALPHABETICALLY.

The prefix B.P. indicates that the substance is contained in the British
Pharmacopoeia of 1885. The asterisk * that, although contained in the
B.P., the dose is not given and has been taken from other sourceF.

Solids by Weight ; Fluids by
Measure

B.P.
B. P.
B.P.
B.P.

B.P.
B.P.
B.P.
B.P.

B.P.

B.P.
B.P.
B.P.
B.P.
B.P.
B.P.

B.P.

B.P.

B.P.
B.P.
B.P.
B.P.
B.P.
B.P.
B.P.
HP.
B.P.
B.P.

B.P.
B.P.
B.P.

Acidum arseniosum .
carbolic, cryst. .
hydrobrom. dil. .
hydrocyan. dilut.

„ Scheele
phosph. cone.
Aconitina *
iEther . .

„ acetic
Agaricin .
Aloinum .

Ammon. arsenias , .
Amyl. nitris (vapour) .

,, ,, by mouth
Antimonii oxidum . .

„ sulphurat. .

,, tart, (emetic)

„ „ (diaphoret.),

Antipyrin ,
Apomorphinae hydrochlor.

(by mouth)
Apomorphinae hydrochlor.

(hypoderm.) . .
Aqua laurocerasi .
Argenti nitras . .

,, oxidum
Arsenii iodidum
Atropina • . . .
Atropinae sulphas •
Belladonnae radix *
Bismuthi oxidum .

,, carbonas.

,, subnitras
Brucina ....
Butyl-chloral hydras
Caffeina ....

,, citrate . .

Grains or
Minims

60 la

1 3

2 8

1 2

2 5

340 00

20 60

20 60

I 4

1 5

I 2

JL J

10 n

5 30

JL i

2 S 6

30 120

i \

\ 2

s

15

20
20

\

IS

s

10

Solids by Weight ; Fluids by
Measure

B.P.
B.P.
B.P.
B.P.
B.P.

B.P.

B.P.
B.P.

BP.
B.P.
B.P.
B.P.
B.P.

B P.
B.P.
B.P.
B.P.

B.P.
B.P.
B.P.

B.P.

B.P.
B.P.

B.P.
B.P.

B.P.

Calcii hypophosphis
„ cliloridum
„ sulphidum .

Cambogia . . .

Caraphora . . .

Cannabin tannate .

Cantharis* . . .

Capsicin ....

Capslci fructus *

Chloral hydras . .

Chlorodyne . . .

Chloroformum . .

Chrysarobinura . .

Cocainse hydrochlor.

Codeina ....

Colchici cormus

Colchicinum . . .

Colocynthidis pulpa

Confectio opii . .
,, scammonii

Conii folia . . .

Conina ....

Convallamarin . .

Creosotum . . .

Cupri sulphas (tonic, etc
» >, (emetic)

Curara

Digitalis folia . .

Digitalinum . . .

Elaterium ....

E,laterinum . . .

Emetina (emetic) .

Ergota .....

Ergotin ....

Ergotinine (alkaloid)

Euonymin . . .

Extractum aconiti .

Grains or
Minims

266

THE ART OF DISTENSIXG

Solids by Weiglu ; Fluids by
Measure

B.P.
B.P.
B.P.
B.P.

;b.p.

I B.P.
I B.P.

j B.P.
B.P.
U.S.
B.P.
B.P.

n.p.

B.P.
B.P.
;B.I».
B.P.
BP.
B.P.
B.P.
B.P.
B.P.
B.P.

B.P.

B.P.

B.P.
B.P.
B.P.
B.P.

B.P.

B.P.
B.P.
B. P.
B.P.
B.P.
B.P.

B.P.
B.P.
B.P,

B.P.
B.P.
B.P.
B.P,

B.P
B.P.
B.P,
B.P.
B.P,

Extractum aconiti radicis

„ aloes Barb. .

Socot. .

,, belladonnas .

,, ,, alcoholic,

,, cannabis ind.

,, colchici . .

„ „ acet. .

,, colocynthidis

,, „ CO,

,, conii . . .

P. ,, digitalis . .

,, ergotiE liquid

,, gelsemii alcohol

icum . . .

,, hyoscyami .

,, jaborandi . .

,, jalapae . . .

„ lactucae . .

nucis vomica;

,, opii ....

,, „ liquidum

,, papfcveris .

,, physostigmatis .

„ stramonii . . .

Ferri arsenias

,, et strychninEe citras .
„ sulphas exsicc. . . .

Fuchsine

GeLsemina (alkaloid) . . .
Homatropine salts . . . ,
Hydrargyri iodidum rubrum

>> . » viride .

„ nitras . . . .

„ oxidum rubrum*

„ perchloridum . .

„ subchloridum . .

Hydrargyrum cum creta

Hyoscyamina

Injectio apomorphinae hypo-
derm

Injectio ergotinae hypoderm.

,, morph. hypoderm.

lodoformum

lodum *

Ipecacuanha (expectorant) .
„ (emetic) . . .

Iridin

Jaborandi

Jalapa

Jalapae resina

Lactucarium

Liquor ammoniae * . . .

„ arsenicalis . . . .

„ arsen. hydrochl. . .
ar.sen. et hydrarg.
iodid

, , atropinae sulph. . .

„ bism. et am. citr. . .

„ calc. chloridi . . .

,, chlori

,, Donovani . . . .

Grains or
Minims

3

B.P.

2

6

B.P.

2

6

B.P.

\

I

B.P.

tV

i

i

I

B.P.

\

2

B.P.

\

2

B.P.

s

20

B.P.

3

10

B.P.

2

6

B.P.

A.

0

B.P.

lO

30

B.P.

B.P.

1

2

B P

5

10

b!p!

2

10

5

IS

B.P.

S

15

B.P.

t

I

B.P.

i

2

BP.

lo

40

2

5

_\.

i

i

.A-

3

B.P.

I

s

B.P.

4

B.P,

is

B.P.

B.P.

i

B.P.

I

B.P.

i

B.P.

i

I

B.P.

i

i
5

B.P.

3

Q
0

iS.r.

B.P.

B.P.

2

8

B.P.

3

ID

B.P.

I

10

B.P.

i

3

i

B.P.

2

B.P.

15

30

I

5

S

60

B.P.

lO

30

B.P.

2

s

B.P.

3

8

B.P.

lO

20

±J. IT.

2

8

B.P.

2

8

B.P.

lO to 30

B.P.

I

4

B.P.

30

60

B.P.

15

5°

B.P.

10

20

B.P.

10

30

B.P.

Solids by Weight ; Fluids by
Mea.su re

Grains or
Minims

Liquor hydrarg. perchl.
,, morph. acpt.
,, ,, bimecon.
,, ,, hydrochl.
„ opii seda. Battley
,, potassae . . .
„ potassii permanganatis
„ soda;* . . .
,, ,, chlorinatae
,, sodii arseniatis .
„ strychninae hydrochl
Lithii carbonas . . .

,, citras . . .
Lupulinum ....
Manganesii oxidura nigrum

Menthol

Morphina

Morphinae acetas . .
„ hydrochlor.
„ sulphas

Moschus

Muscarinae nitras . .

Narceina

Narcoiina

Nicotina

Nitroglycerine . . .

,, tablets (gr.
Nux vomica ....
Oleum ctotonis . . .
phosphor. . .
,, sabinae . . .

Opium

Phosphorus* . . .
Physostigmatis semen *
Physostigmina * . .

,, salts .

Pilocarpinau nitras . .
Pilula conii co. . . .
„ hydrargyri . .
,, ,, subchl

,, phosphori . .
, plumbi c. opio .
,, saponis co. .

Piperina

Plumbi acetas . . .
Potassa sulphurata * .
Potassii arsenias . .
,, hypophosph. .
,, permangan. .
,, iodidum . .
Pulvis antimonialis
,, elaterini co. . .

ipecac. CO.
kino CO. .

,, opn CO. . .
Quininae arsenias .
Resina jalapae . .

„ podophylli .

,, scammoniae
Sabadilla * . . .
Sabinae cacumina .
Salicinum. . . .

I

3

X
a

I

5

10

1

4

i

3

1

1

900

ao

I

4

1

1

100

SO

t

s

10

3

8

5

ID

3

6

3

5

3

5

I

10

I

4

2

8

JL
1 0

i

I

6

I

5

2

20

3

5

5

5

15

5

20

2

5

A

2

5

i

I

3

8

4

6

4

10

3

20

AfPENDIX

267

Solids by Weight ; Fluids by
Measure

Grains or
Minims

BP.
15. P.
B.P.
B.P.
B.P.
B.P.
B.P.
B.P.
B.P.
B.P.

B.P.
B.B.
B.P.
B.P.
B.P.
B.P.

B.P.

B.P.
B.P.
B.P.
B.P.
B.P.
B.P.

B.P.
B.P.
BP.

Santonimira . . .
Scammonium . .
Scllla . . . . ■
Sodii arsenias . .
hypophosphis
iodidum . .
sulphocarbolas
salicylas . .
valerianas . .
Strychnina . . ■
salts. .
Succus aconiti . .
„ belladonnas
„ conii . . .
,, hyoscyami .
Syrupus chloral. _ .

papaveris .
„ scillEc . .
Thallini sulphas .
Tinctura aconiti .

„ Fleming
„ belladoniise
„ camph. CO.
„ cannab. ind
„ capsici .
,, cantharidis
,, chloroform et mor-

phina; .
, , cimicifugae
„ colchic. sem
,, conii . .

6
10
3

5 1°

3 '°

10 15

10 30

1 5

10 20

5 15

30 60

30 60
30 120

30 60

30 60

3 8

5 15

I 2

5 20

15 60

5 2°
10 20

5 10

15 60

10 30

20 60

Solids by Weight ; Fluids by
Measure

Grains or
Minims

B.P. Tinctura digitalis . .
B.P. „ ei^tie . .
B.P. ,, gelsemn .
B.P. >, hyoscyam .
B.P. „ iodi . . .
B.P. ,, jaborandi .
B.P. ,1 lobeliae . .
B.P. „ „ aether.

B.P. ,, nucis vomicae
B.P. „ opii . . .
B.P. „ >> ammon.
B.P. )) sabinae . .

„ stramon. . .

B.P. „ veratri viridis
TrimethylaminjE hyd
chloras

B.P. Veratrina*

B.P. Vinum antimonii . .

B.P. colchici . . .

„ „ sem. .

B.P. ,1 ipecac, (emetic) . .

B.P. M II (expectorant)

B.P. „ opii . . -

B.P. Zmci acetas (tonic) .

B.P. ,, „ (emetic) .

B.P. ,, oxidurn . . .
,, phosphidum . .

B.P. ,, sulphas (tonic) .

B.P. „ (emetic).

B.P. valerianas . .

10 30

S 30

5 20

30 60

5 20

30 60

*o 30

10 30

10 20

5 40

30 60

20 60

10 30

5 20

2 3

70 1 ft

5 60

10 30

10 20

60 360

5

40

]0

4C

I

2

10

20

2

10

^0

i

3

I

3

10

30

I

3

The maximum doses in the foregoing table may be regarded as the safe dose
to give ; but there are many drugs which have a powerful effect on some
individuals, and others which have quite the opposite. Doses much in
excess of the maxima are sometimes met with ; e.g. 10 and 15 grain doses
of calomel in cases of apoplexy, 2-grain doses of extract of Indian hemp
in cases of tetanus. Doses are also given in the chapter on New Remedies.

INDEX.

In this index, the pharmacopoeia! -latin names of substances are used
as far as possible ; thus waters will be found under ' aqua,' lead salts
under 'plumbi,' and so on.

ABB

Abbreviations used in pre-
scriptions, 256

Acacia as an emulsifier, 162,
173, 180

— in mixtures, 39

— as a pill excipient, 72

— incompatibles, 197

— See also Mucilago.
Acetanilide, 228

Acetum cantharidis and paraffin.

niolle in liniment, 187
Acidum arseniosum, tabellje,

88

incompatibles, 196

— benzoicum, in mixture, 149 ;
in pill, 50

— carbolicum, with bismuthi
subnit. in pill, 55

with cocaine in solution,

in mixtures, 152

in pill, 51, 54

with pil. rhei co. 55

as preservative for hypo-
dermic solutions, 190

solubility of, 152

See Suppositories, Bougies,

&c.

ACI

Acidum chrysophanicum. iV<f
Chrysarobin.

— citricum, and alkalies in
mixture, 135

— gallicum, in mixtures, 125,
149

in pills, 50

See Suppositories &c.

— hydrobromicum, and salicy-
lates in mixture, 143

— hydrochloricum and other
mineral acids in pill, 50

with potas. chloras in

mixture, 137

— hydrocyanicum dilutum in
mixture, 128, 152

— iodoparaphenolsulphonic, 236

— nitricum and tr. nucisvomicse,
132

— nitro-hydrochloricum, mean-
ing of the name, 20

dilutum, and tr. ferri

perchlor. 203

— — — — and tr. nucis
vomicae, 132

— oleicum as suppository base,
1.0 1

— oxynaphthoicum, 234

INDEX

269

ACI

Acidum phosphoricum dilutum
with ammon. carb. in mixture,

199 ...

. with fern et quin. cU.

in mixt. 146

— salicylicum in mixture, 152
incompatibles, 198

— sozolicum, 230

— stearicum as suppository
base, 152

— tannicum with extracts in
suppositories, 106

incompatibles, 198

in pill, 7 1

solution of, 42

See also Suppositories, &c.

Acids, incompatibles, 196

— table showing saturation
with alkalies, 136 •

Aconiti tabellse, 88
.-Ether, chloricum, what meant
by, 20

— See also Ethers.
Albumen, incompatibles, 196,
Alkaloids, incompatibles of, 193,

196

— in mixtures, 153

— precipitants of, 139, 153, 193

— solutions, preservation of,
186

Aloes, what meant by, 20

— in pill, 47, 50
Alteration of prescriptions, 24
Ahhsese pulvisasapillexcipient.

Alum, incompatibles, 190
Ambiguity in nomenclature, 18
Ammonia and bromides in
mixture, 153

— and iodine explosive, 203

— See also Liquor.
Ammonii bromidum and tr. quin.

ammon. 145
incompatibles, 196

— carbonas with ac. phosph.
dil. 199

and fresh infusions, 32

with liq. hydrarg. per-

chlor. and potas. iodid. 201
in mixtures, 126

AVO

Ammonii carbonas in powders,

with sodii bromid. 153

with syr. scillse in mixture,

128

— ichthyolas, 231
Amygdalae semen, how to

emulsify, 172
Amylene hydrate, 227
Amyli nitris, incompatibles, 197
Anthrarobin, dispensing of, 228
Antifebrin, dispensing of, 228
Antimonium sulphuratum, in-
compatibles, 197

— tartaratum, incompatibles,
198

Antipyrin, 228

— inject, hypoderm., 229

— in pill, 51, 229

— mixture, 229

— tabellcE, 88
Antithermin, 230
Aphorisms, Ince's dispensing,

II

Apomorphine, incompatibles,
196

Apothecaries' weights and

measures, signs for, 1 3
Aqua, aromatica, preparation of,

33

— as a pill excipient, 76, 78

• — camphorEE, 34. (,See also
Hypodermic injections.)

— destillatse, 31

— fontana, 31

— laurocerasi, doses of, 37

— menthse, what meant by, 19

— See also Waters.

Argenti nitras in tap water, 32

bottles for solutions of, 42

incompatibles, 197

— oxidum in pill, 79

■ with creosote in pill, 202

Asafcetida and essential oil in
pill, 59

— See also Gum resins (emulsifi-
cation of).

Aseptol, 230

Avoirdupois weights and mea-
sures, signs for, 13

270

ThE ART OF DISPENSING

BAL

Balsams in pill, 51

Balsamum Peruvianumin pill, 51

— — emulsification of, 164
and ferrum redact, in pill.

52

— tolulanum, emulsification of,
165

Barium chloride, incompatibles,
196

Beberinse sulphas, how to dis-
solve, 37

— - — in mixture, 147
Belladonnse tabellae, 88
Betol, 230

Bicarbonates in solution do not
keep, 36

— incompatibles, 196
Bismuth, alb., what meant by, 19
Bismuthi subnitras, with bicar-
bonates in mixture, 154, 156,
203

with camphor in pill, 55

doses of, 27

to suspend in mixt. , 24, 1 28

incompatibles, 196

Blancard's iodide of iron pills,
60

Blaud's pills. See Pil. ferri carb.
Book for registration of pre-
scriptions, 8
Borax in emulsions, 184

— incompatibles, 193
Bottles, graduated and gradua-
tion of, 23

— in France, 218

— for pill excipients, 48
Bougies, how to make, 98

— mould for, 98

— nasal, 1 lo

— strengths of various, 109
Bromethyl, 230

Bromides and ammonia in
mixtures, 153

— See also respective Salts.
Butyl-chloral hydrate in pills, 53

Cachets, 222
Caffeinse tabellse, 88
Calcii chloridum in pill, 53

coc

Calcii phosphas as pill excipient,
72

— sulphidum in pill, 71
Camphor, how to mix clear

with water, 39

— emulsification of, 177, 185

— and gum resins in pill, 54

— and lupulin in pill, 64

— in ointments, 113

— in pill. S3> 77

— and pil. galban. co. 77

— powdering of, 53
Capping, how performed, 6
Capsules, how to make, 91

— gelatine bases for, 92
Carmine, ammoniacal solution

of, 89

Casein as an emulsifier, 167
Catechu pulvis in powders, 94
Cera alba et flava as pill

excipients, 77
Cerii et bismuthi tabellie, 88
Cetaceum. See Spermaceti.
Checking the prescription, 7
Chloral hydras, doses of, 26, 27

in ointments, 113

solutions decompose, 36

with spt. amnion, arom.

in mixture, 203

in suppositories, 105

incompatibles, 196

Chloric ether, 20
Chlorides, incompatibles of, 193
Chlorine mixtures, 137
• — incompatibles, 193
Chloroformum, drop equiva-
lents, 14

— emulsification of, 165

— incompatibles, 193
Chrysarobinum, in ointments,

"3

— solubility of, 113
Cinchonidine in pill, 55
Cinchonine and manganates in

pill, 68
Coating pills. See Pills.
Cocaine in ointments, 104

— in suppositories, 105

— hydrochlorate and ac. carbol.
in mixture, 154

INDEX

271

coc

Cocaine, hypodemiic injection
of, 189

— preservation of solutions of,
189

Cochineal, incompatibles of, 194
Collutoires, 221
Collyria, 186

Conduct in the pharmacy, i
Copaiba, emulsification of, 163,

183

— jelly, 122, 168

— resin, emulsification of, 165
Creolin, 230

Creosotum, in pill, 51, 56

— with argent, oxid. in pill, 202
Cumulative medicines, 29

Decoctum aloes co. as pill
excipient, 73, 77

— cinchonse and sod. salicyl.
152

Desiccator for pills, 47
Diffusibility of powders, hovr

affected by mixing, 94
Digitalis, incompatibles, IQ7
Directions. See Handwriting.

— general, (precautions), 28,
96 ; rule in France, 219

Dispensing, definition of, 124
Doses, excessive, how to act, 26

— table of (more active reme-
dies), 265

Drops, equivalents of, 14 ; in

France, 218
Drugs, quality of, I

Effervescing mixtures, 135
Egg-yolk as an emulsifier, 173,
182

Elteosacchara, 209
Emplastrum cantharidis and
other empla-stra. See Plasters.
Emulsions, how to make, 161,

173. 179
— with acacia, 162, 173, 182

casein, 167

egg-yolk, 173, 182

gelatine, 169

EXT

Emulsions, with Irish moss, 168

quillaia and senega, 169

tragacanth, 162, 174

— Hager on, 171

— Ince on, 179

— incompatibles, 193

— stirring, method of, 172, 179.

— See also names of substances,
such as Oils, Resins, &c.

Ergotin, hypodermic injection
of, 189

— in pill, 58

— in suppositories, 108
Errors, precautions for checking,

7. 29

Eserine. See Physostigmine.
Ethers, drop equivalents of, 14

— and hot fluids, 154. See
^ther and Spiritus.

Ethyl bromide, 230

— carbamide, 238
Evaporation of extracts for pills,

47

Examination prescriptions, 248
Excipients, chapter on, 72

— precautions in use of, 76

— See also pills and names of
substances to be massed

Explosive compounds, 201
Externals (bottles, etc.), hints
on, 2

Extracts, evaporation of, 47

— excess of, in pills, 48, 79

— in mixtures, 150

— green, in ointments, 114
in suppositories, 106

— liquid, use of term ' liquor '
for, 21

Exlractum belladonnae in sup-
positories, 106

with plumbi acet. in sup-
positories, 106

— byni as a pill excipient, 73

— cannabis indiccC, doses of,
27

in pill, 59

with camphor in pill, 77

— cascarse sagradse in pill, 55

— colchici and potas. iodid. in
pill, 67

272

THE ART OF DISPENSING

EXT

Extractum conii and liq. plunibi
subacet. in mixture, 191

— filicis maris, emulsification
of, 176

with quillaia, 170

in pill, 51

— glycyrrhizse in mixtures, 151
liquidum, in quinine mix-
tures, 144

— hyoscyami in ointments, 114

in suppositories, 106

with tinctures, 151

— opii with mucilaginous fluids,

— taraxaci ferments, 60
in pill, 60

Facsimile prescriptions, 210,
243 .

Fel bovinum in pill, 60
Ferri bromidum in pill, 60

— cil., what meant by, 20

— iodidum in pill, 58, 60

— manganas and cinchonine in
pill, 68

— perchlor. and potas. iod.
195

— sulphas in pill, 57, 61
with carbonates and bicar-

bonates in pill, 61
with sodii salicyl. in mix-
tures, 152

exsicc. in pill, 58, 61

and ol. sabinae in pill,

and quin. sulph. in pill,

61

— et ammon. cit. in tinct. and
syrup, 145

quin. cit. with alkalies,

145, 146
with ac. phosph.

dil. 146

with ext. glycyr-

rhizse in mixt. 144

in pill, 61

with potas. cit. 146

with potas. iodic!.

in mixt. 143

GLY

Ferri et quin. cit. with salicylates
in mixt. 143

— various salts, incompatibles,
194, 197

Ferrum redactum in pill, 64
incompatibles, 197

— tartaratum, solution of, 37
with potas. bromid. in

mixture, 147
P ilter (talc), for aromatic waters,
&c., 34

Fluids, measuring and weighing

of, 14
Fluosilicates, 235
Foreign prescriptions, dispensing

of, 204

Fractions of grain and minim,

how to get, 17
French chalk as pill-coating, 82

— prescriptions, dispensing of,
217

terms used in, 251

Fuller's earth as a pill excipient,
68

Gelatine as an emulsifier, 169

— in medicated jellies, 123

— capsules, 91 ; bases for, 92

— coating for pills, 84 ; solution
for, 85

— glycerine, for pastils, 89

— suppositories, 103 ; masses
for various substances, 104

Gelsemii tabellas, 88

German prescriptions, dispens-
ing of, 204

tariff of prices fixed,

211

terms used in, 209,' 25 1

Gerrard, Mr. A. W., on pill-
making, 78
Gilding pills, 81
Glucose as pill excipient, 73
Glycerine, dispensing uses of, 40

— in ointments, 112

— effect of on emulsions, 183

— of tragacanth, as pill excipient,
75

Glyco-gelatine for pastils, 89

INDEX

273

GLY

Glycyrrhizin, use of, in tabellae
and pastils, 89

— and quinine, 144
Graduation of bottles, 23
Grain (fluid), 13

— fractions, how to weigh, 17
Granville's, Dr. Mortimer, con-
centric pills, 86

Guaiaci resina, emulsification of,
176

and essential oil in pill,

— — with sulphur and magnesia
in powders, 95

Guaiacol, 230

Gum-resins, emulsification of,

174, 181
Constantin's method, 184

Hager on emulsions, 171
Hamamelis tabellse, 88

— - suppositoria, 107
Handwriting, hints on, 3
Hebra's ointment, 115
Henry's solution of magnesia,

149

Homoeopathic dispensing, 239
Honey as pill excipient, 73
Hydrargyri carbolas, 230

— perchloridum incompatibles,
197

in pill, 55

and potas. iod. in oint-
ment, 117

with opium preparations,

185

— salicylas, 232

— subchloridum in pill, 53

incompatibles, 193

with zinci chlor. and aq.

calc. 200

— See also Oleates and Pills.
Hydrargyrum c. creta in pill, 64
' Hyd. chlor.' what meant by,

20

Hygroscopic drugs in powders,
96

Hyoscyamine, doses of, 28
Hypnone, 231

LAC

ICHTIIYOL, 231

Ince's (Mr. Joseph), dispensing
aphorisms, 1 1

— on emulsions, 179

— on precautions in pill-making,
76

Incompatibles, chapter on,
191

— summary in alphabetical
order, 196

— dispensing of, 198
Inflammable compounds, 201
Infusions, hints on making, 7,

35

— fresh and concentrated, 34
how to dispense, 127

— ammonia salts in fresh, 32,
126

— rosEe acid, with quinine, 143
Inhalations. See Vapours.
Injections, hypodermic, 185, 189
Iodine with ammonia explosive.

203

— in mixtures requires solvent,
40

— incompatibles, 197

— in ointments, 114

— in suppositories, 108

— terchloride of, 232
Iodoform in ointments, 1 14

— See Suppositories, &c.
lodol, 232

Irish moss as an emulsifier, 168
Iron salts. See Ferri.

Jalap^e resina, emulsification

of, 176
Jellies, how to make, 122

Kairin, 232

Kaolin as a pill excipient, 68
Keratin coating for pills, 86
Kermes mineral, dispensing of,
217

Labels, dispensing, 2
Lactucarium in mixtures, 150

T

274

THE ART OF DISPENSING

l.AI

Lait virginal, i6o
Lanolin as an ointment basis,
ii6

Latin terms. See Appendix,

251, 256
Lead salts with tannin, 185

— See also Plumbi.
Liniments, dispensing of, 185

— amnioniiE and ext. belladon.
1 88

— caniphorae co. and ung.
potas. iod. 112

with tr. iodi and ext.

belladon. 188
Liquor antimonii lerchloridi

and potas. carb. in ointments,

117

— arsenicalis, strength of, 13
with liq. hydrarg. per-

chlor. 25

• strychninre, 25

— aq. font. 32

— liq. ferri and dialysat.

in mixt. 130

hisnuuhi et amnion, cit. ,
difference between 1867 and
1885 B.P., 19, 155
with liq. magnes. carb.

19. 15s

tr. nucis vom. in mixt.

132

— tr. ferri perchl. and ac.

phos. dil. 155
. sodii hyposulphis, 199

— crtlcis with hydrarg. sub-
chlor. and zinc, chlorid. 200

incompatibles, 197

— cinchontE, what meant by, 21

— Donovan with liq. strychninse,

153

— ergotae, what meant by, 21
ferri dialysatus with liq. arse-
nicalis, 130

. ferri perchloridi with mucil.

acac. in mixt. 129
with potas. iodid. in

mixt. 195 . ^ ,.
hydrarg. perchlor. with liq.

arsenic. 25
aq. font. 32

MET

Liquor h3'drarg. with amm. carb.
and pot. iod. 201

— magnes. carb. with liq.
bismuthi, 19, 155

— Pepticus (Benger) with bi-
carbonates, 156

— potassffi as pill excipient, 77

— — with oils in mixtures, 163 ;
incompatibles, 195

— plumbi subacetatis. incom-
patibles of, 191, 192

— sodii arseniatis and s.v. R.

— strychnin^e with liq. arseni-
calis, 25

liq. Donovan, 153

sodae bicarb. 195

spt. amm. ar. and spt.

chlorof. 193

— taraxaci, what meant by, 21
Lithia, guaiacate in pill, 64
Lotions, dispensing of, 185

— mucilage in, 185

— labelling of, 187

Lupulin and camphor in pill, 64
Lycopodium, how to emulsify,
173. 174

Magnes. calc. ' magnes carb. '

&c. meaning of, 19
and pulv. rhei in powder

95

guaiac. res. m pow-
ders, 95

— carbonas with acid, sulph.
dil. 198

Manganates with cinchonine in
pill, 68

Manna in mixtures, 40

Measure, how to, 15

Measurement, doubtful quanti-
ties, 22

Measures (and weights), 13

— signs for, 13
Melange, 225

Menthol in ointments, 113
Mercurial ointments, steel knives

and, 116
Methylal, 232

INDEX

275

MET

Metric weights and measures,

Mica panis as pill excipient, 72
Minim, British equivalent, 14

— U. S. A. equivalent, 14

— how to measure fractions, 1 7
Mistura ammoniaci cone. 37

— cret£e co. 37, 168

— ferri co. 37, 181.

— guaiaci, 168
Mixtures, concentrated, 37

— chlorinated, 137

— dispensing of, 124

— effervescing, 135

— extracts in, 150

— gelatinous, cause ofbecon\ing,
133

- — homoeopathic, 241

— insoluble substances in, how
to treat, 128

— importance of order of
mixing, 130

— parts of, 124

— protective fluids in, 138

— quinine, 138

— resinous tinctures in, 1 57

— saline, 135

— salts in, how to treat, 127, 148

— scale preparations in, 145
Mollin, 233

Morphine salts, doses of, 27
in solution darkened by

heat, 40

incompatibles, 197

Moulds for gelatine capsules, 91

pastils, 90

bougies, suppositories,

and pessaries, 98
how to cool, 102

— for suppositories made by
cold process, 107

Mucilage acaciae as pill exci-
pient, 73, as an emulsifier. See
Acacia.

with liq. ferri perchlor. in

mixt., 129
— tr. ferri mur. and sp.

ather. nit. 200
Musk, incompatibles, 197
Myrrh, eniulsification of, 181

01 E

Naphthai.in, 233
Naphthol, 234
Nitroglycerini, tabell£e, 88
— liquor in mixture, 133
Nomenclature, ambiguity in, 18
Numbers, duplicate, for prescrip-
tions, 7

Oils, essential, equivalent of
drops, 14

— eniulsification of, 162, 177

— in mixtures with peclinous
matters, 126

pills, SI, 58, 79

— as pill excipients, 59

— and resinous powders in pill,
59

vegetable powders in pill,

59

— fixed, eniulsification of, 162,
173. See also Emulsions and
names of the oils.

Ointments, general directions

for. III
• — glycerine in, 1 12

— how to send out, 118

— liquids and powders in, 1 1 1

— in France, 221
Oleates, dispensing of, 115

— strength of various, 115
Oleo-resina cubebre in pill, 51

emulsification of, 176

Oleum amygdalEB dulc. , eniulsi-
fication of, 163, 180

with alkali and acacia, 184

— anthemidis in pill, 59

— cadini, emulsification of, 165

— caryophyll. in pill, 79

— crotonis in pill, 57, 79

— copaibse et santal. in mixture,
126

— morrhuae, jelly, 122

emulsion of, B.P.C. i6i ;

with Irish moss, 169 ; with
acacia, 161, 184; quillaia and
lime juice, 170; tragacanth,
161, 174

— olivae and ext. belladonnne,
189

276

THE ART OF DISPENSING

OLE

Ulr.um pini pumil., sylvest., etc.
in vapours, 160

— phosphori, euuilsification of,
177

•— ricini as pill excipient, 77

emulsification of, 164,

182, 184
solidification, 123

— sabinEE and ferri sulph. in
pill, 58

and pil. aloes et ferri, 59

— santal. el copaibK in mixture,
126

— terebinthinse, emulsification
of, 166

— — with quillaia, 170

— theobromte, emulsification of,
177. See also Suppositories.

'^)pium, doses of, 27

— with lead and mercury salts,
185

— incompatibles, 197
Opodeldoc with ung. hydrarg.

116

Order, importance of, 7

— of mixing. See Mixtures.

Taper pulp for pill masses, 46

— ' paraffined ' preferable to
' waxed,' 1 18

Paracetphenetidin, 234
Paraffin ointments, how to make,
"7

— oil, emulsification of, 169

— molle in liniment, 187
Paraldehyd, 234
Pastils, how to make, 89
Patients' wishes, how to treat, 29
Pearl-coating pills, 83

Pejisin in pill, 64

— incompatibles, 197
Pessaries, how to make, 98
— - strengths of, IIO
Phenacetin, 234
Phosphorus in pill, 65

— in emulsion, 177
Photoxylin, 235

Pliysostigminee sulphas, how to
preserve solutions of, i86

PLU

Pilula aloes et ferri and ol.

sabinse, 59
- — aloes et myrrhse, 66
■ — colocynth. co., 67

— ferri carbonat. (IBlaud), 61 ;
swelling of, 75

— gal ban. co. and camphor, 77

— hydrargyri, 67

— — subchloridi co. 67

— phosphori, 65 ; c. sapone, 66

— rhei co. and ac. carbol. 55
Pills, general observations on

dispensing of, 43

— in powder form, convenience
of, 43

— coloured, excipient for, 74

— coating, 81

with gold or silver, 81

'pearl-coating,' 83

sugar, 83

gelatine, 84 ; solution

for, 8s
keratin, 86

— desiccator for soft masses, 47

— division of small quantities
in, 46

— excipients, how to use, 44,
75 ; (liquid), 48

bottles for, 48

■ — evaporation of extracts for, 47

— hot plate for, 47

— iron mortar, use of, bad in
certain cases, 47

— rolling and rollers, 44

— rounding and rounders, 45

— shape (to keep) fibrous
material required, 46

— soft masses, how to harden,
47

— white, excipient for, 74

— varnishing and varnishes for,

— concentric coated or compo-
site, 86

Pilules, 242

Plasters, how to make, 119

— shapes of various, 120
Plumbi acetas and water, 32
and extracts in supposi-
tories, 106

INDEX

277

PLU

Plumbi acetas incompatibles, 1 92

and tr. opii in niixt. 129,

185

and zinci sulphas m lotion,

187, 191
Poison labels, notes on, 3
Polysolve, 256

Potassii acetas in pill, 5°

in mixture, 148

in powders, 96

with Bals. Peru. &c. in

inixt. 164

— bicarbonas in solution, 36

— bromidum in pill, 57

with fer. tart, in mixt. 147

in suppositories, 106

and strychnine, 192

incompatibles, 194

— carbonas in powders, 96

— citras in powders, 96

and ferri et quin. cit. 146

and sod. sulphas, 191

incompatibles, 194, 196

— — with quininje sulphas, 194

— chloras and acids in mixture,
137

excess of in mixtures, 148

and syr. ferri iodidi, 192

explosive character of,

201

— iodidum, doses of, 28

— — in pill, 67 ; in powders,
96

—. and ext. colch. in pill, 67

with ferric salts, 195

and hydrarg. perchlor. in

ointment, 117
with spt. aether, nit. in

mixt. 131
and quinine in mixture,

139

in mixture, 148

incompatibles, 194

— nitras, incompatibles, 195

— permanganas in pill, 67
incompatibles, 198

— sulphas, solubility in mag.
sulph. sol. 149

Potent preparations, measuring
and weighing, 14

QUI

Powders (vegetable) in pills,
treatment of, 48

— methods of dispensing, 94

— for lotions &c., how to send
out, 97

— administration of, 97

— homcEopathic, 241
Prescribing, careless, 25
Prescriptions, checking, reading,

&c., 7

— alteration of, 24

— examination, 248

— facsimile, 210, 243

— foreign, dispensing of, 204

— giving copies to customers,
(opinions), 9

— French, dispensing of, 217

— — terms used in, 251

— German, dispensing of, 204
terms used in, 25 1

— illegible, 243

— register, 9

— repetition of, 29
Protective fluids in mixtures, 134
Pulvis tragacanthse co. as pill

excipient, 76, 80

— for suspending heavy pow-
ders, 128

Puniiline oil in vapours, 160

Quality of drugs, i
Quininse bromidum in mixture,
142

— phosphas with liq. ferri iod.
in mixt. 141

— sulphas and camphor in pill,
54

excipients for, 68

and alkalies in mixture,

with ext. glycyrrhiz. in

mixt. 144

and ferri iod. in pill, 58

and ferri sulph. exsic. in

pill, 61

withinfus. rosse acid., 143

and phosphorus in pill, 66

and picis liquid, in pill,

69

278

THE ART OF DISPENSING

QUI

Quininse sulphas with potass.

iodid. 139, 142; and spt.

aether, nit. 142

precipitants of, 139

with spt. ammon. arom. ,

140; and spt. Eetheris, 141
with salicylates in mixt.

143

tr. ferri perchl. and spt.

chloroformi in mixt. 133

— tannate in mixture, 176
Quinine, doses of, 27

— dispensing of, 29, 41

— fluorescence destroyed by
halogen acids, 41

— and liquorice, 41

— mixtures, difficulties in dis-
pensing, 138

Quinoidine, emulsificalion of, 1 76

Register for prescriptions, 8
Repetition of prescriptions, 29
Resina copaiba;, emulsification
of, 165

— guaiaci. See Guaiacuni.

— emulsification of, 176, 184
Resinous ingredients in pills,

how to dispense, 47, 69
Resorcin, 235
Rhei pulvis in pill, 70
and magnes. calc. in pills,

95

in mixture, 129

Saccharin, 225 ; use of, in
tabellse and pastils, 87

Saccharum album, in prescrip-
tions, 42

Salicylates and alkalies change
colour, 132

— with acids in mixture, 143

— with quinine salts in mixture,
143

Saline mixtures, 135
Salol, 236

Salts, and excess of spirit in mixt.
132

— crystalline in pill, 57

SPT

Salts, dispensing of various, in
powders, 96

— double, solubility of, 149

— insoluble in pill, 64

— solutions for dispensing, 35

— soluble in pills, 47, 57

— in suppositories, 107

mixtures, 148

Salufer, 235

Saponis, pulvis as pill excipient,
74

Saturation table (acids and

alkalies), 136
Scale preparations, how to dis-
solve, 36 ; in mixtures, 145
Seed emulsions, 171
Silvering pills, difficulties, 60

how performed, 81

Sirop de limaille de fer, 222
Sodii bicarbonas in pill, 71

— biboras. See Borax

— bromid. and ammon. carb.
in mixt. 153

— hyposulphis incompatible with
ac. sulphuros. 192

with liq. bismuthi, 199

— iodidum in powders, 96

— salicylas incompatibles, 198
with ferri sulph. in mixt.

152

and potas. bicarb, in mixt.

132

with acid, hydrobrom. in

mixt. 143
dec. cinchonee, 152

— sulphas, solubility of, 14S

and potas. cit. 191

Solutions (dispensing) of salts,

&c. 35

Solution, effect of temperature

on, 148
Solvin, 236
Sozoiodol, 236

Spermaceti, emulsification of,

165", 177, 182
Spt. sether. nitros. preservation

of, 41

and iodides, 41, 131

with tr. ferri mur. and

mucil. acac. 200

INDEX

279

SPT

Spt. ammon. arom. and quinine

in mixt. 139, 140
with ferri et quin. cit.

in mixt. 145

— chloroform, in mixtures, 1 26

— rectified, as pill excipient, 74,
78

Steel knives and mercury omt-

ments, 116
Strophanthi tabella, 88
Strychninse sulphas and potas.

bromid. in mixt. 192

— incompatibles, 192, 195
Substitution in dispensing, 25
Succus conii, doses of, 28

— limonis with cod-liver oil,
170

amount of acid in, 136

Sugar as pill excipient, 74

— pill-coating, 82
Suggestions, general, I
Sulphonal, 236

Suppositories, how to make, 98

— gelatine, 103

— hollow, 109

— in France, 219

— lubricants for the mould, 102

— strengths of various, 1 10

— theobroma, 100
Syrupus, as pill excipient, 74

— ferri iodidi and aqua, 32

from liquor, 38

and pot. chlor. 192

— in France, 222

— liquors for, 38

— papaveris in mixtures, 133

— scillse and ammon. carb. in
mixt. 128

TABELLi^:, manufacture of, 87

— strengths of various, 88
Terebene, emulsification of, 165
Terebinthina chia in pill, 47

— emulsification of, 166

— venetise, emulsification of, 176
Terpine hydrate, 237
Terpinol, 237

Testing drugs and preparations,
2

TIN

Thallin, 238

Theobroma suppositories, 1 00

— substitute for, loi
Theriacanth (pill excipient), 74
Thymol in ointments, 117
vapours, r6o

Tinctura benzoini simplex in

mixt. 160, 165
CO. with magnes. lev. in

mixt. 160

— cannabis indicae in mixture,

158.

— card., what meant by, 22
CO. with aq. dest. and aq.

font. 32

— cinchonas, 1867 or 1885? 18

— digitalis and quinine in mixt.
146

— ferri perchlor. quinine, etc.
in mixt. 133

with acid. nit. hydroch.

dil. in mixt. 203
with liq. bism. and ac.

phos. dil. in mixt. 155
sp. aether, nit. and

mucil. acac. 200

— guaiaci ammon. in mixture,
158, 159, 166

— hyoscyami (ann. et bienn.),

157

— lavand. co. with aq. dest.
and aq. font. 32

— nucis vomicae and alkalies in
mixt. 132

and acid, nitro-hydro-

chlor. 132

— opii with plumbi acet. in
mixt. 129

— quillaiae as an emulsifier, 169

— quininae and ammon. carb.
in mixt. 140

with sodse salicyl. in mixt.

144

ammon., dispensing of,

144

— rhei vinosa. Ph. G. 215

— tolutan. in mixtures, 126, 159,
166

with quillaia, 170

— senegae as an emulsifier, 169

28o

THE ART OF DISPENSING

TIN

Tinctura strophanthi with water,
197

— sumbul, 158

Tinctures, resinous, in mixtures.
See respective Tinctures.

— in ointments, 112
Tragacanth, as an eiiiulsifier,

162, 174

— pulv.,aspillexcipient, 75, 77

— use of, for suspending in-
soluble substances in mixtures,
128 ; how to treat, 156

Tribromophenol, 238

Unguenta. See also 0\nime\\i?,.

— belladonnse, how made, 114

— diachylon, 1 15

— hydrargyri and opodeldoc,
1 16

with steel knives, 116

— hyoscyami, Middlesex Hos-
pital, 114

— kaolin, as an excipient, 68

— potassii iodid. and lin. camph.
CO. 112

— resinse, as pill excipient, 76
Urethan, 238

Vapours, how to prepare, 150

zrN

Varnishes for pills, 85
Vinuni ferri and alkalies, 157
Volatile fluids, how to dispense
154

Water bath, simple, 99

— for suppositories, etc., 100
Waters, 36

— aromatic ( extemporaneous ),
33. See Aquas.

Wax, use of, as a pill excipient,
51

— emulsification of, 177
Weighing fluids, 14. See also

Prescriptions (foreign).
Weights and measures, 13

— signs for, 1 3

— British and U.S.A. com-
pared, 14

— metric system, 14

ZiNCi chloridum, withhyd. sub-
chlor. and aq.calcis, 200

— sulphas and tr. lavand. cc.
in lotion, 186

with tap water, 186

— ■ — and plumbi acetas .n
lotion), 187, 191

— valerianas in pill, 71

PRINTED BY
SPOTTISWOODE AND CO., NBW-STREKT SQUARE
LONDON

Advertisements

1

AIDS TO DISPENSING-

Modern Phaemacy has developed many aids to dispensing which have
saved the chemist an infinite amount of profitless labour, by supplying him with
better products at less cost than he could prepare them without the facilities
afforded by the largest laboratories and the greatest amount of special skill.

Such products, manufactured in a large way, possess a greater accuracy
than would be possible in the compounding of ordinary prescriptions, and their
employment is a great convenience to the physician and chemist, whUe at the
same time the patient receives the required remedy in a superior form.

By this means the patient is often enabled to take medicines and nourish-
ment which in the ordinary way are rejected and thrown away after the first
dose or portion, while the use of the more eligible form is continued during
the entire time for which it is prescribed.

In dispensing any of such articles, if the prescriber has given any directions
the chemist will of course attach them in the usual way, either leaving the
original label on or removing it (which is, perhaps, the best way) according to
his discretion.

If no durections are given it is naturally inferred that the physician wishes
the article used according to the printed directions.

Of the various productions which thus contribute both to the benefit of the
patient, the convenience of the physician, and the increased business and profit
of the chemist, the following are, perhaps, worthy of special consideration.

EXTEACT OF MALT.

The nutritious, digestive, and vitaUsing properties of barley malt have been
well known for a long time, and the extract has been found the most con-
venient and efficacious form for use ; but it is only in recent years that a
perfectly satisfactory preparation has been produced, in which the diastase
and other valuable properties of the grain are preserved by the Kepler process,
which yields a most elegant and agreeable extract. While it is very useful as
a digestive, reconstructive, and vitalising agent, it possesses great utility as a
substitute for cod-liver oil, for which it is also a solvent.

It is thus a considerable addition to a chemist's sales and profits, as so
many who require cod-liver oil are unable either to take or digest it' in its
clear state, but who take the extract of malt or the solution of cod-liver oil
in extract of malt with relish and benefit.

u

2

BEEF AND IRON WINE (FEEED FROM TANNIN).

The class of patients for whom physicians so frequently require to prescribe
a tonic stimulant are so delicate and sensitive as to the taste of nutriment or
tonic that it becomes a matter of much importance that the prescription be as
elegant and agreeable as is consistent with utility. Our Beef and Iron Wine
takes the place of home-made beef-tea and the old-fashioned solution of iron
rust in wine. Such disagreeable mixtures are now, happily for the patient and
chemist also, superseded by the elegant and palatable stimulant and blood-food
Beef and Iron Wine (Burroughs), which has given such general satisfaction to
the medical profession and increased the business and profits of the trade.

The " Tabloid " form of medication has greatly increased the use of the
drugs so compressed by rendering them at once more agreeable and effective.

TABLOIDS OF COMPRESSED DRUGS.
Drugs intended for local effect upon the mouth and throat are compressed
very hard and dissolve slowly, producing the effect of a concentrated and
continuous gargle. One of the tabloids placed in the mouth at night will be
barely dissolved before morning, and the form renders them easily retained
while speaking or singing.

For internal administration they are very (3esirable, as their shape is nearest
the form of the throat, so that they are more easily swallowed than any other
form of pill. Drugs which are intended to be swallowed are compressed
lightly (as Quinine, dry Cascara Extract, Antipyrin, and the Tabloid Triturates)
are quite porous, and very soluble. This can be readily observed either by the
constitutional effect or by simply suspending one of the above tabloids in

j water, when they will be observed to disintegrate immediately and to dissolve

I in less time than any ordinary hand or machine made pill.

1 As many invalids will take drugs in this form who refuse the ordinary
methods of administration, the drugs being made more available and useful
their employment is considerably increased.

HYPODERMIC "TABLOIDS."
The serious disadvantages attending the employment of ordinary solutions
for hypodermic medication have considerably hindered this method of use,
but all objections are now apparently removed by the preparation of the
soluble hypodermic tabloids in which the alkaloids are supplied in a
permanent and soluble form in accurately divided doses.

"LANOLINE" LIEBREICH.
To Professor Liebreich is due the credit^of^ discovering that wool-fat is
much more readily absorbed by the skin and hair than ordinary fat or

Advertisements

petroleum derivatives. This might reasonably be expected, as such fat is
natural to these tissues.

The introduction of " Lanoline," by increasing the activity of medicaments
used with it in ointments, makes them more widely useful. Its efiEect upon
the skin is peculiarly soothing and healing, restoring its natural functions,
elasticity, and texture. It does not, like vaseline, remain like a varnish upon
the skin, but is quickly and with a little friction completely absorbed, carrying
the medicament, if any, with it.

" Lanoline " is naturally the best basis for cold cream, pomade, and soap,
as by the use of such toilet preparations the skin and hair are preserved in a
natural condition. Lanoline Pomade is now prepared with the addition of
naphthol, and in this combination is found most efiEective in removing dandrufiE
and scaly affections of the scalp.

YALOID FLUID EXTKACTS.

These exact and elegant fluid extracts are of the greatest service as aids to
dispensing, for, by their use, tinctures, syrups, infusions, decoctions, &c., can be
prepared immediately by simple dilution with the proper menstruum.

The Valoid Fluid Extracts are prepared from fresh drugs of standard
quality and carefully assayed wherever practicable, a uniform product is
secured, representing the full value of the alkaloid, resinoid, or other active
principles. They are the most eligible of all standardised preparations.

PHARMACEUTICAL APPARATUS.

Tincture-presses and drug-mills are also valuable aids to the dispenser. A
good pharmaceutical still is also sometimes desirable.

Burroughs, Wellcome & Co., of Snow HUl Buildings, London, E.G., call
attention to their drug-mills and screw-presses, as per illustration in TJie
CJiemists' and Druggists' Diary, which have been before the trade for several
years, and are considered the most practically useful and easily managed of
any, while the Eemington Still possesses the important advantage of having
a condenser composed of several straight tubes, which can be easily cleaned,
and of being readily improvised into an evaporating- dish or water-bath.

Burroughs, Wellcome & Co. also ask particular attention to the Zyminised
or Peptonised Suppositories, which are prepared either with milk or meat, and
which are of the greatest utility in rectal feeding, when for any reason it is
inadmissible to take food by the mouth.

They will be happy to furnish particulars upon request to any chemist of
these and any other new pharmaceutical products or apparatus which they
introduce.

. _g —

4

Advertisements

Iiist of New Fharmaceatioal and Sanitary
Products, Apparatus, &o., introduced to
tlie Medical Profession and Chemists by

BURROUGHS, WELLCOME & CO.

Snow HUl BuUdings, LONDON, B.C.

And supplied
by Wholesale and Dispensing Chemists
throughout the World.

♦

Agents for
ALFBED BISHOP & SONS, London ;
BBNNO, JAPFE & DAEMSTAEDTBR,
Martinikenfelde, Germany ;
COLGATE & CO., New York;
PAIRCHILD BROS. & FOSTER, New York ;
FELLOWS' MED. MANUFACTURING CO.,
New York;
JOHN WYETH & BRO., Philadelphia ;
LANMAN & KEMP, New York;
Wholesale Agents for Antipyrin from
MBISTER, LUCIUS & BRUNING (ANTI-
PYRIN)— Hoechst a/M, Germany ;
LADD & COFFIN, New York.
Wholesale Consiqnebs for SALOL from
Suooessors to
Dr. F. von HEYDBN & CO.,
Joint Agents for SACCHARIN ;
Wholesale Dep6t for

SULPHONAL (RIHDBL),
and

SYMES" LAC BISMUTHI.
S —

MONTHLY LIST, SUBJECT TO FLUCTUATIONS,

Absorbent Cotton (Lawton), 2 oz. 8/, 4 oz. 12/6,

16 oz. 36/ doz.
Alpine Cologne (Fragrant and Antiseptic),

2 oz. 8/, 4 oz. 18/, 8 oz. 30/
Antipyrin, Powder, Crystals 3/5 oz., and 5 gr.

Tabloids.

Antipyrin Effervescent (Bishop), 33/ doz.
Artificial Sponges (B. W. & Co.), Antiseptic,

2/ doz. Plain, 1/6.
Atomisers, Steam (Codman & Shnrtleff"*),

18/9 each.

Beef and Iron Wine (Burroughs). Dose, 2 to
4 dr., 8 oz. 22/, 1 lb. 42/ doz, (Nutritive
Tonic, free from Tannin.)

B. W. & Co. Complete Antidote Case, fitted
with Stomach Tube, Catheter, Murrell's
Book on Poisons, Antidotes, and Hypo-
dermic Syringe, £3 3s.

Oaffein Citrate (Bishop's Effervescent), 20/
doz.

Oaflein Hydrobromate (Bishop's Effervescent),
20/ doz.

Oatbmere Bouquet Soap (Colgate & Co.), 10/
doz.

Cashmere Bouquet Extract (Colgate & Co.)i

1 02. 22/, 2 oz. 30/9 per doz.
Chlorodyue (New Formula), 1 oz. 14/ doz.,1 lb.

8/ each.

Cod Liver Oil (Kepler)," Pure and Palatable,"

8 oz. 16/, 1 lb. 24/ doz.
Dialysed Iron (Wyeth), 4 oz. 27/ doz., 1 lb. 3/6

Drug Miil (B. W. & Co.), 36/ each.
Elixoids, 8 oz. 22/, 1 lb. 42/ doz.

Coca and Yaleriauate of Aii.monia, 8 or. 30/, 1 lb
56/ doz.

Phosphates of Iron, Quinine, and Strychnia
(Easton'b), 8 oz. 42/, 1 lb. 78/ doz.

" Etna" Stoves, 20/ each.

Bucalyptia (Eucalyptine). Pure oil E, Globnlns,

2 oz. 15/ doz., 1 lb. 8/ each.
Fairchild Preparations :

Pepsin in Scales (Pure), } oz. 20/, 1 oz. 60/ doz.
Pepsin, Powdered (Pure), J oz. 20/, 1 oz. 60/ doz.
Zymine (Ext. Pancreatis), Pure, i oz. 20/, 1 oz. 60/
doz.

Zymine Peptonising Powders, 18/ doz. boxes of
12 tubes. (One powder predigesta 1 pint of milk
or beef-tea.)

Pepsin Tabloids, 25 14/, 100 43/ doz.

Zymine Tabloids, 25 18/, 100 48/ doz.

Zymine Comp. Tabloids. 25 18/, 100 48/ doz.

Zyminised Suppositories (Meat)\ 22/ dozen boxes

Zyminiscd Suppositorles(Milk)/ of 12.

Trypsin (Pure) for dissolving diphtheritic mem-
brane, 1 drachm bottles, 54/ doz.

Peptonising Apparatus, 10/ each.

Fellows' Syrup Hypophosphites—

Less than One doz. and less

1 doz. than 3 doz.
Per doz. Per doz.

Lsrge 66/ 60/

Small 38/ 34/

Florida Water (Murray & Lanman). Bottles,
26/, half bottles 13/6, quarter bottles
8/ doz.

Hazeline. (Best preparation of Hamamelis.)

4 oz. 14/, 1 lb. 42/ doz.
Hypodermic " Tabloids " (Compressed Drugs),
in tubes, containing from 12 to 20 Ta-
bloids, 1*. per tube.
Prepared by Burroughs, Wellcome & Co.

Aconltin, Pure, 1/260 gr.

ApomoTphine, 1/10 gr. and 1/15 gr.

Atropin Sulphate, 1/160 gr., 1/100 gr., and 1/60 gr.

Cafiein Sodio-Salicylate, 1/2 gr.

Cocaine. 1/6 gr. and 1/2 gr.

Codeine, 1/4 gr.

Colchicin, 1/100 gr.

Cornutin, I /60 gr.

Curare, 1/18 gr. and 1/6 gr.

Digitalin, 1/100 gr.

Ergotinin, 1/150 gr. and 1/300 gr.

Eserin (Physostigmine), 1/100 gr.

Homatropin, 1/250 gr.

Hydrarg. Perchlor., 1/60 gr. and 1/30 gr,

Hyoscine, 1/200 gr. and 1/76 gr.

Hyoscyamin, 1/80 gr. and 1/20 gr.

Morphine Bi-Meconate,l/8gr.,l/6gr.,l/4 gr.,and
1/3 gr.

Morphine Sulphate, 1/12 gr.,l/8gr., 1/6 gr.,1/4 gr.,

l;3gr.,and l/3gr.
Morphine Sulphate, 1/12 gr., with Atropin

Sulphate, 1/250 gr.
Morphine Sulphate, l/8gr., with Atropin Sulphate.

1/200 gr.

Advertisements

5

Hypodermic "Tabloids "—continved.

Morphine Sulphate, 1 /6 gr. , with Atropin Sulphate
l/ISOgr.

Morphine Sulphate, 1/4 gr., with Atropin Sulphate,
1/150 gr.

Morphine Sulphate, 1/3 gr.,with Atropin Sulphatei

1,130 gr.

Morphine Sulphate, 1/2 gr., with Atropin Sulphate,
1/100 gr.

Filocarpin, 1/10 gr., 1/3 gr., and 1/3 gr.

Quinine Hydrcbromate, 1/Jgr.

Sclerotinic Acid, 113 gr. and 1 gr.

Strychnine Sulphate, 1/150 gr., 1/100 gr., and

1/60 gr.
Strophonthin, 1/500 gr.
Hyiwdermio Needles and Mounts, 1/4 each ;

silver, 1/6 each.
Hypodermic Syringes (B. W. & Co.), regular,

7/6 ; silver, 10/ each.
Hypodermic Pestle and Mortar, Zd. each.

Pocket Cases (B. W. & Co.), fitted,
15/, 19/, 20/, 25/ each.
Ichthyol and lohthyol Preparations.
Inhaler, Chloride of Ammonium (Vereker),
7/6 each.

Kepler Extract of Malt, i lb., 22/ ; IJ lb.,
38/ 6.0Z.

Kepler Extract of Malt Combinations, various.
Kepler Solution of Cod-liver Oil in Malt, f lb.,

22/ doz. ; li lb., 38/ doz.
"Lanoline" (Liebreich),3/61b , 71b. tins, 3/3 lb.

„ Anhydrous, 4/ lb.

„ Cold Cream, 14/ doz.

„ Pomade, 14/ doz.

„ Soap, 8/ doz.

„ Encalyptine Soap, 8/ doz.

„ Mercurial Ointment, 33 J % , 4/6 lb.

„ Veterinary Ointment, 2/ lb.
Toilet Lanoline, 4/6 doz., collapsible tubes.
Lundborg's Perfumes, 1 oz. 19/3, 2 oz. 30/9 doz.
Medicine Cases. (B. W. & Co.). Various.
„ Chests. (B. W. &Co.). „

„ Droppers. (B. W. & Co.), 2/ and 3/
doz.

Menthol Plasters (with racks) 7/9 doz.

„ Plaster, in 1 yd. Rolls, 42/ doz.
Nux Vomica Extract (Bishop's Effervescent),

12/ doz.

Paper-Fibre Lint (B. W. & Co.) (for Surgeons
and Dentists), j lb. 30/ doz., 1 lb. 48/ doz.

Pepsin Sacoharated (B. W. & Co.), 1 oz. bot,
22/ doz. Dose, 5 to 15 grs.

Pharmaceutical Stills (Remington), 3 gallons,
170/ each.

Plnol (Essentia Pini Pnmilionis Pura), 15/,
24/ doz.

Plnol Extract (for Baths, Plasteis, etc.), 9/
doz.

Pinol Pastilles, 9/ doz.

Pinol Atomisers, 10/ each.

Pmol Euoalyptia Dry Inhaler. A portable

antiseptic instrument, 1/2 each.
Prescription Books (Duplicate) (B. W. & Co.).

2i. doz. Russian leather covers, Zi. 6d-

each ; Leather, li. each.
Remington's "Pharmacy," 21/ each. (Best

book on Pharmacy.)

Saccharin, "Soluble," (B. "W. & Co.) 90%, 14/

doz. ; also in Powder and Tabloids.
Saccharin, Pure (B. W. & Co.), 1 oz. 72/ doz.,

1 lb. 60/ each.
Salol, in Crystals, 1/3 oz.,and 5 gr. Tabloids.
Strophanthus Tincture (B. W. & Co.), i oz.

4/, 1 oz. 6/ doz., 1 lb. 6/ each, and

« Tabloids."
Stylographio Pens (B. W. & Co.), 10/ each ; get

these repaired when required.
Sulphonal, in Crystals, 5/3J oz. ; and 5 gr.

Tabloids.

Symes' Lac Bismuthi. Dose, 1 drachm in

water ; 8 oz. 24/, 1 lb. 48/ doz.
Symes' Lac Bismuthi et Cerii. Dose, 1 drachm

in water; 8 oz. 30/, 1 lb. 60/ doz.
Symes' 01. Layand. Rect., 8 oz. 126/, 1 lb. 252/

doz. Best Oil for Lavender Water.
Symes' Urethral Irrigator {Harrison's), 78/

doz.

Symes' Syr. Hydrobrora. Dose, 1 drachm ;
8 oz. 30/ doz.

"Tabloids" and "Tablets" {Trade Marks)
of Compressed Drugs. (Prepared by
Burroughs, "Wellcome & Co.).

Ammon. Bromide, 5 gr , 100 in bot. 33/ doz. ;

10 gr., 100 in bot. 32/ doz. Dose, 1 or 2.
Ammon. Chloride, 3 gr., ovals 4/6 doz. j 100 in

bot. 13/6 doz. ; 6 gr., 100 in bot. 18/ doz. ; 10 gr.

100 in bot. 23/ doz. Dose, 1 slowly dissolved on

the tongue.

Ammon. Chlor. with Borax, ICO in bot. 22/ doz.

Dose, 1 slowly dissolved on the tongue.
Antifebrin, 2 gr., 25 in bot. 12/6 doz. ; 100 in bot.

24/ doz. Dose, 1 to 6.
Antipyrin, 5 gr., 25 lin bot. 20/ doz. ; 100 in bot.

70/ doz. Dose, 3 to 6.
Bismuth Subnitrate, 5 gr. 100 in bot. 28/ doz. :

10 gr., 100 in bot. 43/ doz. Dose, 2 to 4 after

meals.

Caffeine Citrate, 1 gr., 100, 36/ doz. Dos3, 2 or 4.
Cascara 1 gr. dry ext.), Euonymin fl gr.),and

Ext. NuxVom. (1-16 gr.), 25 in oval bot. 14/

doz. ; 100 in bot. 48/ doz. Dose, 1 to i.
Cascara Sagrada Ext., 2 gr., 15 in oval bot. 1/,

7/6 doz. ; 100 in bot. 42/ doz. Dose, 1 or 2.
CatharticComp iXT.S.P., 25 in oval bot. 7/6 doz. j

100 in bot. 18/ doz. Dose, 1 to 3.
Charcoil, 5 gr., in oval bot. 7/6 doz. ; 100 in bot-

14/doz. Dose, 2 to 6 or more.
Clilorai Hydrate, 5 gr., 100 in bot, 24/ doz. Dose,

2 to 3.

Chloramine, for the throat and voice, 25 bot. 12/
doz.

Cinchonidine Salicylate, 2 gr., 100 in bot. 90/ doz.

Dose, 2 to 4.
Cocaire with Potash and Borax (Koice), 25 in

oval bot. 1/, 8/5, doz . ; 3/ size, 80 in box, 16/ doz.

Dose, I slowly dissolved in the mouth.
Ipecac, and Opium (Dover Powder j, 6 gr., in oval

bot. of 25, 8/6 J 100 in bot. 3!/ doz. Dose, 1 to 4.
Ipecac. Powder, 5 gr., KO in bot. 16/ doz. Dose,

2 mixed with water as an emetic.
Iron and Quinine Citrate, 3 gr., 25 in bot. 8/6

doz. ; 100 in bot. 32/ doz. Dose, 1 to 4.
Laxative Vegetable, 25 in oval bot, 7/6 doz. i lOO

in bot. 18/ doz. Dose, 1 or 3.
Lithla Carbonate, 2 gr., loo in bot. 3S/ doz. Dose

2 or 3 thrice daily.

6

Advertisements

" Tabloids " and " Tablets "—continued.
Livingstone's Rouscrs. Dose, 3 or 3 in malarial
fevers.

Manganese Dioxide, 2 gr,, 25 in bot. S/6 doz.

100 in bot. 32/ doz. Dose, 1 to 5.
Nitro-Qlycerine (Trinitrine), 1-100 and 1-50 gr.

35 in oval bot. 7/6 doz. ; 100 In bot. 18/ doz;

Dose, 1.

Papain, S gr. each, in bote, of 100.

Pepsin Pure, I gr., 25 in oval bot. 11/ doz. ; 100 in

bot. 43/ doz. Dose, 1 to 5.
Pepsin Saccharated, 6 gr., 100 in bot. 33/ doz.

Dose, 1 to 3.

Peptonic, 25 in oval bot. 1-1/ doz. j 100 in bot. 48/

doz. Dose, 1 or 3 alter meals.
Fbenocetiu, 5 gr., 35 in oval bot. 34/ doz. ; 100 in

bot. 73/ doz. Dose, 1 to 3 every four hours.
Potash Bicarb., 5 gr. 35 in oval bot. 4/6 doz. ; 100

in bot. 13/6 doz. Dose, 1 to 4.
Potash Chlorate, 5 gr., 30 in box, 4/ ; 30 in oval

bot. 4/6 doz. ; 100 in box or bot. 8/6 doz. Dose,

1 aluwly dissolved in the mouth.
Potash Chlorate with Borax, 30 in box, 4/ doz. ; 30

in oval bot. 4/ii doz. ; 100 in box or bot. 8/6 doz.

Dose, I slowly dissolved in the mouth
Potash Nitrate (.3al fruneila), 100 in bot. 14/

doz. Dose, 1 slowly dissolved in the mouth.
Potash Permanganate, 1 gr , 100 in bot. 18/ doz. ;

3 gr., 100 in but. 32/ doz. Dose, 1 or 2.
Potassium Bromide, 5 gr., 100 in bot. 18/ doz. •

10 Kr., 100 in bot. 32/ doz. Dose, 1 or 2.
Potassium Iodide, 5 gr., 100 in bot, 36/ doz. Dose,

1 or more with meals.

Quinine BIsulphate (soluble), } gr., to in oval bot.

8/ doz.; lOOiii bot. 12/ doz. ; 1 gr.,3Ginovalbot.

8/ doz. ; luO in bot. 15/ doz. i 2 gr.,34 in oval bot.

8/ doz. ; 100 iu bot. 24/ doz. ; 3 gr.,24in oval bot.

12/ doz. I 100 in bot. 35/ doz. ; 5gr., 24 in oval bot.

17/6 doz. ; 100 in bot. 50/ doz.
Quin. Bisulph., 1 gr.

Iron Hypophos., 2 gr.
Arsenic, 1/50 gr.
Strych. Sulph., 1/50 gr.
Saccharin, l/lOO gr.
Bhubarb Comp., B.P.,

Dose, 1 thrice dally
after meals, swallowed
or previously dissolved
in water.

3 gr.. 24 in oval bot. 7/6
doz. ; 100 in bot. 33/ doz. Dose, 1 to 5.
Bhubarb and M.gnesia, 5 gr.,24in oval bot. 7/6

doz. : 100 in bot. 33/ doz. Dose, 1 to 5
Bhubarb and Soda, 5 gr., 34 in oval bot. 7/6 doz. ;

lOOin hot 33/doz. Dose, 1 to 5.
Bhubarb, 3 gr., 24 in oval bot. 7/6 doz. ; 100 in hot.

28/ doz. Dose, 2 to 4.
Saccharin, i gr., 2a in tube, 16, 4/ doz. ; 60 in tube, 1/,
8/ doz. ; in ov .1 bot. ol 200, 2/6, 21/ doz. These
contain 90 per cent, of Pure Saccharin. Sub-
stitute for sugar in diabetes.
Salol, 5 gr., 100 in bot. 48/ doz. Dose, 1 or 3.
Soda Bicarbonate, 5 gr., 30 in oval bot. 4/6 doz. ;

100 in bot., 12/6 dor. Dose, lto6.
Soda Chlorate, 5 gr.. 100 in bot. 22/ doz. Dose, 1 to

lowly dissolved in the mouth.
Soda Chlorate and Borax, 6 gr., 25 in oval bot.
7/6 doz. ; 100 in bot. 18/ doz. Dose, 1 to 4,
slowly dissolved in the mouth.
Soda-Mint {"or Neutraluing Tabloid " , 25 in
oval bot. 7/6 doz. j 100 in bot, 18/ doz. Dose, 1
to 4.

Soda Salicylate, 3 gr., 100 in bot. 28/ doz.; 5 gr.,

100 in bot. 38/ doz. Dose, 1 to 4.
Soda Sulpho-carbolate, 5 gr., 100 in bot. 28/ doz.

Dose, 1 to 3.

Tonic Comp.

Trinitrine Comp.

" Tabloid* " and " Tablets "—continiied.
Sodium Bromide, 5 gr , 100 in bot, 18/ doz. ; 10 gr.

100 in bot. 33/ doz. Dose, 2 to 4.
Sodium Iodide, 5 gr., 100 In bot. 48/ doz. Dose, 1 or

more, with meals.
Sodium Taurocholas (coated with Keratin), 4 gr.,

100 in bot. Dose, I three times a day.
Strophanthus (2 minims of Tincture in each). 50

in oval bot. 8/6 doz. ; 100 in bot. 10/ doz.
Sulphonal, 5 grs.,35in bot. 30/ doz.; 100 in hot.

96/ doz. Dose, 1 to 4.
Tannin. SJgr., 100 in bot. 22/ doz. Dose, 1 or

more as a styptic.
Test Tabloids (for preparing Fehling's Solution).

Portable and convenient Test for Sugar, 18/ doz.
" Thirst Tabloids." (Contain Citric Acid, &c.),

8/ doz.

Iron Pyrophos., igtA Dose, 1
Quinine, 1 gr. !■ with

Strychnine, 1/100 gr. ) meals.
25 m oval bot. 13/6 doz. ; 100 in bot. 36/ doz.
Trinitrine (,Nitro-6lycerine), 1/100 gr. and 1/50
gr., 35 in oval bot. 7/6 doz. ; 100 in bot. 18/ doz.
Dose, I.

Trinitrine and Amyl Nitrite, 25 in oval bot. 12/
doz. ; 100 in bot. 36/ doz. Dose, 1.

Trinitrine, 1/100 gr. \
Nitrite of Amyl, } gr. I Dose,
Capsicum, 1/50 gr. j 1.
Menthol, 1/50 gr. /
25 in oval bot, 13/6 doz. ; 100 in bot. 36/ doz.
Urethane, 5 gr.,35 in bot. 16/ doz.; 100 in bot.

40/ doz. Dose, 1 to 4.
Voice (Potash, Borax, and Cocaine), 30 in box, 8/
doz. ; in oval bot. 8/6 doz. ; 80 in box, 16/ doz.
Dose, 1 slowly dissolved on the tongue.
Warburg's Tincture (J drachm in each).
Zinc Sulphate, 1 gr., 100 in bot. 18/ doz.
Zinc Sulpho-Carbolate, 2 gr., 100 in bot. 18/ doz.
Zymine (3 gr. Ext. Pancreatls), 25 in bot. 18/ doz. ;

100 in bot., 4a/ ooz.
Zymine Comp. (Ext. Pancreatis, 2 gr. ; Ipecac.,
1-10 gr. ; and Bismuth Subnitrate, 3 gr.), 25 in
bot. 18/ doz. i 100 in bot. 48/ doz.

"Tabloids " of Triturated Drugs.

(Prepared by Burroughs, ■Wellcome & Co.)
In bottles of 100, 8/6 doz., and tube« of 25, 4/6 doz.

Aconite Tinct., 1 min.

Arsenious Acid, 1/100 gr. and 1/60 gr.

Belladonna Tinct., 1 min.

Calcium Sulphide, 1/10 gr.

Capsicum Tinct., 1 min.

Digitalis Tinct., 1 min.

Hydrarg. Perchlor., 1/100 gr.

Hydrarg. cum Creta (Grey Powder), 1 /3 gr.

Hydrarg. Subchlor. (Calomel), 1/10 gr.

Hyoscyamus Tinct., 1 min.

Nux Vomica Tinct., 1 min.

Tinct. Camph. Co. (Paregoric), 2 min.
In bottles of 50 and tubes of 25—

{Aloin, 1/5 gr.
Belladonna Ext., 1/8 gr.
Strych., 1/60 gr.
Ipecac., 1/16 gr.
Apomorphine Muriate, 1/50 gr.
Atropine Sulph., 1 /lOO gr.
Digitalln, 1/100 gr.
Euonymin Besin, 1/8 gr.
Hydrarg. lod. Bub., 1/20 gr.

Advertisements

7

" Tabloids " of Triturated Vixigs— continued.

Hydrorg. lod. Vir., 1/S gc
Morphine Sulphate, 1|S0 gr. and 1/8 gr.
Opium Tinct. (Liiudanum), 3 min.
Pilocarpine Muriate, 1 /SO gr.
Podophyllin (Resin), i gr.
Santonin, i gr.
Strophanthus Tinct., t min.
Leather Focket Case No. 32, to contain 10 tubes,

empty 1/6, fitted 5/ eacli
Leather Pocket Case No. 23, to contain 16 tubes,

empty J/6, fitted S/6 each
Leather Pocket Case No. 2i, tj contain 24 tubes,
empty 5/, fitted 14/ each

Tampons, Vaginal (antiseptic, &c.) (B. W. &

Co.), 36/ gross.
Terebene, Pure (B. W. & Co.), 1 oz. 8/6 ; 2 oz.

12/ ; 8 oz. 24/ ; 16 oz. 45/ doz.
Tincture Press (B. W. & Co.), 11/ and 13/ eaob.

Valoid Fluid Extracts :
Eguivalent Liquid, or Fluid Extracts of Definite
Standard Strength.

(Prepared by Burroughs, "WeUoome & Co.)
Each fluid pound of valoid represents the medicinal
properties of one pound of pure drug, inclusive
of alkaloid, resinoid, or other active principles.
The drugs are first assayed, tested, or critically
examined, those of inferior quality or deficient
in amount of active principles being discarded,
and those only employed which are of lull
standard strength.
Our process of cold repercolation completely ex-
hausts the drug of all medicinal properties, and
the menstruum employed is such as to hold
them permanently in solution and preserve them
indefinitely in any climate.
Valoids are the moat convenient and reliable form
of drug for the preparation of Tinctures, Syrups,
Decoctions, Infusions, etc. In every case the
Valoid Extract may be taken as the exact
equivalent of the drug.
Aconite Root. Dose, 1 to S min. 4 oz. 2/3 ; 1 lb.
CAconilum jVapci/us.) [8/ each.

One to seven rectified spirit mokes the Tinctnra
Aconiti, B.P.
Actsea Racemosa. Dose, 10 to 30 min. 4 oz. 2/3 ;

ri lb. 8/ each.
iCimicifuga llacemoia, Black Cohosh.')
One to seven proof spirit makes Tinct. Cimi-
cifugse, B.P.

Arnica Root. Dose, 5 to 20 min. 4oz. 2/i 1 lb. 7/
(.] rnica Montana.) [each.
One to nineteen rectified spirit makes Tinct.
ArniCie, B.P.
Bael Fruit. Dose, 1 to 2 drachms 4 oz. 2/ ; 1 lb. 7/
(..lEgle Marmelot.) [each.
Belladonna Leaves. Dose, 2 to 3 min. 4 oz. 2/8 ;
iAtrojta Belladonna.') [1 lb. 8/ each.

One to nineteen rectified spirit makes Tinct.

BelladonniE, B.P.
One to one chloroform makes a very useful ap-
plication to be applied on Burroughs' Paper-
Fibre Lint ; ii more useful and decidedly
cleaner than Belladonna Plaster.
Blackberry. Dose, i to 1 drachm. 4 oz. 2/3 5 1 lb.
(Rubut Villonu.) IHI each.

Valoid Fluid Extracts— con<i«ue(f.
Black Haw. Dose, 10 to 30 min. 4 oz. 2/6; lib.
( Viburnum Prunifoliutn.) [8/6ieach.
One to five Kepler Malt Extract makes Molt and
Vibumine,

Black Willow. Dose, j to 1 drachm. 4 oz. 2/ ;

iSalix ^^igra.) [1 lb. 7/ ea^h.

Boldo Leaves. Dose, 10 to 20 min. 4 oz. 2/7 ; 1 lb.

(.Boldoa Fragrans.) [9/ each.

One to four rectified spirit mokes Tinct. Boldo.
Bryony. Dose, 5 to 30 min. 4 oz. 2 / ; 1 lb. 7/ each.

CBryonia Alba.)

One to seven proof spirit makes Tinct. Bryonise.
Buchu. Dose, A to 2 drachms. 4 oz. 2/ ; 1 lb. 71
CBaroema Betulina.) [each.
One to seven proof spirit makes Tinct. Buchu,
B.P.

Half oz. in 10 oz. distilled water makes Infusum
Buchu, B.P.

Butternut. Dose, 20 to 60 min. 4 oz. 2/3 ; 1 lb. 8/
CJuglane Cinerea.) [each.
Calumbo. Dose, J to 1 drachm. 4 oz. 1/9 ; 1 lb.

[6/ eoch.

iJaleorrhiza Calumba vel Cocculus Falmatue.)
One to seven proof spirit makes Tinct.

Calurob£E, B.P.
Half-oz.in 10 oz. distilled water mokes Infusum
Columbffi, B.P.
Cannabis Sativo. Dose, 2 to 5 min. 4 oz. 3/ i 1 lb.
andian Hemp.) [10/ each.

Five to seventeen rectified spirit makes Tinct.
Cannabis Indico, B.P.
Capsicum. Dose, 3 to 5 min. 4 oz. 2/3; 1 lb. 8/
iCapsicum Fastigialum.) [eoct.
One to twenty-six rectified spirit mokes Tinct.

Copsici, B.P.
One to seven Lanoline, or sprinkled on Bur-
roughs' Paper-Fibre Lint, as good rubefacient
in place of mustard plaster, &c.
Coscoro Sagrada (Tasteless). Dose, 10 min. to
[i drachm. 4 oz. 1/9 ; 1 lb. 6/ eoch.
(Rhammts Purshiana.)

Free from oil inert matter, and containing all
the valuable constituents of the bark, entirely
devoid of excessive bitterness, miscible with
water, &c.

Catechu. Dose, 5 to 30 min. 4 oz. 2/3 ; 1 lb. 8/ each.

( Uncaria Oambier.)
Chamomile. Dose, J to 1 drachm. 4 oz. 2/3 ; 1 lb-

iAnthemia y^obilia. Chamomile.) [8/ each.

Half-oz. in lOoz. distilled woter makes Infusion
of Chamomiles.
Cliiretta. Dose, } to 1 drochm. 4 oz. 2/ ; 1 lb.

(Ophelia Clurata.) [7/_eoch.

One to seven proof spirit mokes Tinct. Chlrotte,
B.P.

Quarter-oz. in 10 oz. distilled water makes
Infusum ChiratoB, B.P.
Cinchona Calisoya. Dose, 5 to 1 drochm. 4 oz.
(Caliaaya Bark.) [2/1 ; 1 lb. 7/6 each.

Especially rich m alkaloids.
Cinchona, Red. Dose, J to 1 drachm. 4 oz. 2/1 ;
(.Cinchona Succirubra.) [I lb. 7/9 eoch.

One to four proof spirit makes Tinct. Cinchonse,
B.P.

One oz. Voloid Fluid Extroct, } oz. Aromatic
Sulphuric Acid with distilled water to one
pint mokes Infusum Cinchonte Acidum,
B.P.

8

Advertisements

Valoid Fluid Extracta— co«/imwrf.

Coca.B Dose, I to 4 drachms, 4 oz. 2/ ; 1 lb. 7/each.

(En/throxylon Coca.)

One to I forty-nine distUled water makes In-
fu9um Cocte.
. One to twenty-nine of sherry or port makes

A^inum Cocse.
CoUlnsonia. Dose, J to 2 drachms. 4 oz. 3,6;
CCollimonia Canadeneis.) [i lb. 12/ each.

One to nine proof spirit makes Tinct. CoUin-
sonite Canadensis,
Colchicum. Dose, 2 to 6 mln. 4oz.2/; lib. 7/
iColchicum Autumnale.^ [each.
One to seven proof spirit makes Tinct. Colchici
B.P.

One to nine sherry makes the Vinum Seminum
Colchici.

One to seven Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia

makes Tinct. Colchici Comp.
Colooynth. Dose, 5 to lo min. 4 oz. 2/1 j l lb. 7/6
iCifrutltis Colocynthia.) [each.
One to nine rectlBed spirit makes Tinct. Colo-

cynthidis.

Conium. Dose, 3 to 10 min. 4 oz. 2/3 ; I lb. 8/
(Conium Maculatum.) [each.
One to seven proof spirit makes Tinct. ConU,
B.P.

Convallaria. Dose, 10 to »0 min. 4 oz. 2/6 ; 1 lb.

iConvaltaria Majalit.^ [8/6 each.

One to seven proof spirit makes Tinct. Con-
vallariio.

Comus Florida. Dose, J to 1 drachm. 4 oz. 2/7 {

[I lb. 9/ each.

Coto Bork. Dose, 2 to 6 min. 4 oz. 3/6 i 1 lb. 12/

a'ara-coto.) [taoh.

One to nine rectified spirit makes Tinct. Coto.
Cotton Root Bark. Dose, 1 to 2 drachms. 4 oz.

(Goasj/pium Ilerbaceum.) [8/7 ; 1 lb. 9/ each.

One to three proof spirit makes Tincture of
Cotton Root Bark.
Cubebs. Dose, S to SO mln. 4 oz. 36 ; I lb. 12/

iCubeba Officinalia.) [each.

One to seven rectified spirit mokes Tinct.
CubebiB, B.P.
Daminna. Dose, 1 to 2 drachms. 4 oz. 2/7 ; 1 lb.

(.Turmra Microphylla.') [9/ each.

Digitalis. Dose, 2 to 5 min. 4 oi. 2/6j 1 lb. 8/6

CDigilalia Purpurea.) [each.

One to seven proofspirit makes Tinct. Digitalis,
B.P.

Twenty-eight min.. in 10 oz. distilled water
makes Infusum Digitalis, B.P.
Ergot. Dose, 10 to 60 mln. 4 oz. 3/ ; 1 lb. 10/
(.Clai icepa Purpurea, Ergot.) [each.
One to .three proof spirit makes Tinct. Ergot,
B.P.

Querter-oz. in 10 oz. distilled water makes In-
fusum ErgotSB, B.P.
Eucalyptus. Dose, 15 to 60 min. 4oz. 2/3; lib.

(.Eucalyptus Globuhta.) [8/ each.

One to thirty-nine distilled water makes Decoc-
tum Eucalypti.

One to four rectified spirit makes Tinct. Euca-
lypti.

Five to three white sugar dissolved therein
makes Syrupns Eucalypti.
Euonymus. Dose, J to 1 drachm. 4 oz. 2/7 ; 1 lb-

[9/ each.

(.Euonymus Atropm-pureus, Wahoo.) Made

from young bark.
One to four rectified spirit makes Tinct.

Euonymi.

Valoid Fluid Extracts— conrtn?/ed.
Gelsemium. / Dose, 3 to 5 mln. 4 oz. 2/7 ; I lb. 9/
(Oelaemium Semperviretia.) [each.
One to seven proof spirit makes Tinct. Gelse-
mium, B.P.

Gention. Dose, J to 1 drachm. 4 oz. 1/9 ; | lb. 6/
(Gentiayia Lutea.'i [each.
Ginger. Dose, 5 to 40 min. 4 oz. 2/6 j 1 lb. 8/6
(Zingiber Officinale.) [each.
One to seven rectified spirit makes Tinct.

Zingiberis, B.P.
One to one rectified spbit makes Essentia
2<ingiberig, B.P.

GrindeUa Robusta. Dose, J to 1 drachm. 4 oz.

[2/6; Ub. 8/6 each,
Guaiacum. Dose, I to 2 drachms. 4 oz. 2/6 ; 1 lb,
(Guaiacum Officinale.) [8/6 each.

One to four Spirit Ammon. Arom. makes Tinct.
Guaiaci Ammon., B.P.
Quarana. Dose, 20 to 30 min. 4 oz. 5/ ; 1 lb. 16/
CPaullina Sorbilia.^ [each.
One to three proof spirit makes Tinct. Guarone.
Hamamelis. Dose, 1 to 10 min. 4 oz. 2/1 ; 1 lb.
(Uamamelia Virginica.) (7/6 each.

One to nine proof spirit makes Tinct. Hama-
melidis.

Hazeline is the best form of this drug.
Hydrastis. Dose, 10 to 30 min. 4 oz. 2/6 ; 1 lb.

(Hydraatit Canadenaia.) [8/6 each.

One to nine proof spirit makes Tinct. Hydrastis.
Hyoscyamus. Dose, 5 to 10 min. 4oz. 3/6; 1 lb.

(Hyoscyamus Niger.') [12/6 each.

One to seven proof spirit makes Tinct. Hyos-
cyami, B.P.

Ipecacuanha. Dose, 5 to 60 min. 4 oz. 3/6 ; 1 lb.

(Cep'KeUa Ipecacuanha.) [12/6 each.

One to nine proof spirit makes Tinct. Ipecacn-

anhic.

Five to ninety simple syrup makes Syrup.
iFecacuaohie.

Jaborandi. Dose, J to 1 drachm. 4 oz. 2/6 ; 1 lb.
(PHocarjma PennatifoHua.) [6/6 each.

One to three proof spirit makes Tinct. Jabo-
randi, a.P.

Half-oz. in 10 oz. distilled water makes Iniiisum
Jaborandi, B.P.

J alap. Dose, 15 to 60 min. 4 oz. 2/ ; 1 lb. 7/ each,
(Sxogonium Purga, Jalap.)
One to seven proof spirit makes Tinct. Jalapse,
B.P.

Jamaica Dogwood. Dose, J to 2 drachms. 4oz.

(Piacidia Erythrina.) [2/3 ; 1 lb. 8/ each.

Juniper. Dose, i to 1 drachm. 4 oz. 2/3; 1 lb.

(Junipirus Communie.) [8/ each.

Eava Kava. Dose, 10 to 60 min. 4 oz. 3/6 ; 1 lb.

(Piper MeOiysticum.) [12/ each.

One to seven proof spirit makes Tinct Kava
Kavss- -

Kola Nut. Dose, 10 to 30 min. 4 oz. 3/ ; 1 lb. 10/

(Cola Acuminata^ [each.
Koroniko. Dose, 10 to 60 min. 4 oz. 2/6 ; 1 lb. 8/6

( Veronica Salicifolia, Koroniko.) [each.

One to four proof spirit makes Tinct. Koronico.
Leptandra. Dose, J to 1 drachm. 4 oz. 2/6 ; 1 lb.

(Leptandra Virginica.) [8/9 each.

One to four Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia makes
Tinct. Leptandra: Ammoniata.

Advertisements

9

Valoid Fluid Extracts — continued.

Lobelia. Dose, 3 to 5 min. 4 oz. S/ ; 1 lb. 7/ each.

(Lobelia Inflata.')

One to seven proof spirit makes Tinct. LobeliiB.
B.P.

One to seven Spirit of Ether makes Tinct. Lo-
belia Ether, B.P.
Lnpulus. Dose, J to 1 drachm. 4 oz. S/7 ; 1 lb. 9/

(Humuhit Zujniftu.) [each.

Half-oz. in 10 oz. distilled water makes Infosum
Lnpuli, B.P.

One to seven proof spirit makes Tinct. liupuli,
B.P.

Nux Vomica. Dose, 2 to 5 min. 4 oz. 2/7 ; 1 lb.
(.Strychnos Xux Vomica.) [9/ each.

Five to seventeen rectified spirit makes Tinct.
Nuois Vomica;, B.P. (One fluid oz. Tincture
contains 1 gr. total alkaloids and keeps quite
clear.)

Orange Peel (Bitter). Dose, } to 8 drachms. 4 oz.
(Citrus Vulgaris.) [2/4 ; 1 lb. 8/ each.

One to nine proof spirit makes Tinct. Aurantii,
B.P.

One of Tinct. to seven simple syrup makes
Syrup Aurantii, B.P.

One to nineteen distilled water makes Infuaum
Aurantii, B.P.
Pareira Root. Dose, J to 3 drachms. 4 oz. 1/9 ;

CChondodendi-on Tomentosum.) [1 lb. 6/ each.

One and a quarter with distilled water to twenty
makes Decoctiun PareircD, B.P.
Pinus Canadensis. Dose, 10 to 30 min. 4 oz. 2/3 ;

(Hemlock Pine.) [1 lb. 8/ each.

Podophyllum. Dose, 10 to 30 min. 4 oz. 2/3 ; 1 lb.

(Podophyllum Peltatum.) [-/each.

Two to two Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia makes
Tinct. Podophylli Ammoniata. Does not pre-
cipitate when mixed with woter. Dose,
30 min. io 1 drachm.
Poke Root. Dose, 2 to 10 min. 4 oz. 3/ ; 1 lb. 10/

(Phi/lolacca Decandra.) [each.

One to nine equal parts rectified spirit and
water makes Tinct. Phytolacca.

The Extract sprinkled on Burroughs' Paper-
Fibre Lint is an excellent substitute for
Glycerine and Belladonna.
Pulsatilla. Dose, 2 to 5 min. 4 oz. 2/7 ; 1 lb. 9/

(Anemone Pulsatilla.) [each.

One to nine proof spirit makes Tinct. Pulsatillra.
Bhatany. Dose, i to 1 drachm. 4 oz. 2/1 ; 1 lb. 9/

(Kramtria Triandra.) [each.

One to seven proof spirit makes Tinct. Kra-
merise, B.P.

Half-oz . in 10 oz. distilled water makes Infusum
KrameriiB, B.P.
Rhubarb. Dose, 20 to 40 min. 4 oz. 2/7 ; 1 lb. 9/
(Rheum Officinalis.) [each.
Quarter-oz. in 10 oz. distilled water makes In-
fusum Rhei, B.P.
Sanguinaria. Dose, 10 to 15 min. 4 oz. 2/7 ; 1 lb.
■ (.Sant/uinaria Canadensis.) [8/ each.

Two to eighteen proof spirit makes Tinct. San-
guinaria;, U.8.P.
Barsaparilla. Dose, 1 to S drachms. 4 oz. 2/3 1
(Smilax Officinalit.) [1 lb. 18/ each.

One to seven distilled water makes Decoctum
Sarzic.B.P.

Sarsaparilla Comp. Dose, 1 to fi drachms. 4 oz.

[2/3 I 1 lb. 8/ each.
Two to ten distilled water makes Decoctum
Sarzie Comp., B.P.

Valoid Fluid Extracts — continued.
Senega. Dose, 10 to 20 min. 4 oz. J/6 j 1 lb. 8/G
(Poll/gala Senega.) [each.
One to seven proof spirit makes Tinct. Senegss,
B.P. .

Half-oz. In 10 oz. distilled water makes Infasum

Senegffi, B.P.
Eight oz. Valoid FluidExtract. 90 min. Solution

of Ammonia, 30 oz. white sugar and distilled

water to 50 oz. makes Syrup Senegee, U.S.P.
Senna. Dose, I to 4 drachms. 4oz. 1/9; 1 lb. 6/
(Cassia Officinalis.) [each.
One to seven Kepler Malt Extract or simple

syrup makes a palatable aperient for ladies

and children.
Serpentaria. Dose, J to 1 drachm. 4 oz. 2/6 1 1 lb.
(Aristolochia Serpentaria.) [8/6 each.

One to seven proof spirit makes Tinct. Serpen-

tarioB, B.P.

Quarter-oz. in 10 oz. distilled water makes In-
fusum Serpentariee, B.P.
Squill. Dose,5 to 60min. 4 oz. 2/7 j lib. 9/ each.

(Urginea Scilla.)

One to seven proof spirit makes Tinct. ScilliB,
B.P.

Stilllngia. Dose, 1 to 2 drachms. 4 oz. 2/6 ; 1 lb.

(Stillingia Sylvatica.) [8/6 each

Stillingia Comp. Dose, } to 1 drachm. 4 oz. 2/6 ;

[1 lb. 8/6 each.
(Alterative Camp.) MacDade's formula.
Stramonium Seeds. Dose, 2 to 5 min. 4 oz. 2/6 ;
(Datura Stramonium.) [1 lb. 8/6 each.

One to seven proof spirit makes Tinct. Stra-
monii, B.P.

Taraxacum. Dose, 1 to 2 drachms. 4oz.l/9 j 1 lb.

(Tm-axacum Dens Leonis.) [6/ each,

Triticum Repens. Dose, 1 to 3 drachms. 4 oz.

[2/3; lib. 7/6 each.
One to nineteen distilled water makes Decoctum
Tritici Repentis.
Uva Ursi. Dose, i to 1 drachm. 4 oz. 2/ ; 1 lb.
(Arctostaphvlos Uva Ursi.) [7/ each.

Half oz. in 10 oz. distUled water makes Infusum
Uvffi Ursi, B.P.
Valerian. Dose, 15 to 30 min. 4 oz. 2/ ; 1 lb. 7/
(Valeriana Officinalis.) [each.
One to seven proof spirit makes Tinct. Vale-
rian, B.P.

One to seven Spirit Ammon. Atom, makes

Tinct. Valerian Ammon., B.P.
Half-oz. in 10 oz. distilled water makes Inftr-

sum Valerian, B.P.
Veratrum Viride. Dose, 2 to 4 min. 4 oz. 2/3 ; 1 lb.
(Green Hellebore.) [8/ each.

One to four rectified spirit makes Tinct Vera-

tri Viridis, B.P.
Wild Cherry. Dose, } to 1 drachm. 4 oz. 2/ ; 1 lb.
(Prumu Virginiana.) [7/ each.

Valoid Extract 6J oz., Glycerine 2 oz., simple

syrup to two pints makes Syrup. Pruni Vir-

ginianiB.

Valoid Extract 8 oz., distilled water 15 oz.,
rectified spirit 25 oz. makes Tinct. Fnmi
Virginianns.

Yerbo hanta. Dose, 10 to 40 min. 4 oz. 2/ ; 1 lb.
(Briodictiion.) [7/ each.

One to five Kepler Malt Extract makes Malt
and Yerbine.

Vaporoles : For inhalation and fumigation.
Wound Pads, Plain and Antiseptic (B. "W. cfc
Co.), 36/ gross.

Advertisements

DUNCAN, FLOCKHART & CO.

Wholesale and Export Druggists, EDINBURGH.

CHLOROFORM

(DUNCAN'S).

PREPARED FROM PURE AND METHYLATED SPIRIT.

Put up in all sizes of bottles. A strap with name and Trade Mark of the Firm is placed over the
Btopper of each bottle. For Export, in bottles corked and luted (stoppers attached), and in

hermetically sealed flasks when required.
y.B.— We guarantee our Chloroform prepared from METHYLATED SPIRIT to be PURE
CHLOROFORM, answering all the tests of the British Pharmtcop(Ha.

CHLORIC ETHER

(DUNCAN'S).

This is a SpeciallPreparation, quite different from Spir. Chloroformi, B.P.,
perfecti/ miscible with water, and always of tfte same strength.

GASCABA SAGRADA CAPSULES

In Boxes, at 1/6 and 2/6. 14/- and 24/- per dozen.

Each Capsule equal to half a teaspoon ful of Fluid Extract of Cascara Sagrada. The chief
drawback to the use of this valuable drug, its unpleasant bitterness, ia obviated when taken

enclosed in Capsules.

SYR. HYPOPHOS. CO.

(DUNCAN'S).

Fluid Extracts, Concentrated Infusions, and all Pharma-

copoeial Preparations.

{Our Fluid Extracts and Concentrated Infusions are Prepared by a Special Process,
whereby their Therapeutic Properties are fully retained).

WHITE GUm PERCHA FOR STOPPING TEETH,

In 6d. and Is. Boxes.

For making Curds and Whey. A thoroughly Reliable Preparation,
warranted to keep for years in any climate.

In Bottles, price 6d. and Is.

Advertisements

11

ALLEN & HANBURYS

MANITFACTUEEBS OP

SPECIAL PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS

AND OTHER ARTICLES USED IN DISPENSING.

AOID. HYDROBROKIC, fort, et dilut.
AMYL NITRITE, in glass capsnles.
CA.SCADA, a palatable preparation of Cascara

Sagrada.
CASCADA LOZENGES.
CHRISMA ALB., an inoxidisable basis for

Ointments.
OAPSULES, flexible. Various.
COMPRESSED DRUGS, Chlorate of Potash,

Borax, Soda Mint, dec.
ELIXIR CASCARA SAGRADA.
EPFERVESCENT PREPARATIONS, Anti-

pyrin, Bismuth, Caffeine Cocaine, Iron,

lithia, Quinine, &c.
ETHTL IODIDE, in glass capsules.
PLUID EXTRACTS of most Drugs, 1 part by

measore equalling 1 part by weight of the

raw drug.
GLYCERINUM PEPSINS ACID.
INJECTIONES HYPODERMIC^,' Standard.'
LOZENGES of the British, Throat Hospital,

and other Pharmacopoeias.
LAMELLA, ATROPIA,COCAINB, ESERINE.
LIQ. CALCIS HYPOPHOS., 1 in 7 pro Syrup.
LACTOPflOS., „

,, PERRI BROMID. „
„ HYPOPHOS.,

COMP.

„ „ lODID. 1 in 7 pro Syrup.

„ PHOSPH.

„ COMP., 1 in 3 „
,, „ „ QUIN. ET STRYCH.,

1 in 3 pro Syrup.

LIQ. PAPAVERIS ALB. 1 in 7 pro Syrup.
- TOLUTANUS „ „

ERGOTiE AMMON.
OPII SEDATIVTJS.
PICIS COMP.
COPAIB.ai ET BtrCHTJ.

ET CUBEByE,
ET MATIO^.
CUBBB^ ET BUCHIT.

ET MATICiB.
SANTAL FLAV. ET BUCHU.

„ „ BTCUBBBiE.

MALT EXTRACT AND COD-LIVBR OIL.

,, AND THE HYPOPHOS-
PHITES.

OLEATXTM HYDRARGYRI, ZINCI, and

other Metals.
PILLS, Gelatine and Pearl Coated.
SACCHARIN, SOLUBLE, 90 % strength.

„ TABELLiE.
SYRUP. ACIDI HYDRIODICI.

FBRRI HYPOPHOSPH.

LACTOPHOSPH.
„ ET CALCIS HYPOPHOSPH.
" !, „ LACTOPHOSPH.

HYDROBROM.
" „ c STRYCH.

HYPOPHOS COMP.
TABELL^ NITRO-GLYCBalNB, gr.
SACCHARIN, gr. i
STROP HANTHI= inij of Tinct.
THROAT PASTILLES, about 30 kinds.
TBREBENli CAPSULES and LOZENGES.

PREPARATIONS OF THE DIGESTIVE FERMENTS.

BYNIlSr iL,IQXJII3 M A IL. T .

A concentrated Liquid Extract o£ Malt, possessing the nutritive, strengthening, and diastasic
properties of Malt iu perfection. It keeps indefinitely, and is pleasanter to take than the
ordinary Malt Extracts. In Bottles retailing at Is. 9d. eacn.

A Fluid Extract of the digestive constituents of the Pancreis in combination with the
diastasic and other constituents of Malt. For the preparation of peptoniied or partially pep-
tonised milk and pre-digested food, and other articles of diet for invalids, also for aiding the

digestion of farinaceous foods. It keeps thoroughly well.
In 4-oz., 8-oz., and 16-oz. Bottles, to retail at 2s., 3s. 6d., 6s. 6d. eacn.

BYNrO-I»EI*SIN.

A solution of Pepsin in combination with the diiistasio (starch-digesting) properties of Malt,
thus affording, in a highly active and agreeable form, the agents required for the digestion of

both animal and farinaceous foods. It keeps thoroughly well.
In 4-oz., 8-oz., and 16-oz. Bottles, to retail at 2s. 6d., 4s. 6d., 8s. each.

WHOLESALE PRICE LIST ON APPLICATION.

PLOUGH COURT, LOMBARD STREET, LONDON, E.G.

12

Advertisements

P^mL^UoaT v?el.t^^ TTmversal Exhibition. 1884, Qold Medal Awarded for our
rnarmaoeutioal Preparations. Calcutta Exhibition, Eirst-class Certifloate and Two
PrizeMedalfl Awarded for our Pharmaoeutloal Preparations.

'S

LIQUOR SANTAL FLAY. c. BUCHD et CUBEBA,

THE OBIGINAL PREPARATION.
Price (in England) 10s. 6d. per pound, packed (for Dispensing only) in
10-oz., 22-oz.. 40-02!., and 90-oz. Bottles.

HEWLETT'S "PERMANENT" LIQUOR FERRI lODIDL

LIQUOR EASTONI (HEWLETT'S).
SYRUP EASTONI (HEWLETT'S).

C. J. HEWLETT & SON, ""Sl'^'^^c^'^A^^^'i^^' LONDON, E.C.

ESTABLISHED 1832.
Physicians will oblige, when ordering liq. Santa! Flat, cum Buchu et Cubebd, by wrUino
" Liquor Santal Flav. c. Buchu H Cubebd (ffewletrs)."

London International and Universal Exhibition, 1884, Oold Medal Awarded for our
Pharmaoeutioal Preparations. Calcutta Exhibition, First-olass Certifloate and Two
Prize Medals Awarded for our Pharmaceutical Preparations.

MIST. PEPSIN/E CO. C. BISMUTHO.

Highly recommended In vnrious forms of dyBpcMia, having a direct action upon the mucous membrane
of the stomach an'i intestines ns n scdutive. It can be admrnistered with marlicdand almost instantaneous
enect in the irritative form of dyspensln, more especially when pyrofis is a conspicuous symptom and pain
occurs an hour or more after food. In simple neuralgic gastric pain fnUowing eating, occurring iu feeble
subjects. It 18 eauecially indicated, and even iu carctnoHia it has been used with great success in alleviatine
pain and vomiting. *

In the dyspepsia of patients dependent upon some organic disease, and where there is a decided loss ot
nerve power, it is of singular service. Thus, lor instance, a person after a meal complains of a peculiar
gnawing and emptiness, with slight pain at the ppi^astrium, evident signs of general relaxation and loss of
nerve power; clinical experience has shown that it is of greot service as a tonic and stomachic. A portion
of Its value arises, it may be, from its action upon the spinal motor nerve centres. Be these things as they
may, experience has abundantly demonstrated the value of the compound as a stomachic, anti-dyspeptic,
and t nic, in geueral fimctional atony and relaxation, and in the various forms of dyspepsia, constipation
or diarrhoea, connected with atony of the visceral muscular coat the Mist. Pepsinie Co. c. Bismuthoisa
very valuable remedy. In the exhaiistiiiy purging nf Phthisis, accompanied with night sweats and restless-
ness, Dr. Matbhws, of Nantwich, has used it with marked ond appreciable eft'ect.

Price (in £ng-laiid) lOs. Od. per pound.

Physicians will oblige, when ordering Mist. Pepsinse Co. c. Bismulho, by writing Mist. Fepslnic Co.
(Hewlett's). Packed i.for Dispensing only) in lO-oz., 22-oz., 40-oz., and 90-oz. Bottles.

LONDON MEDICAL RECORD REPORT.

MISTTJRA PEPSINiE COMPOSITA CtJM BISMUTHO.
"This combination of Messrs. Hewlett is one which has been extensively tested, and with good
results. It is justly popular in the profession as a very valuable and effeotive combination.
It serves tot only to improve apepsia, but to lessen thf gastric l ain and to facilita'e difticult and painful
digestion, without setting up any evils of its own. It is a very good crutob for persons of weak
stomauh to lean on."_JanuBry liith, 1-81.

o. J. XX js w LETT soiy,

MANUFACTURING CHEMISTS,

40, 41, & 42 CHiRLOTTE STREET, LONDON, E.C. [Estab. 1832.

Advertisements

13

CiOXiD MEUAI/, International Hvaltli Exliitoition, liondon.

A WAH I», International Exhibition, JLdelaide.

BENGER'S PREPARATIONS

OF THE

Natural Digestive Principles

AND

SPECIAL FOODS FOR
CHILDREN AND INVALIDS.

THE IiA2ICET, March 25, 18S2 :_"Mr. Benger's admirable preparations."

THE MBDICAL PRESS, June 13, 1883, says :_"Few modern improvements in Pharmacy have done

so much as Benger's Preparations to assist the physician in his treatment of the sick."

THE PKACTITIONEB, February, 1883, says :_" Deserving of the highest praise, and only require to

be made known to the profession to ensure their extensive employment."

THE MEDICAL TIMES AND &AZETTE, September 8, 1883, says :—" Benger's Preparations have
deservedly a very high reputation, and are all largely used."

THEY CONSIST OF—

Liquor Pancreaticus (Benger).

Containing all the digestive principles of the fresh pancreas. Used to prepare peptonised or partially
digested milk and other articles of food (no apparatus beyond a jug and a saucepan requireo).
Directions for use with each bottle.
In 4, 8, and 16 ounce Bottles, to retail at 2s. Sd., 4s. ed., and 8s. ed.

BENGEE'S PEPTONISING POWDERS (" Pulvis Pancreaticus AlkaUmis,Benger").

One will peptonise a pint of milk, gruel, beef tea, &c., in a few minutes.
Box of 12 Powders, to retail at 2s. 6d.

Liquor Pepticus (Benger).

An exceedingly active Fluid Pepsine. Dosi! One or two teaspoonfuls with meals.

e Liquor Pepticus prepared by Mr. Benger is a digestive agent of extraordinary powi
Sir W. Roberts, M.D., F.R.S., at N^ortJiwidi Meeting ofBrttM Medical Association.
In 4, 8, and 16 ounce Bottles, to retail at 3s., 5s. 6d., and lOs. 6d.

Benger's Peptonised Beef Jelly.

A delicious quick restorative— will keep in any climate.
A concentrated partiallyidigcsted and solidified beef tea, of delicate flavour. Unlike the various Extracts
and Essences of Meat, it contains much of the fibrin or flesh-forming element of the beef in solution.

Tins, 2s.

Benger's Peptonised Chicken Jelly

A Nutritive Delicacy for Invalids. Tins, Ss. each.
From The Lancet of January 1st, 1887 :— " Mr. Benger's Preparations are now so weU known that all we
need tay of the sample before us is—that it is excellent."

Benger's Food.

Containing the natural digestive principles of the pancreas ; when mixed with warm milk a process equivalent
to partial digestion takes place, liy which both the food and milk are adapted for rapid absorption. In no
other food has this result been attained. It can, therefore, be taken with comfort when others disagree

Tins, Is. 6d., 2s. ed., and 5b.

DESCRIPTIVE CIRCULARS AND SHOW CARDS ON APPLICATION.
Benger't Prepca-aliont map be obtained through Barclay, Edwards, Sangbii, Suttok, Nbwbbrt, and
all the leading Wholeiale Moutee, or of the Manvjacturers—

MOTTERSHEAD & CO. (8. PAINE & F. B. BENGER),

Pharmaceutical Chemists, MANCHESTER.

14

Advertisements

AUTOMATIC DISTILLING APPARATUS.

Diam. Total Height

of of
Boiler. Apparatus.

5 inches .. 8 inches

e „ ..9 „

7 „ .. 10

PRICE LIST.
Tinned Copper. Tinplate.
& s. a. £ s. d.

15 0

1 15 0

2 5 5

0 15 0
10 0
15 0

Diam.

Total Height

PRICE LIST.

sizes.

of

of

Tinned Copper. Tinplate.

Boiler.

Apparatus.

& a. d. £ s. d.

No. 1 ..

7 inches

.. 10 inches

..2 7 6 .. 1 7 6

>> 2 ..

8 ..

11

.. 2 10 0 .. 1 10 0

,. 3 ..

9

.. 12 „

.. 3 0 0 .. 1 15 0

„ 4 ..

10 ,.

.. 14 „

.. 8 15 0 .. 2 0 0

It 5

12 „

.. 16 „

.. 4 15 0 .. 2 10 0

That the BBACHBR-PATENT AUTOMATIC DISTILLING
APPARATUS not only renders

WATER PERFECTLY PURE,

but is admirably adapted for preparing Medicated "Waters, Distilling
Herbs, &o., the following Testimonial will prove :—

June 22, 1888.

Gentlemen,— Enclosed please find cheque for the Still. I have given the Apparatus a fair
trial for preparing the Medicated Waters of the Pharmacopoeia, both those prepared from the
Oil and those from the Druf, and find that in both cases a water of full flavour and
strength Is produced.

It is in my opinion particularly suited for the use of a Retail Dispensing Chemist.

Yours obediently,

S. J. COLEY, Dispensing Chemist, High Street and King Street, Stroud.
Messrs. Bracher & Co., Wincanton.

BRACHER'S "DESIDERATUM"

ADJUSTABLE PILL FINISHER

(DELF'B PATENT).

Trade Mark "DESIDERATUM" on every Machine.
PRXCS 6/6 EACH.

BRACHER'S "DESIDERATUM"

ADJUSTABLE FILTERING STOOL & RETORT STAND

(DELF'S PATENT PENDING).

PRICES ON APPLICATION.

For Descriptive Price Lists and Testimonials apply to

^^Zir WESTHILL, WINCANTON

London— 100 HoundBditeli. Maneliester_24 Corporatiou
Street. WolTerhampton — a Cleveland Street.

BRACHER & CO,,

SHOWBOOMB {

Advertisements

15—

TO

DISPENiilHS CHEMISTS !

The Concentrated Extracts, Liquors,
Infusions, Decoctions, Waters, &c., of
the undersigned will be found a con-
siderable assistance in Dispensing.

It is needless to say that the quality can in all
instances be thoroughly relied on.

Special attention is called to their full list of

FLUID EXTRACTS.

ALSO

LIQUOR CASCARA DULCIS

(The taste of the Drug entirely covered).

SYRUPUS BYPOPHOSPH. CO.

PRICE LISTS SUPPLIED TO THE TRADE ONLY.

I EVANS, SONS ft CO. EVANS, LESCHER & WEBB,

LIVERPOOL.

LONDON.

Also Montreal and Toronto (Canada), Victoria (B.C.), Manchester
Birmingham, Sydney (N.S.W.), Paris, &c.

16

Advertisements

PRESCRIBERS AND DISPENSERS

Should use the following reliable and well-tried Preparations :-
mse Preparations contain no Colouring Matter whatever

LIQ. P0D0PH7LLIN

Miscxble (bright) in Aqueous. Acid, or Alkaline Solutions ; also with Decoctions.
Ethers. Infusions. Tinctures, &c.

Each Dpaehm is equal to Podophyllin Pur. i grain.

LIQ. PODOPHYLLIN ET PEPSIN

A Soluble Preparation of Podophyllin and Pure Pepsin of Great Digestive Power,

DOSE— ONE DBACHM.

LIQ. PODOPHYLLIN

ET BELLADONNTE C. STRYCHNIA (HOCKIN).

(Synonym. LIQ. HOCKIN.)

EACH DEACHM EQUALS—

Podophyllum Resin ,

Ext. Belladonnas Ead. Alch, B.P. x

Strychnia *" j[ "

— . "' "' '" ■•• 30 "

Price (for Dispensing), le-oz. Bottles, 7s. ; 8-oz. Bottles. 48. ; 4-oz. Bottles,
28. 6d. Winchester Quarts, 68. 9d. per lb.

EXT. CASGAR>E SAGRAD;E LIQUIDUM INSIPIDUM

(HiocKixjsr).

An almost tasteless preparation, in which the bitterness is eliminated and not
disguised. May also be had combined with Ext. Belladonna Rad. Alch. B.P.
Price (for Dispensing), 16-oz. Bottles, 6s.; 8-oz. Bottles. 38. 3d.;
4-oz. Bottles, Is. 9d.; Winchester Quarts, 4s. 9d.

All Bottles and Packing Free, Postage only charged, as follows :—lQ-os. Bottles, 6d„
8-oz. Bottles, 6d., l^-oz. Bottles, 3d. extra.

PREPARED ONLY BY

HOCKIN, WILSON & CO.

Wholesale Druggists and Manufacturing Chemists,
13, 14, 15, & 16 NEW im TIED, 186a TOTTENHAM COURT EOAJ),

Aihertisements

17

NEW MATERIALS— PATENTED.

THE "COMPLETE SURGICAL DRESSING"

AND

"WOUND PADDING."

Splint Padding, Proofed Lint,

AND

ABSORBENT PROOFED FELT.

THE

LIVERPOOL PATENT LINT CO.

Mark Street Mills,
Netherfleld Road North,

LIVERPOOL.

' ITRADE MARKll

MAITUFACTURERS OF

PATENT FLAX & COTTON LINTS

0:P STJI=EK,I0E, Q,T7JL3LI'Pir.

OUR SP^CIALITE

Extra Superfine Cambric Lint

la the finest Cotton Lint manufactured, and is specially adapted for delicate purposes

and superior use,

ABSORBENT AMD CARDED COTTON WOOLS.

ABSORBENT OPEN WHITE, & 6RET, BANDAGES

Are the most useful Bandages made, being soft, cool, and cheap.

WADDING, SURGEON'S TOW,
STYPTIC TOW,

HEALTH CHEST PROTECTORS.

X

18 • Advertisemmts

J. ORME & CO.

Manufacturers and Importers of

CHEMICAL APPARATUS

AND

CHEMICALS,

FH0T06BAPHII! APFiRATUS,

And every description of

LABORATORY & LECTURE APPARATUS

FOR

SOUND, LIGHT, HEAT, ELECTRICITY, &c.

CATALOGUES, ILLUSTRATED, 3d., 1/, & 2/6.

65 BARBICAN, LONDON, E.C.

Achertwements

19

ESTABH^XSHSO X842.

THE SCHOOL OF PHARMACY

Of the Pharmaceutical Society of Great Britain.

Chbmistby, Pbofessor DUNSTAN, M.A., &c,
Pbactical Chemistby, Pbofessor ATTFIELD, F.R.S., &c.
BoTANT, Peofessoe GREEN, B.Sc, &c.
Materia Medioa, Me. B. M. HOLMES, P.L.S.
Pbactical Pharmacy, Me. JOSEPH INGE, F.C.S., &c.

FORTY- SEVENTH SESSION, 1888-89.

Application for admission to the School, for Prospectuses, or for further
information may be made to the above Teachers or their Assistants in the
Lecture Room or Laboratories,

17 BX^ooaisBuitY squAitE, liOiypojr, w.c.

JuBt PubUshed, FIFTH EDITION, Medium 24mo. roan, limp, for
the Pocket, 7s. 6d.; post free, 5s. lOd. net.

THE EXTRA PHARMACOPOEIA

With the Additions Introduced into the British Pharmacopisia, 1885,
Medical References to their TTie, and a Xiierapeutio Index of Diseases.
By WILLIAM MARTINDALE, F.C.S., and W. WYNN WESTCOTT, M.B. Lond.

notices of the fourth edition.

" The book forma an excellent pocket com-
panion to the busy practitioner, and a useful
work for ready reference to the student."—
Lancet.

" Has loat none of the brevity and concision
which have made it so popular hitherto. As a
pocket companion to the prescriber it must
be invaluable."— Bri(wA Medical Journal.

" Thia book has run into a Fourth Edition
In two years, a fact which speaks for itself.

It is thoroughly up to date ; every page
abounds with valuable information. The
epitomised references at the end of each drug
to the papers in the journals is invaluable." —
Indian Medical Journal.

" The ' Extra Pharmacopoeia ' of Messrs.
Martindale and Westcott has had so pheno-
menal a success that in little more than two
years it has become a ' household word ' among
prescribers and dispensers." — P/tarmaceutica
Journal.

Also, /cap. 8vo., Coloured Plate, 2s. ; post free, Is. 7d. net.

COCA, COCAINE, AND ITS SALTS:

Their History, Medical and Economic Uses, and Medicinal Preparations.
By WILLIAM MARTINDALE, F.C.S.

London: H. K. LEWIS, 136 Gower St., W.C.

_?2 Ad/vertisements

WESTMINSTER GOLIEKE

OF

CHEMISTRT & PHARMACY

TR/N/TY SQUARE. LONDON, S.£.

T COLLEGE BXJILDIlsrGS

Include an extensive and lofty Lbctut.e Hall to seat 130 Students- two smaller Olars

LABORixORof tt^arJ^^^^^ ■= ^ ^^T'' °^ and MaterL ll'edla ns^'fwo

i.AEORATORiKs, tlie larger containing 74 separate benches, each bench beliiK fitted with eas

cattogrmlan 'of'^B^^-eB t?.ffff-^"'""*^??, T ^""'l earthenware cZliberrcommn'^:

eating by means of pipes to effective ventilators in the roof, so that all fumes are immediately

conducted out of the building.

\ent&t'lf?^n!.f^^u^.^R^fI'^'^^^^ atta°lied to the College for the
Denent ot those Students who require instruction in this department

Director: Mr. G. S. V. WILLS, F.L.S., F.R.M.S.',

FELLOW OF THE ROYAL BOTANIC SOCIETY.

LECTURES DELIVERED DAILY ON
CHEMISTRY, BOTANY, MATERIA MEDICA,
PHARMACY, AND PHYSICS.
PRACTICAL LABORATORY INSTRUCTION.

The Laboratory is open from 9.30 a.m. to 4 p.m.

CERTIFICATES OF THIS COLLEGE, of having attended Practical ChemUtry,
and lectures on CliemUln/, Materia Medica, and Botany, are accepted by the ROYAL
COLLEGE OF PHYSICIANS, AND ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS.

Evening Classes and Laboratory Instruction

Everv Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday, from 7 till 9.

CHEMICAL AND MICROSCOPICAL ANALYSES CONDUCTED.

The Education imparted at this School is of the highest standard, and Students may rely upon
havmg the beat attention paid to them during their studies. Each Student has the personal
direction ot the Principals, whose direct object is to forward the interests of those under their
tuition.

The great success of Students from Westminster College is due to the working system of the
Institution, which, if followed out by the Students, must lead to the desired end.

WILLS* UNIVERSAL POSTAL SYSTEM.

FJEJES— Minor, £1 Is.; Major and Preliminary, 10s. ed.

OPINIONS OF THE PRESS.

" Mr. Wills, of Westminster College, one of our most thorouehly. succfessful tutors, extends him a helpine
hand, leaving it sinaply his own fault, and deserving it, if he bhndly labours on in ignorance and darkness."
Magazine of Chemistry and Pharmacy.

" We cannot say that his system is as good as personal teaching, but it has this great advantage, that it
keeps tbe student on the proper lines of study, directs him, places before him important matters which his
inexperience would cause him to overlook, and tlioroughly interests him in the work. The system has un-
doubtedly proved of great value to many who without it would have had nought else to incite them to
study, or help them la their difflcultie8."_CAemi/« and Druggitt.

For Prospectus and other information apply to

WILLS & WOOTTON, Trinity Square, Borough, London, S.B.

AdAjertisements

21

'* CONCILIO ET LABORE."

THE

HANCHESTER GOLLEKE

OF PHARMACY,

jmd 227a OXFORD STREET, MAHCHESTER.

Director— Mr. W. SPENCEE, TTJB.NER, Pharm. Cliemist.
Deputy— Mr. GEO. CLATTON, Pliarm. Chemist.

The year's work of the Full Time Classes for the MINOR and MAJOR is
divided into three courses, viz. : —

JANUARY to ILlPTtTTA.

APRIILi to JXJX-Y.

SEI»TElYrBER to IDECElVIBEFt.

THE FEB FOR EACH COURSE IS £9 9 0 FOR MINOR STUDENTS,
AND £6 6 0 FOR MAJORS.

The Afternoon, Evening, and Once a Week Classes for the MINOR and
MAJOR are divided into two courses, viz. : —

January to July Fee MINOR £5 5 0

„ „ , .. MAJOR £310 O

September to December... Pee - MINOR £3 8 0

„ „ „ MAJOR £2 2 0

Each course of classes is complete in itself, and is subdivided when neces-
sary, 80 as to ensure full attention to every Student's own needs, and every
care is taken that the work shall be

22

Advertisements

JAMES WOOLLEY, SONS & CO.

DRUG MILLERS

AND

MANUFACTURING PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTS

WHOLESALE AND EXPORT DRUGGISTS.

Dealers in Chemical and Pliarmaceutical Appai'atus.

Proprietors of The Sanitary Rose Powder,
Akolethe, Syrupns Tonicus, Tlie "Boyal" Met Preparations, etc.

Warehouse and Offices— 2 and 4 Swan Court, Marhet Street ;
Laboratories and Drug Mills— Knowsley St., Clieetham,

MANCHE STER.

Prices Current & Catalogues on demand. Special quotations to large buyers
Telegraphic Address : " Pharmacy Manchester."

AUSTIN & CO.

PATENTEES AND MANUFACTURERS OF

ROUND CARDBOARD = BOXES

BI^ITISi3: j^3:srx) if o e i a- i<r,

FOE POSTAL AND GENERAL PURPOSES; also

PATENT BARREL PACKAGES

WITH METAL ENDS, FOR DRY GOODS.

nfVENIORS OP THE

"NOVEL" METAL PERFUME SPRINKLERS,

AND

WOOD TURNERS' MENTHOL CONE BOXES-Our Speciality.

OFPIOB AND "WAEEHOTJSE—

8 6REVILLE STREET, HATTON GARDEN, LONDON, E.C.

Steam Works, 2 Printer's Buildings, Broad Yard, Turn mil I St., London ;
and Ring Factory, Clonakilty, County Cork.

Advertisements

23

DR. JOHN FRANCIS CHURCHILL'S INHALANT

SPIRONE

33

TRAI5EMATIIC

Ton THE TRBATJIKNT AND OUBB OP ALL

Diseases t°he Lungs, Windpipe, Nose & Throat

Claims to be a Specific for all Congestive and Inflammatory condi-
tions of Ihe Respiratory Apparatus, and will be found efficacious in

Coughs and Colds, Asthma, Bponchitis,

Inflammation and Congestion of the Lung", Pneumonia, Pleurisy,
WhoopinE Cough, Croup, Diphtheria, Pharyngitis, Laryngitis,
Catarrh, Sore Throat, Quinsy, Enlarged Tonsils, Hoarseness,
Loss of Voice, Colds in the Head, Ozoena, Hay Fever, and all
other Complaints of the Kespiratory Organs. Prepored only by
the Inventor. None Genuine except such as bears the Trade
Mark and his Signature upon the Bottle, on the Label over the
Cork, and on the Wrapper, JOHN FRANCIS CHURCHILL
M.D. (Paris), the Discoverer of the Specific Cure for Consumption,
and of the Medicinal Properties of the Hypophoaphites.
Price 4b. 6d. and lis. per Bottle. Set of Apparatus for Administration, 15b.
Pamphlets free on application.
tTNSOLICITED MEDICAL TESTIIIONT.

" The result has been most satisfactory."
" I may say during last winter I found great bene-
fit from ' Spirone,' and now our family doctor has
recommended it for my wife, who has Asthma and
Congestion of the Lungs, and he is a firm believer
in its efficacy."

" My medical man is quite alive to its benefits,
and I have been able, from my own case, to recom-
mend it to many."
PAMPHLET POST PREE ON DEMAND.
Q,i Depot_17a Duke Street,
Manchester Square,

REGISTERED.

" I have been using the ' Spirone ' for rather over
three months for a patieut who had old-standing
Emphysema with some consolidation of the left lung,
and it has been decidedly beneficial. The left lung
is now clear, and the health is improved."

" You will, I think, be glad to hear that the cases in
whichlhave used the Inhalant have all benefited."

"The results have been very satisfactory and
distinctly curative."

May be had of all Chemists.

THE SPIRONE CO., V

LONDON, W.

A PERFECT WATER-BATH FOR THE DISPENSING COUNTER,

For the preparation of ointments and suppositories, for drying soft extracts,
and for all operations requiring a gentle and non-scorching heat use

''MAY-ROBERTS" WATER BATH

In the " MAT-BOBBBTS " Water Bath

the earthenware bowl can be lifted out of the
tin containing the boiling water, the process
of cooling being thereby very much expedited,
and the contents can be poured direct from
the bowl, an advantage over the old form of
water bath which practical pharmacists will^
appreciate. The bath is also supplied with
an earthenware cover.
1 PINT, 5 PINT. 10 PINT.

Each 3/0 ... 5/6 ... 9/6

MAY, ROBERTS & CO., ' 'tdr^" LONDON, E.G.

Telegraphic Address— " FEEDING BOTTLES LONDON."

24

Advertisements

COCA WINE

SUITABLE FOR EXPORT TO ANY CLIMATE.

CHEMISTS' PRICES (Unstamped)—

One dozen Case, 36/-

Three dozen Cases, 36/- each, and 2| per cent, discount.
Six dozen Cases, 36/- each, and 5 per cent, discount.
Twelve doz. Cases, 36/- each, and 7^ per cent, discount.
RETAIL, 4/6 EACH SINGLE BOTTLE.

An extra 2^ per cent, for Cash with Order, or net Two Months^ Bill of Acceptance.

^ ^ MIND AND BODY.

m

m /IFOR S L E E P L E S S S

_ do anoixvd aod ^ S

CO M

Each Bottle is enclosed in strong Cardboard Case, with Corrugated Paper
for protection — Handsome and Strong.

ARMBRECHT, NELSON & CO.

2 DUKE STREiiT, aROSVENOR SQUARE.

TELEGRAPHIC ADDRESS-" ARMBRECHT LONDON."

Advertisements

25

COCA WINE

(ERYTHROXYIiON COCA).

FOR FATIGUE OF MIND AND BODY.

A SEW RESTORiTIYE TONIC OF VOCAL, MENTAL, & PHYSICAL POWERS,

Particularly useful in Hot anil Enervating- Climateii.

jr/h^' yvMjflrT'^tc^ ^^^^

VHK ItETAIIi PRICK OX* VHIS WIIVE X8

4s. 6d. per Bottle, or 48s. per Dozen Box.

Coca Champagne Quarts ... 56s. per doz. f|ai|i
Coca Champagne Pints ... 33s. „ il'^pf

For Sleeplessness this Wine is almost always successEnl, and superior to Opiates,
Chloral, and Bromides, &c., as it produces no reaction.

ARMBRECHT, NELSON & GO.

2 DUKE STREET, GROSVENOR SQUARE.

26

Advertisements

A WEEKLY TBADE JOURNAL.

Established in 1859, and Publisfied every Saturday.

SUBSCRIPTION 10s. PER YEAR,

Payable in advance, dating from the commencement of any month.

Post free to every country in the world. Single copies, M. each.

Cheques or Postal Orders slmild ie payable to Edwaed Halse, and

crossed " Mahtin & Co."

SPSCIJLX^ FEATURES.

The Literary Pages always contain
reports of current events in the
Pharmaceutical world, communica-
tions on practical subjects, formulfe
for popular preparations, dispensing
and scientific notes, medical glean-
ings, complete reports of the drug and
chemical markets — British, American,
and Foreign ; together with other
valuable commercial and technical
information. To every subscriber a
copy of The Chemists' and Drug-
gists' Diary (published price, 3/6)
is supplied free of cost.

The Advertisement Pages are
of special value to those who have
dealings with the drug trade, this
Journal being acknowledged to be

par excellence the Journal of the
trade. For the disposal of surplus
stock, second-hand goods — such as
books, instruments, shop fittings, and
the like — an Exchange Column is
provided. As a medium for adver-
tising Businesses "Wanted, Businesses
for Disposal, Premises to Let, Auction
Sales, Partnerships, Situations Vacant,
Situations Wanted, and Miscellaneous
Announcements, The Chemist and
Druggist is of exceptional value.
The latter class of advertisements
are printed on a Coloured Supple-
ment.

The Publisher will gladly answer
inquiries and furnish tariff for dis-
played and other advertisements.

PRINCIPAL OFFICE:

42 CANNON STREET, LONDON, E.G.

BRANCH OFFICE:

NORMANBY CHAMBERS, MELBOURNE.

AdverUsements

TELEGEAPHIC A EDBESS-" STTiaNBK LIVEHIOOL."

R. SUMNER & CO.

WHOLESALE AND EXPORT DRUGGISTS,

MARK

DRUG

GRINDERS,

WAX TRADE '

BLEACHERS,

PILL

COATERS.

ESTABLISHED 1844.

ESS. GINGER ALB. The finest obtainable; especially suited for Export,

because it keeps better than others. True Belfast flavour.
SYR. HYPOPHOSPH. COMP. Alkaline ; Cloudy.

COSMIlSrE. A smooth, tasteless, odourless Petroleum Jelly. A natural product imported

from Pennsylvania, refined and purified by patent process. Larger sales every year.
CHLORODYNE LOZENGES. GOD LIVER OIL (Specisa

Non-freezing; Finest Pale). COMPOSITION ESSENCE.

MANTJPACT'DEEES of ALL

CHEMICAL
AND PHARMA-
CEUTICAL
PREPARATIONS.

VACCINATION

NO PRESSURE
ON ARM.

PERFECT
PROTECTION.

FOR INFANTS
ONLY.

SHIELD.

APPROVED
BY MEDICAL
PROFESSION.

. -

Betail, 1/6 each ;
Wholesale,

14/6 doz.

CONTINUOUS
ENEMA.

Patented in England, Prance, Qermany, T7.8. America, and Canada.
It possesses the following novel and most valuable qualities It throws a eontinuouB
stream of fluid with less than half the exertion which is required to work the ordinary cinetlc
tiiilb pyrineci. many of which tax the strength, even of a man's wrist, after the first few compressions.
■2. The "Alpha" being made of Dure Indiarubber far outlasts all ordinory Syringes! it is, therefore,
coniiderobly cheaper in the end than they. Wholesalb Price, 60j. PEK DOZ.

To be obtained ef any Srvggittt' Svmlrpman, or from the Sole Agents—

50a L OR r> S T., LIYERI»OOL.

vi

Advertisements

WM. R. WARNER & CO.

PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTS.

Bromo-Soda

Parvules

Ingluvin

Bromide of Sodium with CafPeine, in the granular
form. Very carefully and evenly made. Invaluable
in Sleeplessness, Brain Fatigue arising from overvyork,
&c. The Lancet (Aug. 6th, 1887, p. 265) states that
" the sodium compound does, in fact, agree better
[than the potassium salt] with some stomachs."

A new class of medicines (minute pills) designed for
the administration of small doses for frequent repeti-
tion in cases of cBUdren and adults. It is claimed by
some practitioners that small doses given at short
intervals exert a more salutary eflEect. The dose of any
of the Parvules will vary from one to four, according
to age or the frequency of their administration.

The essential principle of the gizzard, and bearing
the same relation to poultry that pepsin does to the
higher animals. Where pepsin refuses to act, and
where, in severe cases, it has even been rejected by the
stomach, Ingluvin has effected relief rapidly and with
ease. Per oz. Bottle, 4s. Qd.

DialvSGd Trnn ^ solution containing the Basic Oxychloride of Iron,
" Fe"'„Cl„23F"'o03— Purified by Dialysis. The article we
prepare will not precipitate or gelatinise, is neutral, of
standard strength, and possesses all the properties of
this valuable remedy.

(Price 2s. 6d. per 3-oz. Bottle.)-

Unequalled in their medicinal properties or in
SOLUBILITY, the best ingredients being invariably
employed. W. E. Warner & Co. claim the aPt Of
SugaP-eoating, which, while ensuring the adequate
permanency of the coating, avoids the drying of the
enclosed mass so hard as to render it insoluble and
inert. Bach piU will produce the effects expected, and
an experience of nearly thirty years, coupled with un-
remitting care and study, has enabled the manu-
facturers to achieve results otherwise unattainable.

Sugar-coated
Pills

Show Vases

Containing Pills of various kinds. See Newbery's
Annual Catalogues, free to the Trade on application to

F. NEWBERT & SONS (Estab. A.D. 1746)

1 & 3 KING EDWARD ST., LONDON, E.G.
(SOLE BRITISH DEPOT).

PUR

ARE THE FIRST REQUISITE FOR ACCURATE DISPENSING.

May & Bakeb desire to call the attention of Pharmaceutical and Dispensing
Chemists to the fact that all parcels and bottles of their manufactures
bearing their registered address label as under can be relied upon as being
STEICTLY PURE, responding to the tests of THE BRITISH PHARMACOPffilA,
and specially adapted for dispensing physicians' prescriptions.

Af. & B.'s preparations may be had through any Wholesale Druggist.

MAN UTACTU RING Jvj
CHEMISTS, —

liRSEA.LONDOH;

reqistkhsd.

SF^ECIAIL- MANUFACTURES.

BISMUTH SALTS and their Pre-
parations.
Liq. Bismuthi et Ammon. Citrat. B.P.
Free from arsenic, lead, silver, &c.

MERCUEIALS of all kinds, including
Eed, White Precipitates, Corrosive
Sublimate, Calomel, Blue Pill, &c.

All Metallic Compounds, including
the OLEATBS, as recommended
by Dr. Shoemaker, and also the
B.P. preparations.

LIQ. AMMONIA -880

REFINED CAMPHOR in bells or
tablets, by a new patent process,
and Flowers of Camphor specially
suited for dispensing purposes.

BENZOIC ACID, sublimed from Gum
Benzoin, and all Benzoates.

GALLIC and Pyrogallic Acids.

PURE MINERAL ACIDS, Man-
ganese, Sulphate, and Binoxide.

FERRI GARB. SACCH., Ferri Sulph.
P.B., &c.

ZINC CYANIDE, and other New

Remedies.
ETHERS of all kinds.
Spt. ^theris Nitrosi B.P.
Spt. Ammonias Aromat. B.P.
PHENACETIN - BAYER (the new

Antipyretic and Antineuralgic),

and SULPHONAL-BAYER (the

new Hypnotic).
FRUIT ESSENCES, Sec.

THE MOST POWERFUL GERMICIDE KNOWN.

(W. G. BAKER. R. C, HEATH. T. TYRER.

Manufacturers of Fine, Pharmaceutical,

W. E. B. BLENKINSOP),

and General Chemicals,

GARDEN WHA

, LONDON, S.W.

1887.